AC 350 Training Manual 1.6

AC 350 All Terrain Crane 350 t Lifting Capacity
ALL TERRAIN CRANE

AC 350
Sideways Superlift (SSL) for enormous capacity
enhancements
Unmatched maximum boom lengths of 126.4 m
through the combination of main boom and
luffing fly jib
Most compact 6-axle crane in its class with
an overall length of just 16.7 m
AC 350
Enorme Traglaststeigerungen durch Seitlichen

Superlift (SSL)
Konkurrenzlose max. Systemlnge von 126,4 m
durch Kombination Hauptausleger und Wippe
Kompaktester 6-Achser seiner Klasse mit einer
HIGHLIGHTS
Transportlnge von nur 16,7 m
Augmentations normes de la capacit de

levage grce au Superlift latral (SSL)
Longueur de flche maximale ingale de
126,4 m grce la combinaison de la flche
principale et de la vole
La 6 essieux la plus compacte de sa catgorie 126,4 m
avec une longueur hors-tout de 16,7 m seule-
ment
2
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
CONTENTS INHALT CONTENU
Page Seite Page:

Technical data Technische Daten Caractristiques
Dimensions Abmessungen Encombrement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Specifications Technische Daten Caractristique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1
Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale
Working ranges with / without SSL Arbeitsbereiche mit / ohne SSL Portes avec / sans SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Lifting capacities Tragfhigkeiten Capacits de levage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Lifting capacities with SSL Tragfhigkeiten mit SSL Capacits de levage avec SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2
Main boom extension Hauptauslegerverlngerung Rallonge de flche
Lifting capacities Tragfhigkeiten Capacits de levage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Lifting capacities with SSL 30 Tragfhigkeiten mit SSL 30 Capacits de levage avec SSL 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3
Fixed fly jib Starrer Hilfsausleger Flchette fixe
Working ranges with / without SSL (LF) Arbeitsbereiche mit / ohne SSL (LF) Portes avec / sans SSL (LF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Lifting capacities (LF) Tragfhigkeiten (LF) Capacits de levage (LF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Lifting capacities with SSL 30 (LF) Tragfhigkeiten mit SSL 30 (LF) Capacits de levage avec SSL 30 (LF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Working ranges with / without SSL (SF) Arbeitsbereiche mit / ohne SSL (SF) Portes avec / sans SSL (SF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Lifting capacities (SF) Tragfhigkeiten (SF) Capacits de levage (SF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lifting capacities with SSL (SF) Tragfhigkeiten mit SSL (SF) Capacits de levage avec SSL (SF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
29
4
Luffing fly jib Wippbarer Hilfsausleger Flchette vole variable
Lifting capacities Tragfhigkeiten Capacits de levage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Lifting capacities with SSL Tragfhigkeiten mit SSL Capacits de levage avec SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5
Technical description Technische Beschreibung Descriptif technique
Carrier Superstructure Optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Unterwagen Oberwagen Zusatzausrstung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chssis Partie suprieure Equipements optionnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3
DIMENSIONS ABMESSUNGEN ENCOMBREMENT
62 t - 142 t counterweight (optional)

62 t - 142 t Gegengewicht (Option)
62 t - 142 t de contrepoids (option)
* with additional counterweight

* mit Zusatzgegengewicht
* avec contrepoids supplmentaire
4
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
DIMENSIONS ABMESSUNGEN ENCOMBREMENT
5
SPECIFICATIONS TECHNISCHE DATEN CARACTRISTIQUES
AXLE LOADS ACHSLASTEN POIDS DESSIEUX
Crane in travel order Kran in Transportstellung Grue en position de marche
Axles Achsen Essieux 6 x 12 000 kg
Total weight Gesamtgewicht Poids total 72 000 kg
WORKING SPEEDS (INFINITELY VARIABLE) ARBEITSGESCHWINDIGKEITEN (STUFENLOS

REGELBAR) VITESSES DE TRAVAIL (RGLABLES SANS PALIERS)
Mechanisms Normal speed High speed Max. permissible line pull Rope diameter / Rope length
Antriebe Normalgang Schnellgang Max. zulssiger Seilzug Seil / Seillnge
Mcanismes Marche normale Marche rapide Effort max. admis sur brin Diamtre du cble / Longueur du cble
Hoist I 60 m / min 145 m / min 115 kN 23 mm / 375 m

Hubwerk I
Treuil de levage I
Hoist II 60 m / min 155 m / min 115 kN 23 mm / 566 m

Hubwerk II
Treuil de levage II
Slewing Drehwerk Orientation max. 1,1 1/min
Telescoping speed Ausleger-Teleskopieren Vitesse de tlescopage 14,2 56,0 m: 420 s
Boom elevation Ausleger-Winkelverstellung Relevage de flche 1,6 +82: 85 s
CARRIER PERFORMANCE FAHRLEISTUNGEN PERFORMANCE DU PORTEUR
Travel speed Fahrgeschwindigkeit Vitesse sur route 0 . . 85 km / h

Gradeability Steigfhigkeit Capacit sur rampes 41 %
Ground clearance Bodenfreiheit Dgagement au sol 409 mm
HOOK BLOCK / HEAVY-LIFT ATTACHMENT UNTERFLASCHE / SCHWERLASTEINRICHTUNG

CROCHET-MOUFLE / EQUIPEMENT LEVAGE LOURD
Type Possible load Number of sheaves Weight Number of lines Heavy-lift attachment
Typ Mgliche Traglast Anzahl der Rollen Gewicht D Strangzahl Schwerlasteinrichtung
Type Charge possible Nombre de poulies Poids Nombre de brins Equipement levage lourd
250 244,3 t 11 2000 kg 3,00 m 23 6 addl sheaves / Zusatzrollen / poulies suppl.

125 123,9 t 15 1200 kg 3,00 m 11
180 180,0 t 13 1050 kg 3,00 m 17
140 135,2 t 11 1750 kg 2,70 m 13
112,5 111,8 t Single line hook / 1500 kg 2,00 m 11
Hakengehnge /
Boulet
6
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
WORKING RANGES MAIN BOOM WITH / WITHOUT SSL ARBEITSBEREICHE HAUPT-
AUSLEGER MIT / OHNE SSL PORTES FLCHE PRINCIPALE AVEC / SANS SSL
7
LIFTING CAPACITIES MAIN BOOM TRAGFHIGKEITEN HAUPTAUSLEGER
CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHE PRINCIPALE
142 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Ausladung Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale Ausladung
Porte m 14,2 18,9 23,6 28,3 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
16 159,0 * 159,0 * 148,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 142,0 * 142,0 * 142,0 * 121,0 103,0 83,0 70,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 128,0 128,0 128,0 115,0 98,0 80,0 67,0 58,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 117,0 117,0 117,0 110,0 93,0 76,0 64,0 56,0 49,0 -,0 19
10 107,0 107,0 107,0 104,0 88,0 72,0 61,0 54,0 47,2 40,0 10
12 -,0 92,0 91,0 92,0 78,0 64,0 56,0 50,0 43,8 37,6 12
14 -,0 79,0 78,0 79,0 69,0 56,0 50,0 46,1 40,6 35,2 14
16 -,0 57,0 68,0 68,0 62,0 50,0 45,2 42,3 37,6 32,9 16
18 -,0 -,0 59,0 60,0 56,0 44,7 40,9 38,7 34,8 30,7 18
20 -,0 -,0 48,1 53,0 51,0 40,1 37,3 35,4 32,3 28,6 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 48,1 47,9 36,3 34,1 32,3 30,0 26,7 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 39,1 44,4 33,0 31,3 29,6 28,0 24,9 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 40,4 30,3 28,7 27,2 26,1 23,3 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 34,1 28,0 26,3 25,0 24,3 21,9 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24,4 26,0 24,2 23,1 22,7 20,6 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24,1 22,4 21,6 21,2 19,4 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 21,9 20,7 20,0 19,7 18,2 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 19,3 18,8 18,4 17,2 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,0 17,6 17,2 16,2 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,5 16,1 15,3 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,4 15,0 14,4 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,4 14,1 13,6 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,3 12,9 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,5 12,1 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,4 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,8 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 54
122 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 14,2 1) 14,2 18,9 23,6 28,3 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 350,0 * 237,0 * 175,0 * 160,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 237,0 * 220,0 * 174,0 * 159,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 222,0 * 204,0 * 172,0 * 158,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 210,0 * 190,0 * 170,0 * 156,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 198,0 * 177,0 * 167,0 * 154,0 * 129,0 109,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 175,0 * 157,0 * 156,0 * 148,0 * 125,0 106,0 86,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 153,0 * 140,0 * 139,0 * 140,0 * 121,0 103,0 83,0 70,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 134,0 * 126,0 126,0 126,0 115,0 98,0 80,0 67,0 58,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 119,0 115,0 115,0 115,0 110,0 93,0 76,0 64,0 56,0 49,0 -,0 19
10 107,0 105,0 105,0 105,0 104,0 88,0 72,0 61,0 54,0 47,2 40,0 10
12 -,0 -,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 78,0 64,0 56,0 50,0 43,8 37,6 12
14 -,0 -,0 75,0 74,0 75,0 69,0 56,0 50,0 46,1 40,6 35,2 14
16 -,0 -,0 57,0 64,0 65,0 62,0 50,0 45,2 42,3 37,6 32,9 16
18 -,0 -,0 -,0 56,0 57,0 56,0 44,7 40,9 38,7 34,8 30,7 18
20 -,0 -,0 -,0 48,1 50,0 51,0 40,1 37,3 35,4 32,3 28,6 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 43,6 44,7 36,3 34,1 32,3 30,0 26,7 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 38,5 39,5 33,0 31,3 29,6 28,0 24,9 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 35,2 30,3 28,7 27,2 26,1 23,3 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 31,7 28,0 26,3 25,0 24,3 21,9 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24,4 26,0 24,2 23,1 22,7 20,6 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24,1 22,4 21,6 21,2 19,4 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 21,9 20,7 20,0 19,7 18,2 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 19,3 18,8 18,4 17,2 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,0 17,6 17,2 16,2 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,5 16,1 15,3 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,4 15,0 14,4 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,4 14,1 13,6 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,3 12,9 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,5 12,1 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,4 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,8 52
8
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
82 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 14,2 18,9 23,6 28,3 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 231,0 * 175,0 * 160,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 213,0 * 174,0 * 159,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 197,0 * 172,0 * 158,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 184,0 * 170,0 * 156,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 171,0 * 167,0 * 154,0 * 129,0 109,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 151,0 * 151,0 * 148,0 * 125,0 106,0 86,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 135,0 * 134,0 * 135,0 * 121,0 103,0 83,0 70,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 121,0 121,0 120,0 115,0 98,0 80,0 67,0 58,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 107,0 107,0 106,0 107,0 93,0 76,0 64,0 56,0 49,0 -,0 19
10 96,0 96,0 95,0 96,0 88,0 72,0 61,0 54,0 47,2 40,0 10
12 -,0 78,0 78,0 78,0 78,0 64,0 56,0 50,0 43,8 37,6 12
2
14 -,0 61,0 62,0 61,0 62,0 56,0 50,0 46,1 40,6 35,2 14
16 -,0 49,8 50,0 51,0 50,0 50,0 45,2 42,3 37,6 32,9 16
18 -,0 -,0 42,4 43,6 42,5 41,8 40,9 38,7 34,8 30,7 18
20 -,0 -,0 36,2 37,3 36,3 35,6 35,6 35,4 32,3 28,6 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 32,4 31,4 31,2 30,7 31,1 30,0 26,7 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 28,6 28,6 28,0 26,8 27,2 27,9 24,9 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26,1 24,7 23,6 24,0 24,6 23,3 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 23,4 22,1 21,0 21,3 21,9 21,9 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 21,2 19,8 19,8 19,6 19,6 19,7 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,3 18,5 18,3 17,7 17,8 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,8 16,8 16,6 16,0 16,1 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,4 15,1 14,5 14,6 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,2 13,8 13,2 13,3 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,7 12,0 12,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,6 10,9 10,9 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,6 9,9 9,9 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,0 9,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 8,2 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,5 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,8 52
Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

* with special attachment
* mit Sonderausrstung
* avec quipement spcial
1) over rear
1) nach hinten
1) sur larrire
9
52 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 14,2 18,9 23,6 28,3 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 225,0 * 175,0 * 160,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 207,0 * 174,0 * 159,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 192,0 * 172,0 * 158,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 179,0 * 170,0 * 156,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 167,0 * 166,0 * 154,0 * 129,0 109,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 147,0 * 146,0 * 146,0 * 125,0 106,0 86,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 127,0 127,0 126,0 117,0 103,0 83,0 70,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 109,0 109,0 104,0 98,0 93,0 80,0 67,0 58,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 93,0 94,0 92,0 83,0 80,0 74,0 64,0 56,0 49,0 -,0 19
10 77,0 77,0 78,0 73,0 70,0 65,0 61,0 54,0 47,2 40,0 10
12 -,0 59,0 57,0 59,0 56,0 52,0 50,0 48,4 43,8 37,6 12
14 -,0 46,0 46,5 46,1 44,9 44,7 40,9 39,8 39,2 35,2 14
16 -,0 37,3 37,7 37,3 38,3 36,7 33,9 34,4 32,9 32,0 16
18 -,0 -,0 31,3 31,8 31,8 30,9 30,8 30,0 28,0 27,4 18
20 -,0 -,0 27,1 27,2 26,7 25,9 26,7 25,8 24,2 23,6 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 23,3 22,8 23,0 22,7 21,9 21,0 20,6 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 20,2 19,7 19,9 19,7 18,9 18,2 18,0 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,9 17,4 17,1 16,4 15,7 15,8 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,8 15,4 15,1 14,3 13,7 13,8 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,1 13,6 13,3 12,6 11,8 12,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 11,9 11,0 10,3 10,4 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,9 10,5 9,7 8,9 9,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,4 8,5 7,8 7,9 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,4 7,5 6,8 6,8 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,6 5,9 5,9 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,8 5,1 5,1 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 4,4 4,4 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,8 3,8 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,2 3,2 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,7 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,3 52
32 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 14,2 18,9 23,6 28,3 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 221,0 * 175,0 * 160,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 204,0 * 174,0 * 159,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 189,0 * 172,0 * 158,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 175,0 * 170,0 * 156,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 163,0 * 162,0 * 154,0 * 129,0 109,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 137,0 * 137,0 * 121,0 * 110,0 102,0 86,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 114,0 108,0 99,0 91,0 84,0 76,0 70,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 89,0 88,0 82,0 78,0 70,0 64,0 60,0 56,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 71,0 73,0 69,0 66,0 60,0 57,0 51,0 48,6 46,9 -,0 19
10 58,0 61,0 62,0 57,0 55,0 50,0 45,6 44,6 41,0 39,3 10
12 -,0 44,0 44,8 43,4 42,4 39,3 38,1 35,0 32,2 31,1 12
14 -,0 32,9 34,5 34,0 34,0 32,7 30,8 28,3 26,0 25,2 14
16 -,0 25,7 27,2 27,4 27,6 27,0 25,5 23,3 21,4 20,8 16
18 -,0 -,0 22,1 22,2 22,5 22,0 21,4 19,5 17,8 17,3 18
20 -,0 -,0 18,3 18,4 18,7 18,2 17,9 16,5 15,0 14,6 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,6 15,8 15,3 15,0 14,1 12,6 12,4 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,3 13,5 13,0 12,7 11,9 10,7 10,5 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,6 11,1 10,8 9,9 9,1 8,9 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,1 9,5 9,2 8,3 7,6 7,6 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,7 8,2 7,8 6,9 6,2 6,3 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 6,7 5,8 5,1 5,2 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 5,7 4,8 4,1 4,2 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 4,0 3,2 3,3 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 3,2 2,5 2,6 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,6 1,8 1,9 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,5 -,0 -,0 44
10
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
12 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 14,2 18,9 23,6 28,3 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 218,0 * 175,0 * 160,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 200,0 * 174,0 * 159,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 184,0 * 172,0 * 158,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 170,0 * 169,0 * 150,0 * 130,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 150,0 * 143,0 * 124,0 * 112,0 104,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 109,0 102,0 95,0 89,0 79,0 70,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 73,0 77,0 76,0 68,0 64,0 58,0 53,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 53,0 57,0 58,0 56,0 52,0 49,1 45,6 41,5 -,0 -,0 18
19 38,5 42,4 44,6 45,0 44,3 41,1 38,3 35,0 32,1 -,0 19
10 29,6 33,0 35,0 35,3 35,6 35,0 32,7 29,9 27,4 26,3 10
12 -,0 22,0 23,6 23,9 24,2 23,7 23,3 22,3 20,7 19,9 12
2
14 -,0 15,7 17,2 17,4 17,7 17,2 16,9 16,0 15,3 15,2 14
16 -,0 11,8 13,1 13,2 13,5 13,0 12,8 11,9 11,2 11,1 16
18 -,0 -,0 10,2 10,4 10,6 10,1 9,9 9,1 8,4 8,2 18
20 -,0 -,0 8,1 8,2 8,4 8,0 7,8 7,0 6,3 6,0 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,6 6,8 6,4 6,1 5,4 4,6 4,4 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,4 5,5 5,1 4,8 4,1 3,2 3,0 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,5 4,1 3,8 2,9 2,1 1,9 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,6 3,1 2,8 1,9 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,8 2,3 1,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 32

* with special attachment
* mit Sonderausrstung
* avec quipement spcial
11
LIFTING CAPACITIES MAIN BOOM WITH SSL TRAGFHIGKEITEN HAUPTAUS-
LEGER MIT SSL CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHE PRINCIPALE AVEC SSL
142 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
15 117,0 95,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 113,0 92,0 80,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 109,0 90,0 78,0 66,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 105,0 87,0 76,0 64,0 58,0 * 53,0 * 18
19 102,0 84,0 74,0 62,0 56,0 * 51,0 * 19
10 98,0 81,0 72,0 60,0 54,0 * 49,2 * 10
12 87,0 76,0 68,0 57,0 50,0 * 45,4 * 12
14 76,0 71,0 64,0 54,0 47,5 42,3 * 14
16 65,0 65,0 60,0 51,0 45,5 39,6 * 16
18 57,0 58,0 56,0 48,1 43,6 37,2 * 18
20 50,0 51,0 52,0 45,5 41,7 35,2 20
22 45,1 45,9 46,5 43,2 40,0 33,7 22
24 40,4 41,2 41,8 41,0 38,2 32,3 24
26 34,7 37,3 37,8 38,6 36,4 30,9 26
28 28,2 33,7 34,4 35,3 34,2 29,4 28
30 18,8 29,3 31,4 32,3 32,2 28,1 30
34 -,0 17,9 25,0 26,8 27,5 25,7 34
38 -,0 -,0 16,4 22,2 23,2 23,3 38
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,3 19,2 19,9 42
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,9 16,5 46
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,8 50
122 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
15 117,0 95,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 113,0 92,0 80,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 109,0 90,0 78,0 66,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 105,0 87,0 76,0 64,0 58,0 * 53,0 * 18
19 102,0 84,0 74,0 62,0 56,0 * 51,0 * 19
10 98,0 81,0 72,0 60,0 54,0 * 49,2 * 10
12 86,0 76,0 68,0 57,0 50,0 * 45,4 * 12
14 72,0 71,0 64,0 54,0 47,5 42,3 * 14
16 62,0 63,0 60,0 51,0 45,5 39,6 * 16
18 54,0 55,0 55,0 48,1 43,6 37,2 * 18
20 47,7 48,5 49,1 45,5 41,7 35,2 20
22 41,2 42,3 43,0 43,2 40,0 33,7 22
24 36,0 36,9 37,7 38,7 38,2 32,3 24
26 31,7 32,6 33,3 34,3 35,1 30,9 26
28 28,1 29,0 29,7 30,6 31,4 29,4 28
30 18,8 25,9 26,6 27,5 28,3 28,1 30
34 -,0 17,9 21,7 22,5 23,2 23,4 34
38 -,0 -,0 16,4 18,8 19,4 19,6 38
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,3 16,4 16,6 42
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,9 14,0 46
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,8 50
SSL 0 * SSL 30
12
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
102 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
15 117,0 95,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 113,0 92,0 80,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 109,0 90,0 78,0 66,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 105,0 87,0 76,0 64,0 58,0 * 53,0 * 18
19 102,0 84,0 74,0 62,0 56,0 * 51,0 * 19
10 98,0 81,0 72,0 60,0 54,0 * 49,2 * 10
12 81,0 76,0 68,0 57,0 50,0 * 45,4 * 12
14 68,0 69,0 64,0 54,0 47,5 42,3 * 14
16 57,0 58,0 59,0 51,0 45,5 39,6 * 16
18 47,5 48,6 49,4 48,1 43,6 37,2 * 18
20 40,1 41,2 42,0 43,1 41,7 35,2 20
2
22 34,3 35,4 36,1 37,2 38,0 33,7 22
24 29,8 30,7 31,5 32,5 33,3 32,3 24
26 26,0 26,9 27,7 28,6 29,4 29,6 26
28 22,9 23,8 24,5 25,4 26,2 26,4 28
30 18,8 21,1 21,8 22,7 23,5 23,6 30
34 -,0 16,8 17,4 18,4 19,1 19,3 34
38 -,0 -,0 14,0 15,0 15,7 15,9 38
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 13,0 13,1 42
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 10,8 46
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,0 50
82 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
15 117,0 95,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 113,0 92,0 80,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 109,0 90,0 78,0 66,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 105,0 87,0 76,0 64,0 58,0 * 53,0 * 18
19 102,0 84,0 74,0 62,0 56,0 * 51,0 * 19
10 93,0 81,0 72,0 60,0 54,0 * 49,2 * 10
12 74,0 72,0 68,0 57,0 50,0 * 45,4 * 12
14 59,0 59,0 58,0 54,0 47,5 42,3 * 14
16 47,7 48,8 49,0 48,7 45,5 39,6 * 16
18 39,2 40,3 41,2 42,0 41,7 37,2 * 18
20 32,8 33,9 34,7 35,8 36,5 35,2 20
22 27,9 28,9 29,7 30,7 31,6 31,7 22
24 23,9 24,9 25,7 26,7 27,5 27,7 24
26 20,7 21,6 22,4 23,4 24,1 24,3 26
28 17,9 18,9 19,6 20,6 21,3 21,5 28
30 15,6 16,5 17,2 18,2 19,0 19,1 30
34 -,0 12,6 13,3 14,3 15,1 15,3 34
38 -,0 -,0 10,4 11,3 12,1 12,2 38
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,0 9,7 9,8 42
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,8 7,9 46
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,3 50
SSL 0 * SSL 30
13
62 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Radius
Porte m 33,0 37,7 42,4 47,1 51,9 56,0 Porte
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
15 117,0 95,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 113,0 92,0 80,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 109,0 90,0 78,0 66,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 101,0 87,0 76,0 64,0 58,0 * 53,0 * 18
19 86,0 83,0 74,0 62,0 56,0 * 51,0 * 19
10 75,0 73,0 70,0 60,0 54,0 * 49,2 * 10
12 59,0 57,0 56,0 55,0 50,0 * 45,4 * 12
14 47,5 47,0 46,1 45,7 45,0 42,3 * 14
16 37,7 38,9 38,6 38,5 38,2 37,3 * 16
18 30,6 31,8 32,6 32,9 32,8 32,2 * 18
20 25,3 26,4 27,2 28,3 28,5 28,0 20
22 21,2 22,2 23,0 24,0 24,8 24,4 22
24 17,5 18,7 19,6 20,6 21,4 21,3 24
26 14,6 15,7 16,6 17,7 18,5 18,7 26
28 12,2 13,2 14,0 15,2 16,1 16,3 28
30 10,2 11,1 11,9 13,0 13,9 14,1 30
34 -,0 7,9 8,6 9,6 10,5 10,7 34
38 -,0 -,0 6,2 7,1 7,9 8,1 38
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,1 5,9 6,0 42
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,3 4,4 46
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,1 50
SSL 0 * SSL 30
14
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
WORKING RANGES MAIN BOOM EXTENSION WITH / WITHOUT SSL
ARBEITSBEREICHE HAUPTAUSLEGERVERLNGERUNG MIT / OHNE SSL
PORTES RALLONGE DE FLCHE AVEC / SANS SSL
15
LIFTING CAPACITIES MAIN BOOM EXTENSION TRAGFHIGKEITEN HAUPTAUS-
LEGERVERLNGERUNG CAPACITS DE LEVAGE RALLONGE DE FLCHE
360 DIN/ISO
51,9 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale
Radius Extension 12.2 m Verlngerung 12,2 m Rallonge 12,2 m Radius
Ausladung 122 t* 102 t* 82 t* Ausladung
Porte 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
12 27,1 -,0 -,0 27,1 -,0 -,0 27,1 -,0 -,0 12
14 25,7 -,0 -,0 25,7 -,0 -,0 25,7 -,0 -,0 14
16 24,3 17,5 -,0 24,3 17,5 -,0 24,3 17,5 -,0 16
18 23,0 16,7 12,9 23,0 16,7 12,9 23,0 16,7 12,9 18
20 21,7 16,1 12,6 21,7 16,1 12,6 21,7 16,1 12,6 20
22 20,4 15,5 12,3 20,4 15,5 12,3 20,4 15,5 12,3 22
24 19,1 14,9 12,1 19,1 14,9 12,1 19,1 14,9 12,1 24
26 17,8 14,4 11,9 17,8 14,4 11,9 17,8 14,4 11,9 26
28 16,6 14,0 11,7 16,6 14,0 11,7 16,6 14,0 11,7 28
30 15,6 13,5 11,5 15,6 13,5 11,5 15,6 13,5 11,5 30
34 13,9 12,8 11,2 13,9 12,8 11,2 13,9 12,8 11,2 34
38 12,7 12,1 11,0 12,7 12,1 11,0 11,9 12,1 11,0 38
42 11,7 11,3 10,8 11,7 11,3 10,8 9,5 10,0 10,3 42
46 10,8 10,6 10,6 10,5 10,6 10,6 7,6 8,0 8,2 46
50 9,8 9,8 -,0 8,7 9,0 -,0 5,9 6,2 -,0 50
54 8,8 9,0 -,0 7,1 7,3 -,0 4,5 4,7 -,0 54
58 7,9 -,0 -,0 5,8 -,0 -,0 3,4 -,0 -,0 58

Porte 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
12 17,0 -,0 -,0 17,0 -,0 -,0 17,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 16,7 -,0 -,0 16,7 -,0 -,0 16,7 -,0 -,0 14
16 16,4 -,0 -,0 16,4 -,0 -,0 16,4 -,0 -,0 16
18 16,0 14,4 -,0 16,0 14,4 -,0 16,0 14,4 -,0 18
20 15,7 13,9 -,0 15,7 13,9 -,0 15,7 13,9 -,0 20
22 15,3 13,4 11,5 15,3 13,4 11,5 15,3 13,4 11,5 22
24 14,9 13,0 11,3 14,9 13,0 11,3 14,9 13,0 11,3 24
26 14,5 12,6 11,1 14,5 12,6 11,1 14,5 12,6 11,1 26
28 14,0 12,2 10,9 14,0 12,2 10,9 14,0 12,2 10,9 28
30 13,6 11,8 10,8 13,6 11,8 10,8 13,6 11,8 10,8 30
34 12,6 11,2 10,4 12,6 11,2 10,4 12,6 11,2 10,4 34
38 11,4 10,7 10,1 11,4 10,7 10,1 11,4 10,7 10,1 38
42 10,4 9,9 9,7 10,4 9,9 9,7 10,0 9,9 9,7 42
46 9,5 9,2 9,1 9,5 9,2 9,1 8,1 8,8 9,1 46
50 8,8 8,6 8,6 8,8 8,6 8,6 6,4 7,1 7,4 50
54 8,2 8,0 -,0 7,6 8,0 -,0 5,0 5,5 -,0 54
58 7,5 7,5 -,0 6,2 6,6 -,0 3,9 4,2 -,0 58
62 6,9 7,0 -,0 5,1 5,3 -,0 2,9 3,1 -,0 62
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 66
* Counterweight Gegengewicht Contrepoids
16
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
LIFTING CAPACITIES MAIN BOOM EXTENSION TRAGFHIGKEITEN HAUPTAUS-
LEGERVERLNGERUNG CAPACITS DE LEVAGE RALLONGE DE FLCHE
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
14 22,6 -,0 -,0 22,6 -,0 -,0 22,6 -,0 -,0 14
16 21,1 17,3 -,0 21,1 17,3 -,0 21,1 17,3 -,0 16
18 19,7 16,6 12,9 19,7 16,6 12,9 19,7 16,6 12,9 18
20 18,5 16,0 12,6 18,5 16,0 12,6 18,5 16,0 12,6 20
22 17,3 15,4 12,4 17,3 15,4 12,4 17,3 15,4 12,4 22
24 16,4 14,7 12,1 16,4 14,7 12,1 16,4 14,7 12,1 24
26 15,5 14,1 11,9 15,5 14,1 11,9 15,5 14,1 11,9 26
28 14,7 13,5 11,6 14,7 13,5 11,6 14,7 13,5 11,6 28
30 13,9 12,9 11,3 13,9 12,9 11,3 13,9 12,9 11,3 30
34 12,6 11,8 10,8 12,6 11,8 10,8 12,6 11,8 10,8 34
38 11,5 10,9 10,3 11,5 10,9 10,3 11,5 10,9 10,3 38
42 10,5 10,1 9,8 10,5 10,1 9,8 9,4 9,9 9,8 42
46 9,6 9,4 9,3 9,6 9,4 9,3 7,4 7,9 8,1 46
50 8,9 8,8 -,0 8,5 8,8 -,0 5,8 6,1 -,0 50
54 8,2 8,2 -,0 7,0 7,2 -,0 4,4 4,7 -,0 54
58 7,5 7,5 -,0 5,6 5,8 -,0 3,2 3,4 -,0 58
62 6,8 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 2,2 -,0 -,0 62
3
Porte 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
14 14,7 -,0 -,0 14,7 -,0 -,0 14,7 -,0 -,0 14
16 14,5 -,0 -,0 14,5 -,0 -,0 14,5 -,0 -,0 16
18 14,2 -,0 -,0 14,2 -,0 -,0 14,2 -,0 -,0 18
20 13,9 13,4 -,0 13,9 13,4 -,0 13,9 13,4 -,0 20
22 13,5 12,7 -,0 13,5 12,7 -,0 13,5 12,7 -,0 22
24 13,1 12,1 11,1 13,1 12,1 11,1 13,1 12,1 11,1 24
26 12,6 11,6 10,6 12,6 11,6 10,6 12,6 11,6 10,6 26
28 12,2 11,0 10,2 12,2 11,0 10,2 12,2 11,0 10,2 28
30 11,7 10,6 9,8 11,7 10,6 9,8 11,7 10,6 9,8 30
34 10,7 9,7 9,1 10,7 9,7 9,1 10,7 9,7 9,1 34
38 9,8 8,9 8,5 9,8 8,9 8,5 9,8 8,9 8,5 38
42 9,0 8,3 7,9 9,0 8,3 7,9 9,0 8,3 7,9 42
46 8,3 7,7 7,5 8,3 7,7 7,5 7,9 7,7 7,5 46
50 7,7 7,2 7,1 7,7 7,2 7,1 6,2 6,9 7,1 50
54 7,2 6,8 6,8 7,2 6,8 6,8 4,8 5,4 5,7 54
58 6,7 6,5 -,0 6,0 6,5 -,0 3,7 4,1 -,0 58
62 6,2 6,1 -,0 4,9 5,2 -,0 2,7 3,0 -,0 62
66 5,8 5,8 -,0 3,9 4,1 -,0 1,8 2,0 -,0 66
70 3,1 -,0 -,0 3,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 70
17
LIFTING CAPACITIES MAIN BOOM EXTENSION WITH SSL 30
TRAGFHIGKEITEN HAUPTAUSLEGERVERLNGERUNG MIT SSL 30
CAPACITS DE LEVAGE RALLONGE DE FLCHE AVEC SSL 30
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
10 34,1 -,0 -,0 34,1 -,0 -,0 34,1 -,0 -,0 10
12 33,7 -,0 -,0 33,7 -,0 -,0 33,7 -,0 -,0 12
14 32,5 20,0 -,0 32,5 20,0 -,0 32,5 20,0 -,0 14
16 30,7 19,0 13,7 30,7 19,0 13,7 30,7 19,0 13,7 16
18 28,8 18,1 13,3 28,8 18,1 13,3 28,8 18,1 13,3 18
20 26,9 17,3 13,0 26,9 17,3 13,0 26,9 17,3 13,0 20
22 25,1 16,6 12,7 25,1 16,6 12,7 25,1 16,6 12,7 22
24 23,4 16,0 12,4 23,4 16,0 12,4 23,4 16,0 12,4 24
26 21,8 15,4 12,2 21,8 15,4 12,2 21,8 15,4 12,2 26
28 20,3 14,8 12,0 20,3 14,8 12,0 20,3 14,8 12,0 28
30 19,1 14,4 11,8 19,1 14,4 11,8 19,1 14,4 11,8 30
34 17,1 13,5 11,4 17,1 13,5 11,4 17,1 13,5 11,4 34
38 15,5 12,8 11,2 15,5 12,8 11,2 14,8 12,8 11,2 38
42 14,1 12,2 11,0 14,1 12,2 11,0 11,9 12,2 11,0 42
46 13,0 11,7 11,0 12,7 11,7 11,0 9,5 10,0 10,2 46
50 12,0 11,3 -,0 10,5 10,9 -,0 7,6 8,0 -,0 50
54 11,2 10,8 -,0 8,6 8,9 -,0 6,0 6,2 -,0 54
58 9,6 -,0 -,0 7,1 -,0 -,0 4,6 -,0 -,0 58
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 62

Porte 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
10 21,4 -,0 -,0 21,4 -,0 -,0 21,4 -,0 -,0 10
12 21,1 -,0 -,0 21,1 -,0 -,0 21,1 -,0 -,0 12
14 20,6 -,0 -,0 20,6 -,0 -,0 20,6 -,0 -,0 14
16 20,0 16,5 -,0 20,0 16,5 -,0 20,0 16,5 -,0 16
18 19,4 15,9 -,0 19,4 15,9 -,0 19,4 15,9 -,0 18
20 18,6 15,2 12,2 18,6 15,2 12,2 18,6 15,2 12,2 20
22 17,9 14,6 11,9 17,9 14,6 11,9 17,9 14,6 11,9 22
24 17,1 14,1 11,7 17,1 14,1 11,7 17,1 14,1 11,7 24
26 16,4 13,6 11,4 16,4 13,6 11,4 16,4 13,6 11,4 26
28 15,7 13,2 11,3 15,7 13,2 11,3 15,7 13,2 11,3 28
30 15,0 12,7 11,1 15,0 12,7 11,1 15,0 12,7 11,1 30
34 13,9 12,0 10,8 13,9 12,0 10,8 13,9 12,0 10,8 34
38 13,0 11,4 10,5 13,0 11,4 10,5 13,0 11,4 10,5 38
42 12,1 10,8 10,2 12,1 10,8 10,2 12,1 10,8 10,2 42
46 11,4 10,4 10,0 11,4 10,4 10,0 10,2 10,4 10,0 46
50 10,8 10,0 9,8 10,8 10,0 9,8 8,3 9,0 9,4 50
54 10,3 9,7 -,0 9,3 9,7 -,0 6,6 7,2 -,0 54
58 9,8 9,5 -,0 7,7 8,1 -,0 5,2 5,7 -,0 58
62 8,7 9,0 -,0 6,4 6,6 -,0 4,1 4,3 -,0 62
18
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
LIFTING CAPACITIES MAIN BOOM EXTENSION WITH SSL 30
TRAGFHIGKEITEN HAUPTAUSLEGERVERLNGERUNG MIT SSL 30
CAPACITS DE LEVAGE RALLONGE DE FLCHE AVEC SSL 30
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
12 33,6 -,0 -,0 33,6 -,0 -,0 33,6 -,0 -,0 12
14 31,7 20,1 -,0 31,7 20,1 -,0 31,7 20,1 -,0 14
16 29,8 19,2 13,7 29,8 19,2 13,7 29,8 19,2 13,7 16
18 28,1 18,3 13,4 28,1 18,3 13,4 28,1 18,3 13,4 18
20 26,4 17,5 13,1 26,4 17,5 13,1 26,4 17,5 13,1 20
22 24,8 16,8 12,8 24,8 16,8 12,8 24,8 16,8 12,8 22
24 23,4 16,2 12,5 23,4 16,2 12,5 23,4 16,2 12,5 24
26 22,0 15,6 12,3 22,0 15,6 12,3 22,0 15,6 12,3 26
28 20,8 15,1 12,1 20,8 15,1 12,1 20,8 15,1 12,1 28
30 19,7 14,7 11,9 19,7 14,7 11,9 19,7 14,7 11,9 30
34 17,7 13,8 11,6 17,7 13,8 11,6 17,7 13,8 11,6 34
38 16,1 13,1 11,3 16,1 13,1 11,3 14,7 13,1 11,3 38
42 14,7 12,5 11,1 14,7 12,5 11,1 11,8 12,4 11,1 42
46 13,5 12,0 11,0 12,6 12,0 11,0 9,4 10,0 10,2 46
50 12,5 11,6 11,0 10,4 10,8 11,0 7,5 7,9 8,1 50
54 11,3 11,2 -,0 8,5 8,9 -,0 5,9 6,2 -,0 54
58 9,5 9,7 -,0 7,0 7,2 -,0 4,5 4,7 -,0 58
62 8,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 -,0 3,3 -,0 -,0 62
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 66
56,0 m
Radius
Ausladung
Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale
142 t*
Extension 18.1 m Verlngerung 18,1 m Rallonge 18,1 m
122 t* 102 t*
Radius
Ausladung
3
Porte 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
12 20,5 -,0 -,0 20,5 -,0 -,0 20,5 -,0 -,0 12
14 20,1 -,0 -,0 20,1 -,0 -,0 20,1 -,0 -,0 14
16 19,6 -,0 -,0 19,6 -,0 -,0 19,6 -,0 -,0 16
18 19,0 15,7 -,0 19,0 15,7 -,0 19,0 15,7 -,0 18
20 18,3 15,1 -,0 18,3 15,1 -,0 18,3 15,1 -,0 20
22 17,6 14,6 11,9 17,6 14,6 11,9 17,6 14,6 11,9 22
24 16,9 14,1 11,7 16,9 14,1 11,7 16,9 14,1 11,7 24
26 16,3 13,6 11,5 16,3 13,6 11,5 16,3 13,6 11,5 26
28 15,6 13,2 11,3 15,6 13,2 11,3 15,6 13,2 11,3 28
30 15,0 12,8 11,1 15,0 12,8 11,1 15,0 12,8 11,1 30
34 14,0 12,0 10,8 14,0 12,0 10,8 14,0 12,0 10,8 34
38 13,1 11,4 10,5 13,1 11,4 10,5 13,1 11,4 10,5 38
42 12,3 10,9 10,2 12,3 10,9 10,2 12,3 10,9 10,2 42
46 11,5 10,4 10,0 11,5 10,4 10,0 10,0 10,4 10,0 46
50 10,8 10,1 9,8 10,8 10,1 9,8 8,1 8,9 9,4 50
54 10,1 9,7 9,7 9,1 9,7 9,7 6,5 7,1 7,5 54
58 9,4 9,4 -,0 7,5 8,1 -,0 5,1 5,6 -,0 58
62 8,5 8,9 -,0 6,2 6,6 -,0 3,9 4,3 -,0 62
66 7,2 7,5 -,0 5,0 5,3 -,0 2,9 3,1 -,0 66
19
WORKING RANGES FIXED FLY JIB (LF) WITH / WITHOUT SSL
ARBEITSBEREICHE STARRER HILFSAUSLEGER (LF) MIT / OHNE SSL
PORTES FLCHETTE FIXE (LF) AVEC / SANS SSL
20
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
LIFTING CAPACITIES FIXED FLY JIB (LF) TRAGFHIGKEITEN STARRER HILFSAUS-
LEGER (LF) CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHETTE FIXE (LF)
122 t 360 DIN/ISO
51,9 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale 56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale
Radius Fly jib Hilfsausleger Flchette Radius Fly jib Hilfsausleger Flchette
Ausladung 7,3 m 17,8 m 23,8 m Ausladung 7,3 m 17,8 m 23,8 m
Porte 0 0 0 20 40 Porte 0 0 0 20 40
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0
12 31,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14 26,7 20,1 -,0 -,0 -,0
14 29,0 21,9 18,1 -,0 -,0 16 24,8 18,8 15,8 -,0 -,0
16 26,9 20,8 17,0 -,0 -,0 18 23,1 17,7 14,9 -,0 -,0
18 25,1 19,8 16,1 -,0 -,0 20 21,5 16,6 14,0 -,0 -,0
20 23,4 18,8 15,2 -,0 -,0 22 20,2 15,6 13,2 -,0 -,0
22 22,0 17,8 14,5 10,8 -,0 24 18,9 14,7 12,5 10,2 -,0
24 20,7 16,9 13,8 10,4 -,0 26 17,8 13,9 11,8 9,7 -,0
26 19,6 16,1 13,1 10,0 -,0 28 16,8 13,2 11,1 9,3 -,0
28 18,6 15,3 12,5 9,7 8,0 30 16,0 12,5 10,6 8,9 7,8
30 17,7 14,5 12,0 9,4 7,9 34 14,4 11,3 9,5 8,2 7,3
34 16,1 13,2 11,0 8,8 7,6 38 13,1 10,3 8,7 7,6 6,9
38 14,7 12,0 10,2 8,3 7,3 42 11,9 9,5 7,9 7,0 6,5
42 13,3 11,0 9,4 7,9 7,1 46 10,9 8,8 7,3 6,5 6,1
46 12,0 10,1 8,7 7,6 6,9 50 9,9 8,2 6,7 6,1 5,8
50 10,7 9,4 8,1 7,3 6,8 54 8,9 7,7 6,2 5,7 5,5
54 9,4 8,7 7,5 7,1 6,8 58 7,8 7,2 5,8 5,4 5,3
58 -,0 8,1 7,0 6,8 6,8 62 -,0 6,8 5,4 5,2 -,0
62 -,0 7,5 6,5 6,5 -,0 66 -,0 6,3 5,1 5,0 -,0
66 -,0 -,0 6,1 6,1 -,0 70 -,0 -,0 4,9 4,8 -,0
70 -,0 -,0 5,7 -,0 -,0 74 -,0 -,0 4,7 -,0 -,0
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
102 t 360 DIN/ISO

Porte 0 0 0 20 40 Porte 0 0 0 20 40
m
12
14
16
t,0
31,3
29,0
26,9
t,0
-,0
21,9
20,8
t,0
-,0
18,1
17,0
t,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
t,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
m
14
16
18
t,0
26,7
24,8
23,1
t,0
20,1
18,8
17,7
t,0
-,0
15,8
14,9
t,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
t,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
4
18 25,1 19,8 16,1 -,0 -,0 20 21,5 16,6 14,0 -,0 -,0
20 23,4 18,8 15,2 -,0 -,0 22 20,2 15,6 13,2 -,0 -,0
22 22,0 17,8 14,5 10,8 -,0 24 18,9 14,7 12,5 10,2 -,0
24 20,7 16,9 13,8 10,4 -,0 26 17,8 13,9 11,8 9,7 -,0
26 19,6 16,1 13,1 10,0 -,0 28 16,8 13,2 11,1 9,3 -,0
28 18,6 15,3 12,5 9,7 8,0 30 16,0 12,5 10,6 8,9 7,8
30 17,7 14,5 12,0 9,4 7,9 34 14,4 11,3 9,5 8,2 7,3
34 16,1 13,2 11,0 8,8 7,6 38 13,1 10,3 8,7 7,6 6,9
38 14,7 12,0 10,2 8,3 7,3 42 11,9 9,5 7,9 7,0 6,5
42 12,4 11,0 9,4 7,9 7,1 46 10,1 8,8 7,3 6,5 6,1
46 10,2 10,1 8,7 7,6 6,9 50 8,2 8,2 6,7 6,1 5,8
50 8,3 9,4 8,1 7,3 6,8 54 6,6 7,7 6,2 5,7 5,5
54 6,7 8,1 7,5 7,1 6,8 58 5,3 6,6 5,8 5,4 5,3
58 -,0 6,8 6,8 6,8 6,8 62 -,0 5,5 5,4 5,2 -,0
62 -,0 5,7 5,7 6,2 -,0 66 -,0 4,5 4,5 5,0 -,0
66 -,0 -,0 4,7 5,1 -,0 70 -,0 -,0 3,6 4,0 -,0
70 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 74 -,0 -,0 2,8 -,0 -,0
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
21
LIFTING CAPACITIES FIXED FLY JIB (LF) TRAGFHIGKEITEN STARRER HILFSAUS-
LEGER (LF) CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHETTE FIXE (LF)
82 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 20 40 Porte 0 0 0 20 40
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0
12 31,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14 26,7 20,1 -,0 -,0 -,0
14 29,0 21,9 18,1 -,0 -,0 16 24,8 18,8 15,8 -,0 -,0
16 26,9 20,8 17,0 -,0 -,0 18 23,1 17,7 14,9 -,0 -,0
18 25,1 19,8 16,1 -,0 -,0 20 21,5 16,6 14,0 -,0 -,0
20 23,4 18,8 15,2 -,0 -,0 22 20,2 15,6 13,2 -,0 -,0
22 22,0 17,8 14,5 10,8 -,0 24 18,9 14,7 12,5 10,2 -,0
24 20,7 16,9 13,8 10,4 -,0 26 17,8 13,9 11,8 9,7 -,0
26 19,6 16,1 13,1 10,0 -,0 28 16,8 13,2 11,1 9,3 -,0
28 18,6 15,3 12,5 9,7 8,0 30 16,0 12,5 10,6 8,9 7,8
30 17,7 14,5 12,0 9,4 7,9 34 14,4 11,3 9,5 8,2 7,3
34 14,7 13,2 11,0 8,8 7,6 38 11,5 10,3 8,7 7,6 6,9
38 11,6 12,0 10,2 8,3 7,3 42 9,1 9,5 7,9 7,0 6,5
42 9,2 10,6 9,4 7,9 7,1 46 7,1 8,4 7,3 6,5 6,1
46 7,2 8,6 8,7 7,6 6,9 50 5,4 6,8 6,7 6,1 5,8
50 5,5 7,0 7,0 7,3 6,8 54 4,1 5,4 5,4 5,7 5,5
54 4,1 5,6 5,6 6,5 6,8 58 2,9 4,2 4,3 5,0 5,3
58 -,0 4,4 4,5 5,2 5,6 62 -,0 3,2 3,2 3,9 -,0
62 -,0 3,4 3,5 4,0 -,0 66 -,0 2,4 2,4 2,9 -,0
66 -,0 -,0 2,6 3,0 -,0 70 -,0 -,0 1,6 2,0 -,0
70 -,0 -,0 1,8 -,0 -,0 74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
22
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
LIFTING CAPACITIES FIXED FLY JIB (LF) WITH SSL 30
TRAGFHIGKEITEN STARRER HILFSAUSLEGER (LF) MIT SSL 30
CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHETTE FIXE (LF) AVEC SSL 30
142 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 20 40 Porte 0 0 0 20 40
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0
19 45,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10 38,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
10 43,4 22,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 12 36,6 22,9 21,0 -,0 -,0
12 39,7 22,9 21,4 -,0 -,0 14 34,5 22,9 19,9 -,0 -,0
14 36,5 22,9 20,2 -,0 -,0 16 32,6 22,9 18,8 -,0 -,0
16 33,6 22,9 19,2 -,0 -,0 18 30,7 21,9 17,8 -,0 -,0
18 31,1 22,9 18,1 -,0 -,0 20 28,9 20,9 16,8 -,0 -,0
20 28,8 22,1 17,2 12,1 -,0 22 27,2 20,0 16,0 11,6 -,0
22 26,9 20,8 16,2 11,6 -,0 24 25,6 19,2 15,2 11,2 -,0
24 25,1 19,7 15,3 11,2 -,0 26 24,1 18,5 14,5 10,7 -,0
26 23,5 18,6 14,5 10,7 8,5 28 22,7 17,8 13,9 10,4 8,3
28 22,0 17,7 13,7 10,3 8,3 30 21,5 17,2 13,3 10,0 8,1
30 20,7 16,8 12,9 10,0 8,1 34 19,2 16,0 12,3 9,4 7,8
34 18,5 15,3 11,7 9,3 7,8 38 17,4 14,9 11,4 8,9 7,5
38 16,6 14,0 10,8 8,8 7,5 42 15,9 13,8 10,5 8,4 7,3
42 15,2 13,0 10,1 8,3 7,3 46 14,6 12,9 9,7 8,0 7,1
46 14,0 12,2 9,4 7,9 7,1 50 13,1 11,9 9,0 7,7 6,9
50 13,0 11,5 8,9 7,6 6,9 54 11,0 11,0 8,5 7,4 6,8
54 9,2 10,8 8,3 7,3 6,9 58 7,6 10,2 8,0 7,1 6,8
58 -,0 10,4 7,8 7,1 6,8 62 -,0 9,2 7,6 6,9 6,8
62 -,0 9,0 7,4 6,9 -,0 66 -,0 7,6 7,3 6,8 -,0
66 -,0 -,0 7,1 6,8 -,0 70 -,0 -,0 6,8 6,8 -,0
70 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 74 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
122 t 360 DIN/ISO

Porte
1m
19
10
12
0
t,0
45,4
43,4
39,7
0
t,0
-,0
22,9
22,9
0
t,0
-,0
-,0
21,4
20
t,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
40
t,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
Porte
m
10
12
14
0
t,0
38,7
36,6
34,5
0
t,0
-,0
22,9
22,9
0
t,0
-,0
21,0
19,9
20
t,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
40
t,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
4
14 36,5 22,9 20,2 -,0 -,0 16 32,6 22,9 18,8 -,0 -,0
16 33,6 22,9 19,2 -,0 -,0 18 30,7 21,9 17,8 -,0 -,0
18 31,1 22,9 18,1 -,0 -,0 20 28,9 20,9 16,8 -,0 -,0
20 28,8 22,1 17,2 12,1 -,0 22 27,2 20,0 16,0 11,6 -,0
22 26,9 20,8 16,2 11,6 -,0 24 25,6 19,2 15,2 11,2 -,0
24 25,1 19,7 15,3 11,2 -,0 26 24,1 18,5 14,5 10,7 -,0
26 23,5 18,6 14,5 10,7 8,5 28 22,7 17,8 13,9 10,4 8,3
28 22,0 17,7 13,7 10,3 8,3 30 21,5 17,2 13,3 10,0 8,1
30 20,7 16,8 12,9 10,0 8,1 34 19,2 16,0 12,3 9,4 7,8
34 18,5 15,3 11,7 9,3 7,8 38 17,4 14,9 11,4 8,9 7,5
38 16,6 14,0 10,8 8,8 7,5 42 15,0 13,8 10,5 8,4 7,3
42 15,0 13,0 10,1 8,3 7,3 46 12,3 12,9 9,7 8,0 7,1
46 12,3 12,2 9,4 7,9 7,1 50 10,1 11,7 9,0 7,7 6,9
50 10,1 11,5 8,9 7,6 6,9 54 8,3 9,8 8,5 7,4 6,8
54 8,3 10,0 8,3 7,3 6,9 58 6,7 8,2 8,0 7,1 6,8
58 -,0 8,4 7,8 7,1 6,8 62 -,0 6,9 7,0 6,9 6,8
62 -,0 7,0 7,2 6,9 -,0 66 -,0 5,7 5,8 6,4 -,0
66 -,0 -,0 6,0 6,4 -,0 70 -,0 -,0 4,8 5,2 -,0
70 -,0 -,0 5,0 -,0 -,0 74 -,0 -,0 3,9 -,0 -,0
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
23
LIFTING CAPACITIES FIXED FLY JIB (LF) WITH SSL 30
TRAGFHIGKEITEN STARRER HILFSAUSLEGER (LF) MIT SSL 30
CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHETTE FIXE (LF) AVEC SSL 30
102 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 20 40 Porte 0 0 0 20 40
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0
19 45,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10 38,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
10 43,4 22,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 12 36,6 22,9 21,0 -,0 -,0
12 39,7 22,9 21,4 -,0 -,0 14 34,5 22,9 19,9 -,0 -,0
14 36,5 22,9 20,2 -,0 -,0 16 32,6 22,9 18,8 -,0 -,0
16 33,6 22,9 19,2 -,0 -,0 18 30,7 21,9 17,8 -,0 -,0
18 31,1 22,9 18,1 -,0 -,0 20 28,9 20,9 16,8 -,0 -,0
20 28,8 22,1 17,2 12,1 -,0 22 27,2 20,0 16,0 11,6 -,0
22 26,9 20,8 16,2 11,6 -,0 24 25,6 19,2 15,2 11,2 -,0
24 25,1 19,7 15,3 11,2 -,0 26 24,1 18,5 14,5 10,7 -,0
26 23,5 18,6 14,5 10,7 8,5 28 22,7 17,8 13,9 10,4 8,3
28 22,0 17,7 13,7 10,3 8,3 30 21,5 17,2 13,3 10,0 8,1
30 20,7 16,8 12,9 10,0 8,1 34 18,1 16,0 12,3 9,4 7,8
34 18,1 15,3 11,7 9,3 7,8 38 14,4 14,9 11,4 8,9 7,5
38 14,4 14,0 10,8 8,8 7,5 42 11,5 13,1 10,5 8,4 7,3
42 11,5 13,0 10,1 8,3 7,3 46 9,2 10,7 9,7 8,0 7,1
46 9,2 10,9 9,4 7,9 7,1 50 7,2 8,8 8,9 7,7 6,9
50 7,2 8,9 8,9 7,6 6,9 54 5,6 7,2 7,3 7,4 6,8
54 5,6 7,3 7,5 7,3 6,9 58 4,2 5,8 5,9 6,8 6,8
58 -,0 5,9 6,1 6,9 6,8 62 -,0 4,6 4,7 5,4 5,8
62 -,0 4,7 4,9 5,5 -,0 66 -,0 3,6 3,7 4,2 -,0
66 -,0 -,0 3,8 4,3 -,0 70 -,0 -,0 2,8 3,2 -,0
70 -,0 -,0 3,0 -,0 -,0 74 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
82 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 20 40 Porte 0 0 0 20 40
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0
19 45,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10 38,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
10 43,4 22,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 12 36,6 22,9 21,0 -,0 -,0
12 39,7 22,9 21,4 -,0 -,0 14 34,5 22,9 19,9 -,0 -,0
14 36,5 22,9 20,2 -,0 -,0 16 32,6 22,9 18,8 -,0 -,0
16 33,6 22,9 19,2 -,0 -,0 18 30,7 21,9 17,8 -,0 -,0
18 31,1 22,9 18,1 -,0 -,0 20 28,9 20,9 16,8 -,0 -,0
20 28,8 22,1 17,2 12,1 -,0 22 27,2 20,0 16,0 11,6 -,0
22 26,9 20,8 16,2 11,6 -,0 24 25,6 19,2 15,2 11,2 -,0
24 25,1 19,7 15,3 11,2 -,0 26 22,8 18,5 14,5 10,7 -,0
26 23,4 18,6 14,5 10,7 8,5 28 20,3 17,8 13,9 10,4 8,3
28 20,5 17,7 13,7 10,3 8,3 30 18,1 17,2 13,3 10,0 8,1
30 18,1 16,8 12,9 10,0 8,1 34 13,9 15,4 12,3 9,4 7,8
34 13,9 15,3 11,7 9,3 7,8 38 10,7 12,3 11,4 8,9 7,5
38 10,8 12,5 10,8 8,8 7,5 42 8,2 9,8 9,9 8,4 7,3
42 8,2 9,9 10,1 8,3 7,3 46 6,2 7,8 7,9 8,0 7,1
46 6,2 7,9 8,1 7,9 7,1 50 4,5 6,1 6,2 7,4 6,9
50 4,5 6,2 6,4 7,5 6,9 54 3,1 4,7 4,8 5,8 6,5
54 3,1 4,8 5,0 5,9 6,6 58 1,9 3,5 3,6 4,5 5,0
58 -,0 3,6 3,8 4,5 5,0 62 -,0 2,4 2,5 3,3 3,7
62 -,0 2,6 2,7 3,3 -,0 66 -,0 1,6 1,6 2,2 -,0
66 -,0 -,0 1,8 2,3 -,0 70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
24
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
WORKING RANGES FIXED FLY JIB (SF) WITH / WITHOUT SSL
ARBEITSBEREICHE STARRER HILFSAUSLEGER (SF) MIT / OHNE SSL
PORTES FLCHETTE FIXE (SF) AVEC / SANS SSL
25
LIFTING CAPACITIES FIXED FLY JIB (SF) TRAGFHIGKEITEN STARRER HILFSAUS-
LEGER (SF) CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHETTE FIXE (SF)
122 t 360 DIN/ISO
Radius Fly jib Hilfsausleger Flchette Radius
Ausladung 15,0 m 21,0 m 25,5 m 27,0 m 31,5 m 37,5 m 43,5 m 49,5 m Ausladung
Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
14 24,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 23,1 19,7 18,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 21,5 18,5 17,5 15,9 -,0 -,0 14,8 12,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 20,0 17,3 16,5 15,0 -,0 -,0 14,2 11,7 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 18,7 16,2 15,5 14,1 13,0 -,0 13,5 11,3 -,0 -,0 10,0 7,4 -,0 -,0 22
24 17,5 15,2 14,6 13,3 12,4 -,0 12,9 11,0 -,0 -,0 9,7 7,3 -,0 -,0 24
26 16,4 14,3 13,8 12,5 11,8 11,2 12,3 10,6 -,0 -,0 9,4 7,1 -,0 -,0 26
28 15,5 13,5 13,1 11,8 11,2 10,7 11,7 10,1 9,3 -,0 9,1 7,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 14,6 12,7 12,4 11,2 10,7 10,2 11,2 9,7 8,9 -,0 8,7 6,9 -,0 -,0 30
34 13,2 11,4 11,2 10,0 9,7 9,4 10,1 8,9 8,2 7,5 8,0 6,6 6,5 -,0 34
38 12,0 10,3 10,1 9,0 8,8 8,6 9,1 8,1 7,5 7,1 7,4 6,2 5,9 5,7 38
42 11,0 9,3 9,3 8,1 8,0 7,9 8,3 7,4 7,0 6,7 6,7 5,6 5,4 5,3 42
46 10,0 8,5 8,5 7,4 7,3 7,3 7,6 6,7 6,4 6,3 6,0 5,1 4,9 4,8 46
50 9,2 7,8 7,8 6,7 6,6 6,7 7,0 6,1 5,9 5,9 5,5 4,7 4,5 4,5 50
54 8,3 7,2 7,3 6,2 6,1 6,1 6,4 5,6 5,5 5,5 5,0 4,2 4,1 4,1 54
58 7,5 6,6 6,7 5,7 5,6 5,7 5,9 5,1 5,1 5,1 4,5 3,8 3,8 3,8 58
62 6,7 6,1 6,3 5,3 5,2 -,0 5,5 4,7 4,7 4,7 4,2 3,4 3,4 3,5 62
66 -,0 5,6 5,9 4,9 4,9 -,0 5,1 4,3 4,3 4,4 3,8 3,1 3,1 3,2 66
70 -,0 -,0 5,5 4,5 4,6 -,0 4,8 4,0 4,0 4,1 3,5 2,8 2,8 2,9 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 4,5 3,7 3,7 -,0 3,2 2,5 2,5 2,7 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,2 3,5 3,5 -,0 3,0 2,2 2,3 2,4 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,1 -,0 -,0 2,8 2,0 2,1 -,0 82
86 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,6 1,8 1,9 -,0 86
90 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,9 1,5 1,7 -,0 90
94 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 94

Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
16 19,1 16,3 14,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 17,8 15,2 13,9 12,4 -,0 -,0 11,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 16,7 14,2 13,0 11,6 -,0 -,0 11,2 9,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 15,6 13,3 12,3 10,9 10,0 -,0 10,6 9,0 -,0 -,0 7,6 5,6 -,0 -,0 22
24 14,6 12,5 11,6 10,2 9,4 -,0 10,0 8,6 -,0 -,0 7,3 5,4 -,0 -,0 24
26 13,8 11,7 11,0 9,6 8,9 8,4 9,5 8,2 -,0 -,0 7,0 5,3 -,0 -,0 26
28 13,0 11,1 10,4 9,1 8,4 8,0 9,0 7,8 6,8 -,0 6,7 5,1 -,0 -,0 28
30 12,4 10,4 9,8 8,5 8,0 7,6 8,6 7,4 6,5 -,0 6,5 5,0 -,0 -,0 30
34 11,2 9,4 8,9 7,6 7,2 6,9 7,7 6,7 6,0 5,7 5,9 4,7 4,6 -,0 34
38 10,3 8,5 8,1 6,9 6,5 6,3 7,0 6,0 5,5 5,2 5,3 4,3 4,1 4,1 38
42 9,5 7,8 7,4 6,2 5,9 5,8 6,3 5,4 5,0 4,8 4,7 3,8 3,7 3,6 42
46 8,8 7,1 6,8 5,6 5,4 5,3 5,8 4,9 4,6 4,4 4,2 3,4 3,3 3,2 46
50 8,0 6,5 6,3 5,1 5,0 4,9 5,3 4,4 4,2 4,1 3,8 3,0 2,9 2,9 50
54 7,4 6,0 5,8 4,7 4,6 4,6 4,9 4,0 3,8 3,7 3,4 2,6 2,6 2,6 54
58 6,8 5,6 5,4 4,3 4,2 4,2 4,5 3,7 3,5 3,5 3,1 2,3 2,3 2,3 58
62 6,2 5,2 5,0 4,0 3,9 -,0 4,2 3,4 3,2 3,2 2,8 2,0 2,0 2,1 62
66 5,4 4,8 4,8 3,7 3,6 -,0 3,9 3,1 3,0 3,0 2,5 1,8 1,8 1,8 66
70 -,0 4,5 4,5 3,4 3,4 -,0 3,7 2,9 2,8 2,8 2,3 1,6 1,6 1,6 70
74 -,0 -,0 4,3 3,2 3,2 -,0 3,5 2,6 2,6 -,0 2,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,8 -,0 -,0 3,3 2,4 2,4 -,0 1,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,1 2,3 2,3 -,0 1,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 82
86 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,2 -,0 -,0 1,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 86
90 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 90
26
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
102 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
14 24,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 23,1 19,7 18,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 21,5 18,5 17,5 15,9 -,0 -,0 14,8 12,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 20,0 17,3 16,5 15,0 -,0 -,0 14,2 11,7 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 18,7 16,2 15,5 14,1 13,0 -,0 13,5 11,3 -,0 -,0 10,0 7,4 -,0 -,0 22
24 17,5 15,2 14,6 13,3 12,4 -,0 12,9 11,0 -,0 -,0 9,7 7,3 -,0 -,0 24
26 16,4 14,3 13,8 12,5 11,8 11,2 12,3 10,6 -,0 -,0 9,4 7,1 -,0 -,0 26
28 15,5 13,5 13,1 11,8 11,2 10,7 11,7 10,1 9,3 -,0 9,1 7,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 14,6 12,7 12,4 11,2 10,7 10,2 11,2 9,7 8,9 -,0 8,7 6,9 -,0 -,0 30
34 13,2 11,4 11,2 10,0 9,7 9,4 10,1 8,9 8,2 7,5 8,0 6,6 6,5 -,0 34
38 12,0 10,3 10,1 9,0 8,8 8,6 9,1 8,1 7,5 7,1 7,4 6,2 5,9 5,7 38
42 11,0 9,3 9,3 8,1 8,0 7,9 8,3 7,4 7,0 6,7 6,7 5,6 5,4 5,3 42
46 10,0 8,5 8,5 7,4 7,3 7,3 7,6 6,7 6,4 6,3 6,0 5,1 4,9 4,8 46
50 8,5 7,8 7,8 6,7 6,6 6,7 7,0 6,1 5,9 5,9 5,5 4,7 4,5 4,5 50
54 6,9 7,2 7,3 6,2 6,1 6,1 6,4 5,6 5,5 5,5 5,0 4,2 4,1 4,1 54
58 5,5 5,9 6,7 5,7 5,6 5,7 5,9 5,1 5,1 5,1 4,5 3,8 3,8 3,8 58
62 4,4 4,7 5,6 4,6 4,9 -,0 5,5 4,7 4,7 4,7 4,2 3,4 3,4 3,5 62
66 -,0 3,7 4,6 3,6 3,8 -,0 4,7 4,3 4,3 4,4 3,8 3,1 3,1 3,2 66
70 -,0 -,0 3,7 2,7 2,8 -,0 3,9 3,5 4,0 4,1 3,5 2,8 2,8 2,9 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,9 -,0 -,0 3,1 2,7 3,1 -,0 3,1 2,4 2,5 2,7 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,4 2,0 2,3 -,0 2,4 1,7 2,2 2,4 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 82
86 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 86

Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
16 19,1 16,3 14,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18
20
22
24
26
17,8
16,7
15,6
14,6
13,8
15,2
14,2
13,3
12,5
11,7
13,9
13,0
12,3
11,6
11,0
12,4
11,6
10,9
10,2
9,6
-,0
-,0
10,0
9,4
8,9
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
8,4
11,8
11,2
10,6
10,0
9,5
-,0
9,4
9,0
8,6
8,2
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
7,6
7,3
7,0
-,0
-,0
5,6
5,4
5,3
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
18
20
22
24
26
4
28 13,0 11,1 10,4 9,1 8,4 8,0 9,0 7,8 6,8 -,0 6,7 5,1 -,0 -,0 28
30 12,4 10,4 9,8 8,5 8,0 7,6 8,6 7,4 6,5 -,0 6,5 5,0 -,0 -,0 30
34 11,2 9,4 8,9 7,6 7,2 6,9 7,7 6,7 6,0 5,7 5,9 4,7 4,6 -,0 34
38 10,3 8,5 8,1 6,9 6,5 6,3 7,0 6,0 5,5 5,2 5,3 4,3 4,1 4,1 38
42 9,5 7,8 7,4 6,2 5,9 5,8 6,3 5,4 5,0 4,8 4,7 3,8 3,7 3,6 42
46 8,8 7,1 6,8 5,6 5,4 5,3 5,8 4,9 4,6 4,4 4,2 3,4 3,3 3,2 46
50 8,0 6,5 6,3 5,1 5,0 4,9 5,3 4,4 4,2 4,1 3,8 3,0 2,9 2,9 50
54 6,7 6,0 5,8 4,7 4,6 4,6 4,9 4,0 3,8 3,7 3,4 2,6 2,6 2,6 54
58 5,4 5,6 5,4 4,3 4,2 4,2 4,5 3,7 3,5 3,5 3,1 2,3 2,3 2,3 58
62 4,2 4,5 5,0 4,0 3,9 -,0 4,2 3,4 3,2 3,2 2,8 2,0 2,0 2,1 62
66 3,2 3,5 4,3 3,3 3,6 -,0 3,9 3,1 3,0 3,0 2,5 1,8 1,8 1,8 66
70 -,0 2,6 3,5 2,5 2,7 -,0 3,6 2,9 2,8 2,8 2,3 1,6 1,6 1,6 70
74 -,0 -,0 2,7 1,7 1,8 -,0 2,8 2,4 2,6 -,0 2,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,2 1,7 2,2 -,0 1,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 82
27
82 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
14 24,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 23,1 19,7 18,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 21,5 18,5 17,5 15,9 -,0 -,0 14,8 12,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 20,0 17,3 16,5 15,0 -,0 -,0 14,2 11,7 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 18,7 16,2 15,5 14,1 13,0 -,0 13,5 11,3 -,0 -,0 10,0 7,4 -,0 -,0 22
24 17,5 15,2 14,6 13,3 12,4 -,0 12,9 11,0 -,0 -,0 9,7 7,3 -,0 -,0 24
26 16,4 14,3 13,8 12,5 11,8 11,2 12,3 10,6 -,0 -,0 9,4 7,1 -,0 -,0 26
28 15,5 13,5 13,1 11,8 11,2 10,7 11,7 10,1 9,3 -,0 9,1 7,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 14,6 12,7 12,4 11,2 10,7 10,2 11,2 9,7 8,9 -,0 8,7 6,9 -,0 -,0 30
34 13,2 11,4 11,2 10,0 9,7 9,4 10,1 8,9 8,2 7,5 8,0 6,6 6,5 -,0 34
38 11,8 10,3 10,1 9,0 8,8 8,6 9,1 8,1 7,5 7,1 7,4 6,2 5,9 5,7 38
42 9,4 9,3 9,3 8,1 8,0 7,9 8,3 7,4 7,0 6,7 6,7 5,6 5,4 5,3 42
46 7,4 7,7 8,5 7,4 7,3 7,3 7,6 6,7 6,4 6,3 6,0 5,1 4,9 4,8 46
50 5,7 6,1 7,0 6,0 6,6 6,7 7,0 6,1 5,9 5,9 5,5 4,7 4,5 4,5 50
54 4,3 4,7 5,6 4,6 5,1 5,3 5,8 5,4 5,5 5,5 5,0 4,2 4,1 4,1 54
58 3,1 3,5 4,4 3,4 3,8 4,0 4,6 4,2 5,1 5,1 4,5 3,8 3,8 3,8 58
62 2,1 2,5 3,4 2,4 2,7 -,0 3,6 3,2 4,0 4,5 3,6 2,9 3,4 3,5 62
66 -,0 1,6 2,5 -,0 1,7 -,0 2,7 2,3 3,0 3,4 2,7 2,0 2,8 3,2 66
70 -,0 -,0 1,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,9 1,5 2,1 2,4 1,9 -,0 1,9 2,4 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,5 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78

Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
16 19,1 16,3 14,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 17,8 15,2 13,9 12,4 -,0 -,0 11,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 16,7 14,2 13,0 11,6 -,0 -,0 11,2 9,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 15,6 13,3 12,3 10,9 10,0 -,0 10,6 9,0 -,0 -,0 7,6 5,6 -,0 -,0 22
24 14,6 12,5 11,6 10,2 9,4 -,0 10,0 8,6 -,0 -,0 7,3 5,4 -,0 -,0 24
26 13,8 11,7 11,0 9,6 8,9 8,4 9,5 8,2 -,0 -,0 7,0 5,3 -,0 -,0 26
28 13,0 11,1 10,4 9,1 8,4 8,0 9,0 7,8 6,8 -,0 6,7 5,1 -,0 -,0 28
30 12,4 10,4 9,8 8,5 8,0 7,6 8,6 7,4 6,5 -,0 6,5 5,0 -,0 -,0 30
34 11,2 9,4 8,9 7,6 7,2 6,9 7,7 6,7 6,0 5,7 5,9 4,7 4,6 -,0 34
38 10,3 8,5 8,1 6,9 6,5 6,3 7,0 6,0 5,5 5,2 5,3 4,3 4,1 4,1 38
42 9,2 7,8 7,4 6,2 5,9 5,8 6,3 5,4 5,0 4,8 4,7 3,8 3,7 3,6 42
46 7,2 7,1 6,8 5,6 5,4 5,3 5,8 4,9 4,6 4,4 4,2 3,4 3,3 3,2 46
50 5,6 5,9 6,3 5,1 5,0 4,9 5,3 4,4 4,2 4,1 3,8 3,0 2,9 2,9 50
54 4,2 4,5 5,3 4,4 4,6 4,6 4,9 4,0 3,8 3,7 3,4 2,6 2,6 2,6 54
58 3,0 3,3 4,1 3,2 3,6 3,8 4,3 3,7 3,5 3,5 3,1 2,3 2,3 2,3 58
62 2,0 2,3 3,1 2,1 2,5 -,0 3,3 2,9 3,2 3,2 2,8 2,0 2,0 2,1 62
66 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 1,6 -,0 2,4 2,0 2,8 3,0 2,4 1,7 1,8 1,8 66
70 -,0 -,0 1,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,6 -,0 1,9 2,2 1,6 -,0 1,6 1,6 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 74
28
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
LIFTING CAPACITIES FIXED FLY JIB (SF) WITH SSL
TRAGFHIGKEITEN STARRER HILFSAUSLEGER (SF) MIT SSL
CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHETTE FIXE (SF) AVEC SSL
142 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
12 35,3 * -,0 26,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 33,0 * 28,9 * 24,6 * 24,1 * -,0 -,0 20,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 30,9 * 27,2 * 23,3 * 22,5 * -,0 -,0 19,1 * 16,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 29,1 * 25,6 * 22,1 * 21,1 * 16,1 -,0 18,2 * 15,8 * -,0 -,0 15,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 27,3 * 24,2 * 21,0 * 19,9 * 15,4 -,0 17,4 * 15,0 * -,0 -,0 14,3 * 12,2 * -,0 -,0 20
22 25,7 * 22,9 * 20,0 * 18,8 * 14,8 12,9 16,5 * 14,2 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * 11,6 * -,0 -,0 22
24 24,2 * 21,7 * 19,0 * 17,8 * 14,2 12,6 15,8 * 13,4 * 10,2 -,0 12,9 * 11,0 * -,0 -,0 24
26 22,9 20,5 * 18,1 * 16,9 * 13,6 12,3 15,0 * 12,7 * 9,9 -,0 12,2 * 10,4 * -,0 -,0 26
28 22,1 19,4 * 17,3 * 16,1 * 13,1 12,0 14,4 * 12,1 * 9,6 -,0 11,7 * 9,9 * 7,7 -,0 28
30 21,3 18,4 * 16,5 * 15,3 * 12,6 11,7 13,8 * 11,6 * 9,3 8,0 11,1 * 9,4 * 7,5 -,0 30
34 19,5 17,1 15,1 * 14,0 * 11,8 11,1 12,8 * 10,7 * 8,7 7,7 10,1 * 8,5 * 7,1 6,6 34
38 17,8 15,9 13,9 * 12,8 * 11,0 10,5 11,9 * 9,9 * 8,2 7,5 9,3 * 7,7 * 6,6 6,2 38
42 16,4 14,7 12,8 11,7 * 10,4 10,0 11,0 * 9,2 * 7,8 7,1 8,5 * 7,1 * 6,2 5,8 42
46 15,1 13,7 12,2 10,7 * 9,8 9,5 10,2 * 8,6 * 7,3 6,8 7,8 * 6,5 * 5,7 5,4 46
50 13,3 12,7 11,6 10,0 9,3 9,2 9,6 * 8,0 * 6,9 6,5 7,1 * 6,0 * 5,3 5,1 50
54 11,2 11,7 10,9 9,4 8,9 8,9 9,0 * 7,4 * 6,6 6,3 6,6 * 5,5 * 5,0 4,8 54
58 9,4 9,9 10,4 8,9 8,5 8,6 8,5 * 6,9 * 6,3 6,0 6,1 * 5,1 * 4,6 4,5 58
62 -,0 8,4 9,3 7,5 7,9 -,0 8,0 * 6,5 * 6,0 5,9 5,7 4,7 * 4,3 4,3 62
66 -,0 6,2 8,0 6,1 6,4 -,0 7,6 6,2 * 5,7 5,7 5,4 4,4 * 4,1 4,1 66
70 -,0 -,0 6,1 5,0 5,2 -,0 7,1 5,9 * 5,5 5,6 5,1 4,1 * 3,9 3,9 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,0 * 5,0 5,4 -,0 4,9 3,9 * 3,7 3,7 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 4,5 -,0 4,7 3,7 * 3,5 3,6 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,2 * 3,5 -,0 4,5 3,1 3,3 -,0 82
86 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,1 2,4 2,8 -,0 86
90 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,7 2,0 -,0 90

Porte
m
12
14
0
t,0
32,3 *
30,2 *
0
t,0
-,0
26,3 *
0
t,0
-,0
22,4 *
0
t,0
-,0
-,0
20
t,0
-,0
-,0
40
t,0
-,0
-,0
0
t,0
-,0
-,0
0
t,0
-,0
-,0
20
t,0
-,0
-,0
40
t,0
-,0
-,0
0
t,0
-,0
-,0
0
t,0
-,0
-,0
20
t,0
-,0
-,0
40
t,0
-,0
-,0
Porte
m
12
14
4
16 28,4 * 24,9 * 21,5 * 20,6 * -,0 -,0 18,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 26,7 * 23,6 * 20,7 * 19,6 * -,0 -,0 17,4 * 15,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 25,2 * 22,3 * 19,8 * 18,6 * 13,6 -,0 16,7 * 14,4 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 23,8 * 21,2 * 19,0 * 17,7 * 13,4 12,4 16,1 * 13,8 * -,0 -,0 12,9 * 11,4 * -,0 -,0 22
24 22,5 * 20,1 * 18,2 * 16,8 * 13,1 12,2 15,4 * 13,2 * -,0 -,0 12,3 * 10,8 * -,0 -,0 24
26 21,2 * 19,1 * 17,4 * 15,9 * 12,8 11,9 14,8 * 12,6 * 9,8 -,0 11,8 * 10,2 * -,0 -,0 26
28 20,0 * 18,1 * 16,6 * 15,1 * 12,5 11,7 14,2 * 12,1 * 9,5 -,0 11,3 * 9,7 * 6,2 -,0 28
30 19,0 * 17,2 * 15,9 * 14,4 * 12,1 11,4 13,6 * 11,6 * 9,2 -,0 10,8 * 9,2 * 6,2 -,0 30
34 17,2 15,5 * 14,6 * 13,0 * 11,3 10,9 12,5 * 10,7 * 8,7 7,6 9,8 * 8,3 * 6,0 5,6 34
38 16,2 14,0 * 13,4 * 11,9 * 10,6 10,3 11,5 * 9,9 * 8,2 7,4 8,9 * 7,6 * 5,8 5,3 38
42 15,3 12,8 * 12,4 * 10,9 * 9,9 9,7 10,7 * 9,1 * 7,7 7,1 8,1 * 6,9 * 5,6 5,0 42
46 14,2 11,9 11,5 * 10,1 * 9,3 9,2 9,9 * 8,4 * 7,3 6,8 7,4 * 6,3 * 5,3 4,8 46
50 13,1 11,4 10,6 * 9,4 * 8,8 8,8 9,2 * 7,8 * 6,9 6,5 6,8 * 5,7 * 5,0 4,5 50
54 11,1 10,8 9,8 8,6 * 8,3 8,4 8,5 * 7,2 * 6,5 6,2 6,3 * 5,2 * 4,7 4,3 54
58 9,3 9,8 9,3 8,1 7,9 8,0 8,0 * 6,7 * 6,3 6,0 5,8 * 4,8 * 4,4 4,0 58
62 7,8 8,2 8,9 7,2 7,6 -,0 7,5 6,3 * 6,0 5,8 5,4 * 4,4 * 4,1 3,8 62
66 4,4 * 6,9 7,8 5,9 6,2 -,0 7,2 5,9 5,7 5,6 5,1 * 4,1 * 3,9 3,6 66
70 -,0 4,9 6,6 4,7 5,0 -,0 6,9 5,6 5,4 5,5 4,8 * 3,8 * 3,6 3,4 70
74 -,0 -,0 4,9 3,7 3,8 -,0 5,8 4,7 5,2 -,0 4,5 3,5 3,4 3,2 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 3,8 4,3 -,0 4,3 3,3 3,2 3,0 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,1 * 2,9 3,3 -,0 4,2 2,8 3,0 2,9 82
86 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,2 2,4 -,0 3,5 2,1 2,6 -,0 86
90 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,2 -,0 1,8 -,0 90
SSL 0 * SSL 30
29
122 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
12 35,3 * -,0 26,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 33,0 * 28,9 * 24,6 * 24,1 * -,0 -,0 20,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 30,9 * 27,2 * 23,3 * 22,5 * -,0 -,0 19,1 * 16,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 29,1 * 25,6 * 22,1 * 21,1 * 16,1 -,0 18,2 * 15,8 * -,0 -,0 15,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 27,3 * 24,2 * 21,0 * 19,9 * 15,4 -,0 17,4 * 15,0 * -,0 -,0 14,3 * 12,2 * -,0 -,0 20
22 25,7 * 22,9 * 20,0 * 18,8 * 14,8 12,9 16,5 * 14,2 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * 11,6 * -,0 -,0 22
24 24,2 * 21,7 * 19,0 * 17,8 * 14,2 12,6 15,8 * 13,4 * 10,2 -,0 12,9 * 11,0 * -,0 -,0 24
26 22,9 20,5 * 18,1 * 16,9 * 13,6 12,3 15,0 * 12,7 * 9,9 -,0 12,2 * 10,4 * -,0 -,0 26
28 22,1 19,4 * 17,3 * 16,1 * 13,1 12,0 14,4 * 12,1 * 9,6 -,0 11,7 * 9,9 * 7,7 -,0 28
30 21,3 18,4 * 16,5 * 15,3 * 12,6 11,7 13,8 * 11,6 * 9,3 8,0 11,1 * 9,4 * 7,5 -,0 30
34 19,5 17,1 15,1 * 14,0 * 11,8 11,1 12,8 * 10,7 * 8,7 7,7 10,1 * 8,5 * 7,1 6,6 34
38 17,8 15,9 13,9 * 12,8 * 11,0 10,5 11,9 * 9,9 * 8,2 7,5 9,3 * 7,7 * 6,6 6,2 38
42 15,3 14,7 12,8 11,7 * 10,4 10,0 11,0 * 9,2 * 7,8 7,1 8,5 * 7,1 * 6,2 5,8 42
46 12,6 13,1 12,2 10,7 * 9,8 9,5 10,2 * 8,6 * 7,3 6,8 7,8 * 6,5 * 5,7 5,4 46
50 10,4 10,9 11,6 10,0 9,3 9,2 9,6 * 8,0 * 6,9 6,5 7,1 * 6,0 * 5,3 5,1 50
54 8,5 9,0 10,0 8,1 8,8 8,9 9,0 * 7,4 * 6,6 6,3 6,6 5,5 * 5,0 4,8 54
58 6,9 7,4 8,4 6,5 7,0 7,3 8,5 * 6,9 * 6,3 6,0 6,1 5,1 * 4,6 4,5 58
62 -,0 6,0 7,0 5,2 5,6 -,0 7,3 6,2 6,0 5,9 5,7 4,7 * 4,3 4,3 62
66 -,0 4,9 5,8 4,0 4,3 -,0 6,1 5,0 5,7 5,7 5,4 4,4 * 4,1 4,1 66
70 -,0 -,0 4,8 2,9 3,1 -,0 5,0 4,0 4,7 5,0 5,1 3,9 3,9 3,9 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 3,1 3,6 -,0 4,3 3,0 3,7 3,7 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,2 2,7 -,0 3,5 2,1 2,8 3,1 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,5 1,8 -,0 2,7 -,0 1,9 -,0 82
86 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 86
90 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 90

Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
12 32,3 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 30,2 * 26,3 * 22,4 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 28,4 * 24,9 * 21,5 * 20,6 * -,0 -,0 18,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 26,7 * 23,6 * 20,7 * 19,6 * -,0 -,0 17,4 * 15,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 25,2 * 22,3 * 19,8 * 18,6 * 13,6 -,0 16,7 * 14,4 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 23,8 * 21,2 * 19,0 * 17,7 * 13,4 12,4 16,1 * 13,8 * -,0 -,0 12,9 * 11,4 * -,0 -,0 22
24 22,5 * 20,1 * 18,2 * 16,8 * 13,1 12,2 15,4 * 13,2 * -,0 -,0 12,3 * 10,8 * -,0 -,0 24
26 21,2 * 19,1 * 17,4 * 15,9 * 12,8 11,9 14,8 * 12,6 * 9,8 -,0 11,8 * 10,2 * -,0 -,0 26
28 20,0 * 18,1 * 16,6 * 15,1 * 12,5 11,7 14,2 * 12,1 * 9,5 -,0 11,3 * 9,7 * 6,2 -,0 28
30 19,0 * 17,2 * 15,9 * 14,4 * 12,1 11,4 13,6 * 11,6 * 9,2 -,0 10,8 * 9,2 * 6,2 -,0 30
34 17,2 15,5 * 14,6 * 13,0 * 11,3 10,9 12,5 * 10,7 * 8,7 7,6 9,8 * 8,3 * 6,0 5,6 34
38 16,2 14,0 * 13,4 * 11,9 * 10,6 10,3 11,5 * 9,9 * 8,2 7,4 8,9 * 7,6 * 5,8 5,3 38
42 15,2 12,8 * 12,4 * 10,9 * 9,9 9,7 10,7 * 9,1 * 7,7 7,1 8,1 * 6,9 * 5,6 5,0 42
46 12,5 11,9 11,5 * 10,1 * 9,3 9,2 9,9 * 8,4 * 7,3 6,8 7,4 * 6,3 * 5,3 4,8 46
50 10,3 10,8 10,6 * 9,4 * 8,8 8,8 9,2 * 7,8 * 6,9 6,5 6,8 * 5,7 * 5,0 4,5 50
54 8,4 8,9 9,8 7,9 8,3 8,4 8,5 * 7,2 * 6,5 6,2 6,3 * 5,2 * 4,7 4,3 54
58 6,8 7,3 8,2 6,3 6,8 7,1 8,0 * 6,7 * 6,3 6,0 5,8 * 4,8 * 4,4 4,0 58
62 5,5 5,9 6,8 4,9 5,3 -,0 7,1 5,9 6,0 5,8 5,4 * 4,4 * 4,1 3,8 62
66 4,3 * 4,7 5,6 3,7 4,0 -,0 5,9 4,7 5,6 5,6 5,1 * 4,1 * 3,9 3,6 66
70 -,0 3,7 4,6 2,6 2,9 -,0 4,8 3,7 4,4 4,8 4,8 * 3,6 3,6 3,4 70
74 -,0 -,0 3,7 1,7 1,9 -,0 3,9 2,7 3,4 -,0 4,0 2,6 3,4 3,2 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,1 1,9 2,4 -,0 3,2 1,8 2,5 2,9 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,1 * -,0 1,6 -,0 2,5 -,0 1,7 1,9 82
86 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 86
90 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 90
SSL 0 * SSL 30
30
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
102 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
12 35,3 * -,0 26,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 33,0 * 28,9 * 24,6 * 24,1 * -,0 -,0 20,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 30,9 * 27,2 * 23,3 * 22,5 * -,0 -,0 19,1 * 16,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 29,1 * 25,6 * 22,1 * 21,1 * 16,1 -,0 18,2 * 15,8 * -,0 -,0 15,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 27,3 * 24,2 * 21,0 * 19,9 * 15,4 -,0 17,4 * 15,0 * -,0 -,0 14,3 * 12,2 * -,0 -,0 20
22 25,7 * 22,9 * 20,0 * 18,8 * 14,8 12,9 16,5 * 14,2 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * 11,6 * -,0 -,0 22
24 24,2 * 21,7 * 19,0 * 17,8 * 14,2 12,6 15,8 * 13,4 * 10,2 -,0 12,9 * 11,0 * -,0 -,0 24
26 22,9 20,5 * 18,1 * 16,9 * 13,6 12,3 15,0 * 12,7 * 9,9 -,0 12,2 * 10,4 * -,0 -,0 26
28 22,1 19,4 * 17,3 * 16,1 * 13,1 12,0 14,4 * 12,1 * 9,6 -,0 11,7 * 9,9 * 7,7 -,0 28
30 21,3 18,4 * 16,5 * 15,3 * 12,6 11,7 13,8 * 11,6 * 9,3 8,0 11,1 * 9,4 * 7,5 -,0 30
34 18,4 17,1 15,1 * 14,0 * 11,8 11,1 12,8 * 10,7 * 8,7 7,7 10,1 * 8,5 * 7,1 6,6 34
38 14,8 15,3 13,9 * 12,8 * 11,0 10,5 11,9 * 9,9 * 8,2 7,5 9,3 * 7,7 * 6,6 6,2 38
42 11,8 12,4 12,8 11,5 * 10,4 10,0 11,0 * 9,2 * 7,8 7,1 8,5 * 7,1 * 6,2 5,8 42
46 9,5 10,0 10,9 9,1 9,8 9,5 10,2 * 8,6 * 7,3 6,8 7,8 * 6,5 * 5,7 5,4 46
50 7,5 8,0 9,0 7,1 7,9 8,3 9,3 8,0 * 6,9 6,5 7,1 * 6,0 * 5,3 5,1 50
54 5,8 6,4 7,3 5,5 6,1 6,4 7,6 6,6 6,6 6,3 6,6 5,5 * 5,0 4,8 54
58 4,5 4,9 5,9 4,1 4,6 4,8 6,2 5,2 6,3 6,0 6,1 5,1 * 4,6 4,5 58
62 -,0 3,7 4,7 2,9 3,3 -,0 5,0 3,9 4,9 5,5 5,2 3,9 4,3 4,3 62
66 -,0 2,7 3,7 1,8 2,1 -,0 3,9 2,9 3,7 4,2 4,1 2,8 3,8 4,1 66
70 -,0 -,0 2,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,0 2,0 2,6 3,0 3,2 1,9 2,7 3,3 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,2 -,0 1,7 -,0 2,4 -,0 1,8 2,2 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 82

Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
12
14
16
18
32,3 *
30,2 *
28,4 *
26,7 *
-,0
26,3 *
24,9 *
23,6 *
-,0
22,4 *
21,5 *
20,7 *
-,0
-,0
20,6 *
19,6 *
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
18,1 *
17,4 *
-,0
-,0
-,0
15,1 * -,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
12
14
16
18
4
20 25,2 * 22,3 * 19,8 * 18,6 * 13,6 -,0 16,7 * 14,4 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 23,8 * 21,2 * 19,0 * 17,7 * 13,4 12,4 16,1 * 13,8 * -,0 -,0 12,9 * 11,4 * -,0 -,0 22
24 22,5 * 20,1 * 18,2 * 16,8 * 13,1 12,2 15,4 * 13,2 * -,0 -,0 12,3 * 10,8 * -,0 -,0 24
26 21,2 * 19,1 * 17,4 * 15,9 * 12,8 11,9 14,8 * 12,6 * 9,8 -,0 11,8 * 10,2 * -,0 -,0 26
28 20,0 * 18,1 * 16,6 * 15,1 * 12,5 11,7 14,2 * 12,1 * 9,5 -,0 11,3 * 9,7 * 6,2 -,0 28
30 19,0 * 17,2 * 15,9 * 14,4 * 12,1 11,4 13,6 * 11,6 * 9,2 -,0 10,8 * 9,2 * 6,2 -,0 30
34 17,2 15,5 * 14,6 * 13,0 * 11,3 10,9 12,5 * 10,7 * 8,7 7,6 9,8 * 8,3 * 6,0 5,6 34
38 14,7 14,0 * 13,4 * 11,9 * 10,6 10,3 11,5 * 9,9 * 8,2 7,4 8,9 * 7,6 * 5,8 5,3 38
42 11,7 12,2 12,4 * 10,9 * 9,9 9,7 10,7 * 9,1 * 7,7 7,1 8,1 * 6,9 * 5,6 5,0 42
46 9,4 9,8 10,7 8,8 9,3 9,2 9,9 * 8,4 * 7,3 6,8 7,4 * 6,3 * 5,3 4,8 46
50 7,4 7,9 8,8 6,9 7,6 8,1 9,1 * 7,8 * 6,9 6,5 6,8 * 5,7 * 5,0 4,5 50
54 5,8 6,2 7,1 5,2 5,9 6,2 7,4 6,3 6,5 6,2 6,3 * 5,2 * 4,7 4,3 54
58 4,4 4,8 5,7 3,8 4,4 4,6 6,0 4,8 6,0 6,0 5,8 * 4,8 * 4,4 4,0 58
62 3,2 3,6 4,5 2,6 3,0 -,0 4,8 3,6 4,6 5,3 4,9 3,6 4,1 3,8 62
66 2,1 * 2,5 3,5 1,5 1,9 -,0 3,7 2,6 3,5 4,0 3,9 2,5 3,5 3,6 66
70 -,0 1,6 2,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,8 1,6 2,4 2,8 2,9 1,6 2,5 3,1 70
74 -,0 -,0 1,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,1 -,0 1,5 2,0 74
SSL 0 * SSL 30
31
82 t 360 DIN/ISO
Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
12 35,3 * -,0 26,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 33,0 * 28,9 * 24,6 * 24,1 * -,0 -,0 20,0 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 30,9 * 27,2 * 23,3 * 22,5 * -,0 -,0 19,1 * 16,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 29,1 * 25,6 * 22,1 * 21,1 * 16,1 -,0 18,2 * 15,8 * -,0 -,0 15,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 27,3 * 24,2 * 21,0 * 19,9 * 15,4 -,0 17,4 * 15,0 * -,0 -,0 14,3 * 12,2 * -,0 -,0 20
22 25,7 * 22,9 * 20,0 * 18,8 * 14,8 12,9 16,5 * 14,2 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * 11,6 * -,0 -,0 22
24 24,2 * 21,7 * 19,0 * 17,8 * 14,2 12,6 15,8 * 13,4 * 10,2 -,0 12,9 * 11,0 * -,0 -,0 24
26 22,9 20,5 * 18,1 * 16,9 * 13,6 12,3 15,0 * 12,7 * 9,9 -,0 12,2 * 10,4 * -,0 -,0 26
28 20,4 19,4 * 17,3 * 16,1 * 13,1 12,0 14,4 * 12,1 * 9,6 -,0 11,7 * 9,9 * 7,7 -,0 28
30 18,2 18,3 16,5 * 15,3 * 12,6 11,7 13,8 * 11,6 * 9,3 8,0 11,1 * 9,4 * 7,5 -,0 30
34 14,3 14,7 15,1 * 13,3 * 11,8 11,1 12,8 * 10,7 * 8,7 7,7 10,1 * 8,5 * 7,1 6,6 34
38 11,1 11,7 12,6 10,6 11,0 10,5 11,9 * 9,9 * 8,2 7,5 9,3 * 7,7 * 6,6 6,2 38
42 8,6 9,1 10,0 8,2 9,2 9,9 10,4 9,0 * 7,8 7,1 8,5 * 7,1 * 6,2 5,8 42
46 6,5 7,0 8,0 6,2 7,0 7,6 8,3 7,2 7,3 6,8 7,8 * 6,5 * 5,7 5,4 46
50 4,8 5,3 6,2 4,4 5,2 5,6 6,6 5,5 6,9 6,5 6,8 5,2 5,3 5,1 50
54 3,4 3,9 4,8 3,0 3,6 3,9 5,1 4,1 5,3 6,3 5,4 3,9 5,0 4,8 54
58 2,1 2,6 3,6 1,8 2,3 2,5 3,9 2,8 3,9 4,7 4,1 2,8 3,9 4,5 58
62 -,0 1,6 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,8 1,8 2,7 3,4 3,1 1,7 2,8 3,6 62
66 -,0 -,0 1,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,9 -,0 1,7 2,2 2,1 -,0 1,8 2,4 66

Porte 0 0 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 0 0 20 40 Porte
12 32,3 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 30,2 * 26,3 * 22,4 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 28,4 * 24,9 * 21,5 * 20,6 * -,0 -,0 18,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 26,7 * 23,6 * 20,7 * 19,6 * -,0 -,0 17,4 * 15,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 25,2 * 22,3 * 19,8 * 18,6 * 13,6 -,0 16,7 * 14,4 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 23,8 * 21,2 * 19,0 * 17,7 * 13,4 12,4 16,1 * 13,8 * -,0 -,0 12,9 * 11,4 * -,0 -,0 22
24 22,5 * 20,1 * 18,2 * 16,8 * 13,1 12,2 15,4 * 13,2 * -,0 -,0 12,3 * 10,8 * -,0 -,0 24
26 21,2 * 19,1 * 17,4 * 15,9 * 12,8 11,9 14,8 * 12,6 * 9,8 -,0 11,8 * 10,2 * -,0 -,0 26
28 19,8 * 18,1 * 16,6 * 15,1 * 12,5 11,7 14,2 * 12,1 * 9,5 -,0 11,3 * 9,7 * 6,2 -,0 28
30 17,7 17,2 * 15,9 * 14,4 * 12,1 11,4 13,6 * 11,6 * 9,2 -,0 10,8 * 9,2 * 6,2 -,0 30
34 14,2 14,2 * 14,6 * 12,7 * 11,3 10,9 12,5 * 10,7 * 8,7 7,6 9,8 * 8,3 * 6,0 5,6 34
38 11,0 11,5 12,2 * 10,0 10,6 10,3 11,5 * 9,9 * 8,2 7,4 8,9 * 7,6 * 5,8 5,3 38
42 8,5 8,9 9,8 7,8 8,8 9,5 10,0 * 8,4 * 7,7 7,1 8,1 * 6,9 * 5,6 5,0 42
46 6,4 6,9 7,8 5,9 6,8 7,4 8,1 6,6 7,3 6,8 7,4 * 6,1 * 5,3 4,8 46
50 4,7 5,1 6,1 4,2 4,9 5,4 6,3 5,1 6,5 6,5 6,4 4,6 5,0 4,5 50
54 3,3 3,7 4,6 2,7 3,4 3,7 4,9 3,8 5,1 6,1 5,1 3,4 4,7 4,3 54
58 2,0 2,5 3,4 -,0 2,0 2,3 3,7 2,5 3,7 4,5 3,9 2,2 3,5 4,0 58
62 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,6 -,0 2,5 3,2 2,8 -,0 2,4 3,2 62
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,7 -,0 -,0 2,0 1,9 -,0 -,0 2,1 66
SSL 0 * SSL 30
32
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
WORKING RANGES LUFFING FLY JIB WITH / WITHOUT SSL
ARBEITSBEREICHE WIPPBARER HILFSAUSLEGER MIT / OHNE SSL
PORTES FLCHETTE VOLE VARIABLE AVEC / SANS SSL
33
LIFTING CAPACITIES LUFFING FLY JIB, MAIN BOOM 82 TO 65
TRAGFHIGKEITEN WIPPBARER HILFSAUSLEGER, HAUPTAUSLEGER 82 BIS 65
CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHETTE VOLE VARIABLE, FLCHE 82 JUSQU 65
360 DIN/ISO
33,0 m + 3 m Main boom + adapter Hauptausleger + Adapter Flche principale + adaptateur
Ausladung 25 m 37 m 49 m 55 m Ausladung
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
16 42,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 40,0 -,0 -,0 25,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 37,8 -,0 -,0 25,8 -,0 -,0 15,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 35,6 -,0 -,0 25,7 -,0 -,0 15,6 -,0 -,0 12,3 -,0 -,0 22
24 33,9 -,0 -,0 25,5 -,0 -,0 15,6 -,0 -,0 12,3 -,0 -,0 24
26 32,9 27,3 -,0 25,3 -,0 -,0 15,5 -,0 -,0 12,3 -,0 -,0 26
28 31,8 25,7 -,0 25,0 -,0 -,0 15,5 -,0 -,0 12,3 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 24,5 -,0 24,8 23,7 -,0 15,4 -,0 -,0 12,3 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 23,6 -,0 23,9 22,6 -,0 15,4 -,0 -,0 12,3 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 22,8 20,2 23,1 21,5 -,0 15,3 15,7 -,0 12,3 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 19,4 22,0 20,6 -,0 15,3 15,6 -,0 12,3 -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 18,6 20,9 19,8 -,0 15,2 15,5 -,0 12,3 12,3 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 19,2 16,9 15,0 15,4 -,0 12,3 12,3 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,6 16,1 14,7 15,3 -,0 12,3 12,3 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,3 15,5 14,4 15,1 -,0 12,3 12,3 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,0 15,0 14,1 14,9 13,3 12,3 12,3 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,6 13,8 14,6 12,8 12,2 12,3 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,2 13,4 14,3 12,2 12,2 12,2 11,2 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,0 11,8 12,2 12,1 10,8 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,7 11,4 12,2 11,9 10,5 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,3 11,1 12,1 11,8 10,1 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 -,0 11,6 9,8 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,5 -,0 11,5 9,5 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 68
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
22 10,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 10,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 -,0 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 10,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 -,0 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 6,3 -,0 -,0 26
28 10,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 -,0 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 6,3 -,0 -,0 28
30 10,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 -,0 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 6,2 -,0 -,0 30
32 10,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 -,0 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 6,2 -,0 -,0 32
34 10,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 -,0 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 6,2 -,0 -,0 34
36 10,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 -,0 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 -,0 -,0 36
38 10,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 -,0 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 -,0 -,0 38
40 10,0 10,0 -,0 9,1 9,1 -,0 9,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 -,0 -,0 40
42 10,0 10,0 -,0 9,1 9,1 -,0 9,0 9,0 -,0 6,0 -,0 -,0 42
44 10,0 10,0 -,0 9,1 9,1 -,0 9,0 9,0 -,0 6,0 6,2 -,0 44
46 10,0 10,0 -,0 9,1 9,1 -,0 9,0 9,0 -,0 6,0 6,1 -,0 46
48 10,0 10,0 -,0 9,1 9,1 -,0 9,0 9,0 -,0 5,9 6,1 -,0 48
50 10,0 10,0 -,0 9,1 9,1 -,0 9,0 9,0 -,0 5,9 6,0 -,0 50
52 10,0 10,0 9,8 9,1 9,1 9,1 9,0 9,0 -,0 5,9 6,0 -,0 52
54 10,0 10,0 9,6 9,1 9,1 9,0 9,0 9,0 9,0 5,8 5,9 -,0 54
56 10,0 10,0 9,4 9,1 9,1 8,9 9,0 9,0 8,8 5,8 5,9 -,0 56
58 10,0 10,0 9,1 9,1 9,1 8,8 9,0 9,0 8,6 5,8 5,8 6,0 58
60 10,0 10,0 8,9 9,1 9,1 8,7 9,0 9,0 8,4 5,8 5,8 6,0 60
64 -,0 10,0 8,5 -,0 9,1 8,4 9,0 9,0 8,0 5,7 5,7 5,9 64
68 -,0 -,0 8,1 -,0 9,1 8,0 -,0 9,0 7,7 5,6 5,7 5,8 68
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,4 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 5,6 5,6 72
76 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 5,6 5,4 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 80

Counterweight Gegengewicht Contrepoids 62 t 82 t 102 t 122 t 142 t
Max. capacities with minimum counterweight Maximale Tragfhigkeiten bei Mindestgegengewicht Capacits maximales avec contrepoids
minimum.
Further counterweight configurations on request Weitere Gegengewichtskombinationen auf Anfrage Dautres combinaisons de contrepoids sur
demande.
34
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
18 26,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 26,8 -,0 -,0 16,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 25,7 -,0 -,0 16,7 -,0 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 24,7 -,0 -,0 16,7 -,0 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 24
26 23,8 -,0 -,0 16,7 -,0 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 26
28 22,9 -,0 -,0 16,7 -,0 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 28
30 22,1 18,3 -,0 16,6 -,0 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 17,5 -,0 16,6 -,0 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 16,7 -,0 16,6 16,0 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,3 15,4 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 13,4 16,2 14,7 -,0 10,5 -,0 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 12,9 15,9 14,2 -,0 10,5 10,5 -,0 8,4 -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 12,5 15,7 13,6 -,0 10,5 10,5 -,0 8,4 8,4 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,2 11,2 10,5 10,4 -,0 8,4 8,4 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,7 10,7 10,5 10,3 -,0 8,4 8,4 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,3 10,5 10,2 -,0 8,4 8,3 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,9 10,5 10,0 -,0 8,4 8,3 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,7 10,5 9,9 8,3 8,4 8,3 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,4 10,5 9,7 7,9 8,4 8,3 7,3 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,4 7,6 8,4 8,1 7,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,2 7,3 8,4 8,0 6,7 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,1 -,0 7,9 6,5 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,7 -,0 7,6 6,0 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,7 68
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 72
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
26 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 28
30 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 30
32 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 32
34 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 34
36 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 36
38 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 38
40 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 40
42 7,4 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 42
44 7,4 7,4 -,0 6,5 6,5 -,0 5,4 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 44
46 7,4 7,4 -,0 6,5 6,5 -,0 5,4 5,4 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 46
48 7,4 7,4 -,0 6,5 6,5 -,0 5,4 5,4 -,0 3,8 3,8 -,0 48
50 7,4 7,4 -,0 6,5 6,5 -,0 5,4 5,4 -,0 3,8 3,8 -,0 50
52
54
56
58
60
7,4
7,3
7,3
7,3
7,3
7,4
7,4
7,4
7,3
7,3
-,0
-,0
-,0
6,3
6,1
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,4
-,0
-,0
-,0
6,0
5,7
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
5,4
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
52
54
56
58
60
5
64 -,0 7,1 5,7 6,5 6,3 5,3 5,4 5,4 5,2 3,8 3,8 3,8 64
68 -,0 7,0 5,3 -,0 6,1 4,9 5,4 5,4 5,1 3,8 3,8 3,8 68
72 -,0 -,0 4,9 -,0 -,0 4,4 -,0 5,4 4,8 3,8 3,8 3,8 72
76 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,2 -,0 -,0 4,7 -,0 3,8 3,7 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 3,8 3,7 80
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,6 84
88 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 88

minimum.
demande.
35
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
20 20,2 -,0 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 20,0 -,0 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 19,7 -,0 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 19,4 -,0 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 26
28 18,9 -,0 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 28
30 18,3 -,0 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 15,1 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 14,3 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 13,7 -,0 12,1 12,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 13,1 -,0 12,1 11,7 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,1 11,4 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 10,4 12,1 11,1 -,0 8,2 8,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,8 -,0 8,2 8,0 -,0 6,5 6,5 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,4 -,0 8,2 7,9 -,0 6,5 6,5 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,1 8,4 8,2 7,8 -,0 6,5 6,5 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,8 8,1 8,2 7,7 -,0 6,5 6,5 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,8 8,2 7,6 -,0 6,5 6,4 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,5 8,2 7,5 6,4 6,5 6,4 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 6,1 6,5 6,3 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,1 5,9 6,5 6,2 5,4 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,9 5,6 -,0 6,1 5,1 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 5,8 4,7 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,3 68
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,8 72
76 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 76
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
26 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 30
32 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 32
34 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 34
36 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 36
38 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 38
40 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 40
42 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 42
44 5,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 44
46 5,0 5,0 -,0 4,1 4,1 -,0 3,6 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 46
48 5,0 5,0 -,0 4,1 4,1 -,0 3,6 3,6 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 48
50 5,0 5,0 -,0 4,1 4,1 -,0 3,6 3,6 -,0 2,3 2,3 -,0 50
52 5,0 5,0 -,0 4,1 4,1 -,0 3,6 3,6 -,0 2,3 2,3 -,0 52
54 5,0 5,0 -,0 4,1 4,1 -,0 3,6 3,6 -,0 2,3 2,3 -,0 54
56 5,0 5,0 -,0 4,1 4,1 -,0 3,6 3,6 -,0 2,3 2,3 -,0 56
58 5,0 5,0 -,0 4,1 4,1 -,0 3,6 3,6 -,0 2,3 2,3 -,0 58
60 5,0 5,0 4,9 4,1 4,1 -,0 3,6 3,6 -,0 2,3 2,3 -,0 60
64 -,0 5,0 4,5 4,1 4,1 3,8 3,6 3,6 3,6 2,3 2,3 -,0 64
68 -,0 4,9 4,1 -,0 4,1 3,5 3,6 3,6 3,6 2,3 2,3 2,3 68
72 -,0 -,0 3,6 -,0 4,1 3,1 -,0 3,6 3,6 2,3 2,3 2,3 72
76 -,0 -,0 3,5 -,0 -,0 2,9 -,0 3,6 3,3 -,0 2,3 2,3 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,1 -,0 2,3 2,3 80
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,2 84
88 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,2 88

minimum.
demande.
36
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
22 15,0 -,0 -,0 8,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 15,0 -,0 -,0 8,5 -,0 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 15,0 -,0 -,0 8,5 -,0 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 26
28 15,0 -,0 -,0 8,5 -,0 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 28
30 14,4 -,0 -,0 8,5 -,0 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,5 -,0 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 11,3 -,0 8,5 -,0 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 10,9 -,0 8,5 -,0 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 10,5 -,0 8,5 8,5 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,5 8,4 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,5 8,3 -,0 5,5 -,0 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 8,1 -,0 5,5 5,5 -,0 4,5 -,0 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 7,9 -,0 7,9 -,0 5,5 5,5 -,0 4,5 4,5 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,7 -,0 5,5 5,4 -,0 4,5 4,5 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,5 6,3 5,5 5,3 -,0 4,5 4,5 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,0 5,5 5,3 -,0 4,5 4,5 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,8 5,5 5,2 -,0 4,5 4,4 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,5 -,0 5,1 -,0 4,5 4,4 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,3 -,0 5,0 4,1 4,5 4,3 -,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 3,9 -,0 4,2 3,3 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,5 -,0 4,0 3,0 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,2 -,0 3,7 2,7 68
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,3 72
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
28 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 32
34 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 34
36 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 36
38 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 38
40 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 40
42 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 42
44 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 44
46 3,3 -,0 -,0 2,4 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 46
48 3,3 3,3 -,0 2,4 2,4 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 48
50 3,3 3,3 -,0 2,4 2,4 -,0 2,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 50
52 3,3 3,3 -,0 2,4 2,4 -,0 2,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 52
54 3,3 3,3 -,0 2,4 2,4 -,0 2,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 54
56 3,3 3,3 -,0 2,4 2,4 -,0 2,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 56
58
60
64
68
72
3,3
3,3
3,3
-,0
-,0
3,3
3,3
3,2
3,2
3,1
-,0
-,0
2,9
2,6
2,2
2,4
2,4
2,4
-,0
-,0
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,3
-,0
-,0
2,3
2,0
1,6
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
-,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
2,0
2,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
58
60
64
68
72
5
76 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,0 1,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 80
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 84

minimum.
demande.
37
LIFTING CAPACITIES LUFFING FLY JIB WITH SSL, MAIN BOOM 82 65
TRAGFHIGKEITEN WIPPBARER HILFSAUSLEGER MIT SSL, HAUPTAUSLEGER 82 65
CAPACITS DE LEVAGE FLCHETTE VOLE VARIABLE AVEC SSL, FLCHE 82 65
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
16 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 46,3 * -,0 -,0 30,8 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 42,8 * -,0 -,0 30,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 42,6 * -,0 -,0 29,3 * -,0 -,0 18,9 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 42,5 -,0 -,0 28,6 * -,0 -,0 18,7 * -,0 -,0 15,7 * -,0 -,0 24
26 40,7 -,0 -,0 27,6 * -,0 -,0 18,6 * -,0 -,0 15,5 * -,0 -,0 26
28 37,7 37,7 -,0 27,2 * -,0 -,0 18,4 * -,0 -,0 15,3 * -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 34,7 -,0 26,5 * 26,7 -,0 18,2 * -,0 -,0 15,1 * -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 32,6 -,0 25,8 * 26,7 -,0 18,1 * -,0 -,0 14,9 * -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 30,4 28,3 25,1 * 26,7 -,0 17,9 * -,0 -,0 14,7 * -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 26,7 24,4 * 26,7 -,0 17,8 * 15,8 -,0 14,5 * -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 25,1 23,7 * 26,4 -,0 17,6 * 15,8 -,0 14,3 * 12,2 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 25,0 23,1 17,4 * 15,8 -,0 14,1 * 12,2 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 23,6 21,8 17,3 * 15,8 -,0 13,8 * 12,2 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22,5 20,7 17,1 * 15,8 -,0 13,6 * 12,2 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 21,4 19,5 17,0 * 15,8 15,5 13,5 * 12,2 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,6 16,8 * 15,8 15,5 13,3 * 12,2 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,6 16,7 * 15,8 15,5 13,1 * 12,2 12,1 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,8 15,5 12,9 * 12,2 12,1 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,8 15,1 12,8 * 12,2 12,1 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,8 14,4 12,6 * 12,2 12,1 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,8 13,7 11,0 * 12,2 12,1 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,1 -,0 12,2 12,1 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,7 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 68
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
24 12,9 * -,0 -,0 12,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 12,8 * -,0 -,0 12,0 * -,0 -,0 10,6 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 12,7 * -,0 -,0 11,8 * -,0 -,0 10,5 * -,0 -,0 7,8 * -,0 -,0 28
30 12,5 * -,0 -,0 11,7 * -,0 -,0 10,4 * -,0 -,0 7,8 * -,0 -,0 30
32 12,4 * -,0 -,0 11,6 * -,0 -,0 10,3 * -,0 -,0 7,7 * -,0 -,0 32
34 12,2 * -,0 -,0 11,4 * -,0 -,0 10,3 * -,0 -,0 7,7 * -,0 -,0 34
36 12,1 * -,0 -,0 11,3 * -,0 -,0 10,2 * -,0 -,0 7,6 * -,0 -,0 36
38 11,9 * -,0 -,0 11,2 * -,0 -,0 10,2 * -,0 -,0 7,5 * -,0 -,0 38
40 11,8 * 10,0 -,0 11,0 * 9,3 -,0 10,1 * -,0 -,0 7,5 * -,0 -,0 40
42 11,7 * 10,0 -,0 10,9 * 9,3 -,0 10,0 * 9,0 -,0 7,4 * -,0 -,0 42
44 11,5 * 10,0 -,0 10,8 * 9,3 -,0 10,0 * 9,0 -,0 7,3 * -,0 -,0 44
46 11,4 * 10,0 -,0 10,7 * 9,3 -,0 9,9 * 9,0 -,0 7,3 * 6,3 -,0 46
48 11,2 * 10,0 -,0 10,5 * 9,3 -,0 9,8 * 9,0 -,0 7,2 * 6,3 -,0 48
50 11,1 * 10,0 -,0 10,4 * 9,3 -,0 9,8 * 9,0 -,0 7,2 * 6,3 -,0 50
52 11,0 * 10,0 10,0 10,3 * 9,3 -,0 9,7 * 9,0 -,0 7,1 * 6,3 -,0 52
54 10,8 * 10,0 10,0 10,2 * 9,3 9,3 9,7 * 9,0 -,0 7,0 * 6,3 -,0 54
56 10,7 * 10,0 10,0 10,0 * 9,3 9,3 9,6 * 9,0 9,0 7,0 * 6,3 -,0 56
58 10,6 * 10,0 10,0 9,9 * 9,3 9,3 9,5 * 9,0 9,0 6,9 * 6,3 -,0 58
60 10,4 * 10,0 10,0 9,8 * 9,3 9,3 9,5 * 9,0 9,0 6,9 * 6,3 6,3 60
64 -,0 10,0 10,0 -,0 9,3 9,3 9,4 * 9,0 9,0 6,7 * 6,3 6,3 64
68 -,0 -,0 10,0 -,0 9,3 9,3 -,0 9,0 9,0 6,6 * 6,3 6,3 68
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 -,0 9,0 8,9 6,4 * 6,3 6,3 72
76 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 -,0 6,3 6,3 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,3 80
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 84

minimum.
Further counterweight configurations on request Weitere Gegengewichtskombinationen auf Anfrage Dautres combinaisons de contrepoids sur demande.
SSL 0 * SSL 60
38
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
18 39,7 * -,0 -,0 26,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 37,1 * -,0 -,0 26,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 34,8 * -,0 -,0 25,2 * -,0 -,0 17,4 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 32,7 * -,0 -,0 24,4 * -,0 -,0 17,0 * -,0 -,0 15,0 * -,0 -,0 24
26 31,1 -,0 -,0 23,6 * -,0 -,0 16,7 * -,0 -,0 14,8 * -,0 -,0 26
28 29,5 30,0 -,0 22,9 * -,0 -,0 16,4 * -,0 -,0 14,5 * -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 29,2 -,0 22,1 * -,0 -,0 16,1 * -,0 -,0 14,3 * -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 28,1 -,0 21,3 * 20,1 -,0 15,7 * -,0 -,0 14,0 * -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 27,1 -,0 20,5 * 19,7 -,0 15,4 * -,0 -,0 13,8 * -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 26,0 19,7 * 19,3 -,0 15,1 * -,0 -,0 13,5 * -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 24,5 18,9 * 18,9 -,0 14,8 * 12,8 -,0 13,3 * -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,5 -,0 14,5 * 12,8 -,0 13,0 * 11,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,1 17,9 14,2 * 12,8 -,0 12,8 * 10,9 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,7 17,6 13,9 * 12,8 -,0 12,6 * 10,8 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,3 17,3 13,6 * 12,8 -,0 12,3 * 10,8 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,0 13,3 * 12,7 -,0 12,1 * 10,7 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,6 13,0 12,7 12,3 11,9 * 10,6 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,6 12,1 11,7 * 10,6 10,2 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,5 12,0 11,4 * 10,5 10,1 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,4 11,8 11,2 * 10,4 9,9 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,3 11,7 11,0 * 10,3 9,8 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,7 -,0 10,3 9,7 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,6 -,0 -,0 9,6 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,5 68
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 72
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
26 12,3 * -,0 -,0 11,4 * -,0 -,0 9,8 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 12,1 * -,0 -,0 11,3 * -,0 -,0 9,7 * -,0 -,0 7,3 * -,0 -,0 28
30 11,9 * -,0 -,0 11,1 * -,0 -,0 9,6 * -,0 -,0 7,2 * -,0 -,0 30
32 11,7 * -,0 -,0 11,0 * -,0 -,0 9,5 * -,0 -,0 7,1 * -,0 -,0 32
34 11,6 * -,0 -,0 10,8 * -,0 -,0 9,3 * -,0 -,0 7,0 * -,0 -,0 34
36 11,4 * -,0 -,0 10,6 * -,0 -,0 9,2 * -,0 -,0 7,0 * -,0 -,0 36
38 11,2 * -,0 -,0 10,5 * -,0 -,0 9,1 * -,0 -,0 6,9 * -,0 -,0 38
40 11,1 * -,0 -,0 10,3 * -,0 -,0 9,0 * -,0 -,0 6,8 * -,0 -,0 40
42 10,9 * 9,0 -,0 10,2 * 8,1 -,0 8,9 * -,0 -,0 6,7 * -,0 -,0 42
44 10,8 * 9,0 -,0 10,0 * 8,1 -,0 8,8 * 7,2 -,0 6,7 * -,0 -,0 44
46 10,6 * 9,0 -,0 9,9 * 8,1 -,0 8,7 * 7,2 -,0 6,6 * -,0 -,0 46
48 10,4 * 9,0 -,0 9,7 * 8,1 -,0 8,6 * 7,2 -,0 6,5 * 5,4 -,0 48
50 10,3 * 9,0 -,0 9,6 * 8,1 -,0 8,5 * 7,2 -,0 6,4 * 5,4 -,0 50
52
54
56
58
60
10,1
10,0
9,8
9,7
9,5
*
*
*
*
*
9,0
9,0
9,0
9,0
9,0
-,0
-,0
9,0
8,9
8,9
9,4
9,3
9,2
9,0
8,9
*
*
*
*
*
8,1
8,1
8,1
8,1
8,1
-,0
-,0
8,1
8,0
8,0
8,4
8,3
8,1
8,0
7,9
*
*
*
*
*
7,2
7,2
7,2
7,2
7,2
-,0
-,0
-,0
7,2
7,2
6,4
6,3
6,2
6,1
6,1
*
*
*
*
*
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
5,4
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
5,4
52
54
56
58
60
5
64 -,0 9,0 8,8 -,0 8,1 7,8 7,7 * 7,2 7,2 5,9 * 5,4 5,4 64
68 -,0 9,0 8,7 -,0 8,1 7,8 7,5 * 7,2 7,2 5,8 * 5,4 5,4 68
72 -,0 -,0 8,6 -,0 -,0 7,7 -,0 7,2 7,2 5,6 * 5,4 5,4 72
76 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,2 -,0 5,4 5,4 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,4 5,4 80
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,4 84
88 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 88

minimum.
SSL 0 * SSL 60
39
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
20 33,1 * -,0 -,0 22,9 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 30,8 * -,0 -,0 22,3 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 28,8 * -,0 -,0 21,7 * -,0 -,0 15,3 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 27,2 * -,0 -,0 21,1 * -,0 -,0 15,0 * -,0 -,0 13,2 * -,0 -,0 26
28 26,4 * -,0 -,0 20,5 * -,0 -,0 14,8 * -,0 -,0 13,0 * -,0 -,0 28
30 25,8 * 26,0 -,0 19,8 * -,0 -,0 14,5 * -,0 -,0 12,7 * -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 25,7 -,0 19,2 * -,0 -,0 14,3 * -,0 -,0 12,5 * -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 25,3 -,0 18,6 * 16,4 -,0 14,0 * -,0 -,0 12,2 * -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,0 * 16,4 -,0 13,8 * -,0 -,0 12,0 * -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,4 * 16,4 -,0 13,6 * 10,4 -,0 11,7 * -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 22,5 16,8 * 16,4 -,0 13,3 * 10,4 -,0 11,5 * -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 21,2 16,2 * 16,3 -,0 13,1 * 10,4 -,0 11,2 * 8,5 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,2 16,2 12,9 * 10,4 -,0 10,9 * 8,5 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,1 16,1 12,6 * 10,4 -,0 10,7 * 8,5 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,0 12,4 * 10,4 -,0 10,4 * 8,5 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,9 12,2 * 10,4 -,0 10,2 * 8,5 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,5 11,9 * 10,4 9,3 9,9 * 8,5 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,0 11,7 * 10,4 9,3 9,7 * 8,5 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,4 9,3 9,5 * 8,5 8,4 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,4 9,3 9,2 * 8,5 8,4 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,3 -,0 8,5 8,4 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,3 -,0 8,5 8,4 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,4 68
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
26 11,3 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 11,1 * -,0 -,0 10,3 * -,0 -,0 8,8 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 10,9 * -,0 -,0 10,1 * -,0 -,0 8,7 * -,0 -,0 6,5 * -,0 -,0 30
32 10,7 * -,0 -,0 9,9 * -,0 -,0 8,5 * -,0 -,0 6,4 * -,0 -,0 32
34 10,5 * -,0 -,0 9,7 * -,0 -,0 8,4 * -,0 -,0 6,3 * -,0 -,0 34
36 10,3 * -,0 -,0 9,6 * -,0 -,0 8,2 * -,0 -,0 6,2 * -,0 -,0 36
38 10,1 * -,0 -,0 9,4 * -,0 -,0 8,1 * -,0 -,0 6,1 * -,0 -,0 38
40 10,0 * -,0 -,0 9,2 * -,0 -,0 8,0 * -,0 -,0 6,0 * -,0 -,0 40
42 9,8 * -,0 -,0 9,0 * -,0 -,0 7,8 * -,0 -,0 5,9 * -,0 -,0 42
44 9,6 * 7,6 -,0 8,9 * 6,5 -,0 7,7 * -,0 -,0 5,8 * -,0 -,0 44
46 9,4 * 7,6 -,0 8,7 * 6,5 -,0 7,5 * 5,6 -,0 5,7 * -,0 -,0 46
48 9,3 * 7,6 -,0 8,5 * 6,5 -,0 7,4 * 5,6 -,0 5,6 * 4,0 -,0 48
50 9,1 * 7,6 -,0 8,4 * 6,5 -,0 7,2 * 5,6 -,0 5,5 * 4,0 -,0 50
52 8,9 * 7,6 -,0 8,2 * 6,5 -,0 7,1 * 5,6 -,0 5,4 * 4,0 -,0 52
54 8,8 * 7,6 -,0 8,1 * 6,5 -,0 7,0 * 5,6 -,0 5,3 * 4,0 -,0 54
56 8,6 * 7,6 -,0 7,9 * 6,5 -,0 6,8 * 5,6 -,0 5,2 * 4,0 -,0 56
58 8,4 * 7,6 7,6 7,8 * 6,5 6,5 6,7 * 5,6 -,0 5,1 * 4,0 -,0 58
60 8,3 * 7,6 7,6 7,6 * 6,5 6,5 6,5 * 5,6 5,6 5,0 * 4,0 -,0 60
64 -,0 7,6 7,6 7,3 * 6,5 6,5 6,3 * 5,6 5,6 4,8 * 4,0 4,0 64
68 -,0 7,6 7,6 -,0 6,5 6,5 6,0 * 5,6 5,6 4,6 * 4,0 4,0 68
72 -,0 -,0 7,6 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 5,6 5,6 4,3 * 4,0 4,0 72
76 -,0 -,0 7,6 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 4,0 4,0 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 4,0 4,0 80
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 84
88 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 88

minimum.
SSL 0 * SSL 60
40
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
20 27,7 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 25,9 * -,0 -,0 17,5 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 24,4 * -,0 -,0 17,1 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 23,1 * -,0 -,0 16,6 * -,0 -,0 12,7 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 21,8 * -,0 -,0 16,1 * -,0 -,0 12,4 * -,0 -,0 11,1 * -,0 -,0 28
30 20,6 * -,0 -,0 15,7 * -,0 -,0 12,1 * -,0 -,0 10,8 * -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 18,7 -,0 15,2 * -,0 -,0 11,8 * -,0 -,0 10,6 * -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 18,5 -,0 14,7 * 11,9 -,0 11,5 * -,0 -,0 10,3 * -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 18,2 -,0 14,3 * 11,9 -,0 11,3 * -,0 -,0 10,1 * -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 17,8 -,0 13,8 * 11,9 -,0 11,0 * -,0 -,0 9,8 * -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,3 * 11,9 -,0 10,7 * 7,8 -,0 9,6 * -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 17,2 12,9 * 11,9 -,0 10,4 * 7,8 -,0 9,3 * -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,9 -,0 10,2 * 7,8 -,0 9,1 * 6,3 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,8 11,4 9,9 * 7,8 -,0 8,8 * 6,3 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,8 11,3 9,6 * 7,8 -,0 8,6 * 6,3 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,8 11,2 9,3 * 7,8 -,0 8,4 * 6,3 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,1 9,0 * 7,8 -,0 8,1 * 6,3 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,0 8,8 * 7,8 7,0 7,9 * 6,3 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,8 7,0 7,6 * 6,3 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,8 7,0 7,4 * 6,3 5,8 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,8 7,0 -,0 6,3 5,8 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 6,3 5,6 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,0 68
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,3 72
76 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 76
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 9,6 * -,0 -,0 8,8 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 9,4 * -,0 -,0 8,6 * -,0 -,0 7,5 * -,0 -,0 5,6 * -,0 -,0 30
32 9,1 * -,0 -,0 8,3 * -,0 -,0 7,3 * -,0 -,0 5,5 * -,0 -,0 32
34 8,9 * -,0 -,0 8,1 * -,0 -,0 7,1 * -,0 -,0 5,4 * -,0 -,0 34
36 8,7 * -,0 -,0 7,9 * -,0 -,0 6,9 * -,0 -,0 5,2 * -,0 -,0 36
38 8,4 * -,0 -,0 7,7 * -,0 -,0 6,8 * -,0 -,0 5,1 * -,0 -,0 38
40 8,2 * -,0 -,0 7,5 * -,0 -,0 6,6 * -,0 -,0 5,0 * -,0 -,0 40
42 8,0 * -,0 -,0 7,3 * -,0 -,0 6,4 * -,0 -,0 4,9 * -,0 -,0 42
44 7,8 * -,0 -,0 7,1 * -,0 -,0 6,3 * -,0 -,0 4,8 * -,0 -,0 44
46 7,6 * 5,2 -,0 6,9 * 4,3 -,0 6,1 * -,0 -,0 4,6 * -,0 -,0 46
48 7,4 * 5,2 -,0 6,7 * 4,3 -,0 6,0 * 3,9 -,0 4,5 * -,0 -,0 48
50 7,2 * 5,2 -,0 6,5 * 4,3 -,0 5,8 * 3,9 -,0 4,4 * 2,6 -,0 50
52
54
56
58
60
7,0
6,7
6,5
6,3
6,1
*
*
*
*
*
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
5,2
6,3
6,1
5,9
5,7
5,5
*
*
*
*
*
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
4,3
5,6
5,5
5,3
5,2
5,0
*
*
*
*
*
3,9
3,9
3,9
3,9
3,9
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
4,3
4,2
4,1
4,0
3,9
*
*
*
*
*
2,6
2,6
2,6
2,6
2,6
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
-,0
52
54
56
58
60
5
64 -,0 5,2 5,2 5,1 * 4,3 4,3 4,7 * 3,9 3,9 3,6 * 2,6 -,0 64
68 -,0 5,2 5,2 -,0 4,3 4,3 4,4 * 3,9 3,9 3,4 * 2,6 2,6 68
72 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 4,3 4,3 -,0 3,9 3,9 3,1 * 2,6 2,6 72
76 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 4,3 -,0 3,9 3,9 -,0 2,6 2,6 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,9 -,0 2,6 2,6 80
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,6 84
88 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,6 88

minimum.
SSL 0 * SSL 60
41
360 DIN/ISO
Porte 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 82 73 65 Porte
m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
22 21,9 * -,0 -,0 14,4 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 20,5 * -,0 -,0 13,9 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 19,4 * -,0 -,0 13,4 * -,0 -,0 10,4 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 18,4 * -,0 -,0 13,0 * -,0 -,0 10,1 * -,0 -,0 9,1 * -,0 -,0 28
30 17,6 * -,0 -,0 12,5 * -,0 -,0 9,9 * -,0 -,0 8,9 * -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 14,0 -,0 12,0 * -,0 -,0 9,6 * -,0 -,0 8,7 * -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 14,0 -,0 11,6 -,0 -,0 9,3 * -,0 -,0 8,4 * -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 14,0 -,0 11,1 8,3 -,0 9,0 * -,0 -,0 8,2 * -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 14,0 -,0 10,6 8,3 -,0 8,7 * -,0 -,0 7,9 * -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,1 8,3 -,0 8,5 * -,0 -,0 7,7 * -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,7 8,3 -,0 8,2 * 5,1 -,0 7,5 * -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 12,5 -,0 8,3 -,0 7,9 * 5,1 -,0 7,2 * -,0 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 12,5 -,0 8,3 -,0 7,6 * 5,1 -,0 7,0 * 4,5 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,3 7,9 7,3 * 5,1 -,0 6,7 * 4,5 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,3 7,9 7,1 * 5,1 -,0 6,5 * 4,5 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,9 6,8 * 5,1 -,0 6,3 * 4,5 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,9 6,5 * 5,1 -,0 6,0 * 4,5 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,9 -,0 5,1 4,6 5,8 * 4,5 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,9 -,0 5,1 4,6 5,5 * 4,5 -,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,1 4,6 -,0 4,5 4,1 60
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,6 -,0 4,5 4,1 64
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,6 -,0 4,5 4,1 68
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,1 72
59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 m
30 7,6 * -,0 -,0 6,8 * -,0 -,0 6,2 * -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 7,4 * -,0 -,0 6,6 * -,0 -,0 6,0 * -,0 -,0 4,6 * -,0 -,0 32
34 7,2 * -,0 -,0 6,4 * -,0 -,0 5,8 * -,0 -,0 4,4 * -,0 -,0 34
36 7,0 * -,0 -,0 6,3 * -,0 -,0 5,6 * -,0 -,0 4,3 * -,0 -,0 36
38 6,8 * -,0 -,0 6,1 * -,0 -,0 5,5 * -,0 -,0 4,1 * -,0 -,0 38
40 6,6 * -,0 -,0 5,9 * -,0 -,0 5,3 * -,0 -,0 4,0 * -,0 -,0 40
42 6,4 * -,0 -,0 5,7 * -,0 -,0 5,1 * -,0 -,0 3,9 * -,0 -,0 42
44 6,2 * -,0 -,0 5,5 * -,0 -,0 4,9 * -,0 -,0 3,7 * -,0 -,0 44
46 6,0 * -,0 -,0 5,3 * -,0 -,0 4,8 * -,0 -,0 3,6 * -,0 -,0 46
48 5,8 * 3,6 -,0 5,1 * 2,9 -,0 4,6 * -,0 -,0 3,5 * -,0 -,0 48
50 5,6 * 3,6 -,0 4,9 * 2,9 -,0 4,4 * 2,3 -,0 3,3 * -,0 -,0 50
52 5,4 * 3,6 -,0 4,7 * 2,9 -,0 4,2 * 2,3 -,0 3,2 * -,0 -,0 52
54 5,2 * 3,6 -,0 4,5 * 2,9 -,0 4,1 * 2,3 -,0 3,1 * -,0 -,0 54
56 5,0 * 3,6 -,0 4,3 * 2,9 -,0 3,9 * 2,3 -,0 2,9 * -,0 -,0 56
58 4,8 * 3,6 -,0 4,1 * 2,9 -,0 3,7 * 2,3 -,0 2,8 * -,0 -,0 58
60 4,6 * 3,6 -,0 3,9 * 2,9 -,0 3,6 * 2,3 -,0 2,7 * -,0 -,0 60
64 4,2 * 3,6 3,5 3,6 * 2,9 2,8 3,2 * 2,3 -,0 2,4 * -,0 -,0 64
68 -,0 3,6 3,5 -,0 2,9 2,8 2,9 * 2,3 2,3 2,2 * -,0 -,0 68
72 -,0 3,6 3,5 -,0 2,9 2,8 -,0 2,3 2,3 1,9 * -,0 -,0 72
76 -,0 -,0 3,5 -,0 -,0 2,8 -,0 2,3 2,3 1,6 * -,0 -,0 76
80 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,8 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 80
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 84
88 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 88

minimum.
SSL 0 * SSL 60
42
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
NOTES TO LIFTING CAPACITY ANMERKUNGEN ZU DEN TRAGFHIGKEITEN
CONDITIONS DUTILISATION
Ratings are in compliance with ISO 4305 and DIN 15019.2 (test load = 1.25 x suspended load + 0.1 x dead weight of boom head).
Weight of hook blocks and slings is part of the load, and is to be deducted from the capacity ratings.
Crane operation with main boom is permissible up to a
wind pressure of: 60 N/m 2
wind speed of: 9.8 m/s
Consult operation manual for further details.
Note: Data published herein is intended as a guide only and shall not be construed to warrant applicability for lifting purposes.
Crane operation is subject to the computer charts and operation manual both supplied with the crane.
Tragfhigkeiten entsprechen ISO 4305 und DIN 15019.2 (Prflast = 1,25 x Hublast + 0,1 x Kopfgewicht).
Das Gewicht der Unterflaschen, sowie die Lastaufnahmemittel, sind Bestandteile der Last und sind von den Tragfhigkeitsangaben abzuziehen.
Kranbetrieb mit Hauptausleger zulssig bis
Staudruck: 60 N/m 2
Windgeschwindigkeit: 9,8 m/s
Weitere Angaben in der Bedienungsanleitung des Kranes.
Anmerkung: Die Daten dieser Broschre dienen nur zur allgemeinen Information; fr ihre Richtigkeit bernehmen wir keine Haftung.
Der Betrieb des Kranes ist nur mit den Original-Tragfhigkeitstabellen und mit der Bedienungsanleitung zulssig, die mit dem Kran mitgeliefert
werden.
Le tableau de charges est conforme la norme ISO 4305 et DIN 15019.2 (charge dessai = 1,25 x charge suspendue + 0,1 x poids de la tte de
flche).
Les poids du crochet-moufle et de tous les accessoires dlingage font partie de la charge et sont dduire des charges indiques.
La grue peut travailler avec flche principale jusqu une
pression du vent de : 60 N/m 2
vitesse du vent de : 9,8 m/s
Pour plus de dtails consulter la notice dutilisation de la grue.
Nota: Les renseignements ci-inclus sont donns titre indicatif et ne reprsentent aucune garantie dutilisation pour les oprations de levage.
La mise en service de la grue nest autorise qu condition que les tableaux de charges ainsi que le manuel de service, tels que fournis avec
la grue, soient observs.
43
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
CARRIER
Drive / Steering 12 x 8 x 10.
Frame Demag-built monobox main frame with outrigger boxes integral, of high strength fine grain structural steel.
Outriggers 4-point outrigger system, fully hydraulic horizontal and vertical extension.
Engine Water-cooled 8-cylinder DaimlerChrysler diesel engine OM 502 LA, rating 448 kW (609 hp) at 1800 1/min, torque 2700 Nm at
1200 1/min. Fuel tank capacity: 660 l for both carrier and superstructure.
Transmission ZF AS-Tronic, automatic transmission, with automatic clutch, 16 forward and 2 reverse speeds with integrated retarder. 2-range
transfer case, cruise control.
Axles Axles 2, 5, 6 driven, connectable drive of axle 4, axles 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6 steering. All drive axles with transverse differential lockout
control, all axles hydro-pneumatically suspended and hydraulically lockable.
Wheels and tyres 12 disk-type wheels 11.00-25/1.5 fitted with 16.00 R 25 tyres.
Steering 12 x 10, ZF dual-circuit semiblock mechanical steering with hydraulic booster and mechanical steering limiter, speed-dependent
steering, 4th and 5th axles provide for independent rear axle steering.
Brakes To EC directives.
Electrical equipment 24 V system.
Drivers cab Highly comfortable ergonomic cab with clearly arranged dashboard, rubber mounted steel cab, corrosion-resistant powder
coating with 2-pack top coat. 3.00 m wide, 2 comfortable seats, with pneumatically sprung and heated drivers seat incl. head
and arm rests, and three-point seat belts; vertically adjustable steering wheel, safety glass used throughout, electric window
winders, heated and electrically adjustable mirrors, windscreen defroster fans, engine-dependent hot water heater, electric
windscreen washer and wiper, roller blinds, radio with CD player, stowage compartment, air-conditioning.
SUPERSTRUCTURE
Engine DaimlerChrysler OM 906 LA water-cooled 6-cylinder diesel engine, rating: 205 kW (279 hp) at 2300 1/min, torque 1100 Nm at
1300 1/min. Fuel tank on carrier, 50 l additional tank on superstructure.
Hydraulic system Powered via 7 hydraulic circuits, 4 main pumps and 3 auxiliary pumps for 4 independent control movements, servo control
included.
Hoist 1 Variable-displacement axial-piston hydraulic motor, hoist drum with integral planetary gear reducer and brake.
Slew unit Axial-piston hydraulic motor with planetary gear reducer, foot-pedal operated brake and spring-applied holding brake.
Boom elevation One differential cylinder with pilot-controlled lowering brake valves.
Control Electric pilot control by two 4-way self-centering hand levers.
Crane cab Spacious all-steel comfortable cab (tiltable) with sliding door and large hinged windscreen, roof window with armoured glass,
full instrumentation and crane controls, comfortable seat with ergonom armrest mounted joystick controls, working light.
Self-contained hot water heater with timer and Heizmatic for sensitive heat flow control. Intermittent control windshield wiper,
and washer, air-conditioning.
Outrigger loading indicator Indication of outrigger loading in upper cabin.
Main boom Basic boom and 4 telescopic sections, fabricated from fine grain structural steel, hydraulically telescoping to full boom length,
buckling-resistant Demag ovaloid profile with diagonal self-centering slider shoes, boom head incl. parts to fit the optional jibs
and foldaway extension, boom sections pinned hydraulically.
Counterweight 52 t, divisible.
Safety devices Electronic safe load indicator with easy-to-read graphic display and sealed touch-type keyboard, digital read-out for hook load,
nominal load, radius, boom length and angle. Analog display to indicate capacity utilisation, and monitoring code to assist in
trouble shooting. Integrated read-out for boom telescoping, display for duty charts and theoretical outrigger loading. In addition,
the following safety devices have been installed: limit switches on hoist and lowering motions, pressure relief and safety holding
valves, hoist rotation indicator and anemometer.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Night heater Self-contained hot water heater for carrier cab.
Bunk bed Carrier cab with bunk bed and roller blinds.
Central lubrication Central lubrication system for carrier.
Independent rear axle The rear axles can be steered independent of the front axles. Axle 4 is raised hydraulically.
steering (crab steer)
Tyres Disk-type wheels 17.00-25/1.7 fitted with 20.5 R 25 tyres. Carrier width 3.1 m.
Hoist 2 Variable-displacement axial-piston hydraulic motor, hoist drum with integral planetary gear reducer and brake.
Superlift attachment This attachment, used to increase the cranes load moment, consists of both the boom suspension system with automatic rope
length adjustment for boom telescoping and an additional counterweight of 70 t or 90 t. The boom suspension folds out,
as required, at 0, 30 and 60, and can be lowered to the main boom when not needed or for road transport.
Additional counterweight Max. 90 t, to be integrated into standard counterweight, installs hydraulically without assist crane.
Main boom extension 12.2 m and 18.1 m, 0, 20 and 40 offset, folding alongside basic boom.
Fixed fly jib (LF) 7.3-23.9 m, consisting of components taken from the luffing jib.
Fixed fly jib (SF) 15-49.6 m, consisting of components taken from the luffing jib.
Luffing fly jib 25-71.6 m, with luffing mast, plus 3 m adapter, pendant bars, electrical equipment and safety devices, the 2nd hoist is required
when using the luffing fly jib.
Heavy-lift attachment 1 2 additional sheaves for duties 131-160 t.
Heavy-lift attachment 2 6 additional sheaves for duties > 160 t.
Heavy-lift attachment 3 2 pulley blocks with 11 sheaves each and connecting beam for duties > 240 t.
Rooster sheave Sheave folding to side of boom head.
Auxiliary reeving winch To simplify reeving of hook blocks.
Reversing camera
Camera for drums monitoring
44
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
TECHNISCHE BESCHREIBUNG
UNTERWAGEN
Antrieb / Lenkung 12 x 8 x 10.
Rahmen Eigen gefertigter Kastentrgerrahmen mit geschlossenem Kastenprofil und integrierten Absttzksten aus hochfestem Feinkorn-
baustahl.
Absttzung 4-Punkt-Absttzung, vollhydraulisch horizontal und vertikal auszufahrende Absttzungen.
Motor Wassergekhlter 8-Zylinder DaimlerChrysler Dieselmotor OM 502 LA, Leistung: 448 kW (609 PS) bei 1800 1/min, Drehmoment
2700 Nm bei 1200 1/min. Inhalt des Kraftstoffbehlters: 660 l fr Unter- und Oberwagen.
Getriebe ZF AS-Tronic, automatisiertes Getriebesystem mit automatischer Kupplung, 16 Vorwrts- und 2 Rckwrtsgngen und integrier-
tem Retarder. 2-stufiges Verteilergetriebe, Tempomat.
Achsen Achsen 2, 5, 6 angetrieben, Antrieb Achse 4 zuschaltbar. Achsen 1, 2, 3, 5 und 6 gelenkt, alle Antriebsachsen mit sperrbarem
Querdifferenzial, alle Achsen hydropneumatisch gefedert und hydraulisch blockierbar.
Bereifung 12-fach, 16.00 R 25, Felgengre 11.00-25/1,5.
Lenkung 12 x 10, ZF-Zweikreis-Hydro-Halbblocklenkung mit mechanischer Lenkbegrenzung, geschwindigkeitsabhngige Lenkung.
4. und 5. UHL-Achse.
Bremsen Nach EG-Richtlinien.
Elektrische Anlage Betriebsspannung 24 V.
Fahrerkabine Komfortkabine mit ergonomisch gestaltetem Innenraum und bersichtlicher Armaturentafel, elastisch gelagert, Kabine aus Stahl-
blech, korrosionsresistente Pulverlackbeschichtung mit 2K-Decklack. 3,00 m breit, 2 Sitze, Komfortausstattung mit pneumatisch
gefedertem und beheizbarem Fahrersitz inkl. Nackensttzen, Armlehnen und Dreipunktsicherheitsgurten, hhenverstellbares
Lenkrad, rundum Sicherheitsverglasung, elektrische Fensterheber, heizbare und elektrisch verstellbare Spiegel, Defrosterdsen
fr die Windschutzscheibe, motorabhngige Warmwasserheizung, elektrische Scheibenwisch- und -waschanlage, Sonnenblen-
den, Radio-CD-Player, Ablagefach, Klimaanlage.
OBERWAGEN
Motor Wassergekhlter 6-Zylinder DaimlerChrysler Dieselmotor OM 906 LA, Leistung: 205 kW (279 PS) bei 2300 1/min, Drehmoment
1100 Nm bei 1300 1/min. Kraftstoffbehlter im Unterwagen, 50 l Ausgleichstank im Oberwagen.
Hydraulikanlage Antrieb ber 7 Arbeitskreise, 4 Hauptpumpen, 3 Hilfspumpen fr 4 unabhngige Steuerbewegungen inklusive Steuerpumpe fr
die Servosteuerung.
Hubwerk 1 Axialkolben-Verstellmotor, Hubwerkstrommel mit integriertem Planetengetriebe und Bremse.
Drehwerk Axialkolbenmotor mit Planetengetriebe, Fubremse und federbelastete Haltebremse.
Wippwerk 1 Differenzialzylinder mit vorgesteuerten Senk-Bremsventilen.
Steuerung Elektrische Vorsteuerung mit zwei 4-fach Handsteuerhebeln, selbstzentrierend.
Krankabine Grorumige Ganzstahl-Komfortkabine (kippbar) mit Schiebetr und groem ausstellbarem Frontfenster, Dachfenster mit Sicher-
heitsglas, Bettigungs- und Kontrollinstrumente fr alle Kranfunktionen, Komfortsitz mit ergonomisch angeordneten Armlehnen-
steuerungen, Arbeitsscheinwerfer. Motorunabhngige Warmwasserheizung mit Zeitschaltuhr und Heizmatic fr fein dosierte
Warmluftverteilung. Scheibenwischer mit Intervallschaltung und Scheibenwaschanlage, Klimaanlage.
Sttzkraftanzeige Anzeige der Sttzkrfte in der Oberwagenkabine.
Hauptausleger Grundkasten und 4 Teleskope aus Feinkornbaustahl, hydraulisch auf volle Auslegerlnge teleskopierbar, beulsteifer Demag-
Ovaloid-Querschnitt mit diagonal angeordneten, zentrierenden Gleitschuhen, Rollenkopf und Befestigungsteilen fr die Haupt-
auslegerverlngerung und Hilfsausleger, hydraulische Verriegelung der Teleskope.
Gegengewicht 52 t, teilbar.
Sicherheitseinrichtungen Elektronischer Lastmomentbegrenzer mit groflchigem Graphik-Display und Folientastatur sowie digitaler Anzeige fr Haken-
last, Nenntraglast, Auslegerlnge und -winkel, Ausladung. Analoge Auslastungsanzeige und Anzeigecode fr defekte Baugruppen.
Integriertes Teleskopier-Leitsystem sowie Anzeige von Tragfhigkeitstabellen und rechnerischen Sttzkrften. Auerdem sind
folgende Sicherheitseinrichtungen eingebaut: Hub- und Senkendschaltung, Druckbegrenzungsventile, Rohrbruchsicherungen,
Hubwerksdrehmelder und Windmessanlage.
ZUSATZAUSRSTUNG
Standheizung Motorunabhngige Warmwasserheizung fr die Unterwagenkabine.
Klappbett Unterwagenkabine mit Klappbett und Verdunkelungs-Rollos.
Zentralschmieranlage Zentralschmieranlage fr den Unterwagen.
Unabhngige Hinterachs- Die Hinterachsen knnen unabhngig von den Vorderachsen eingeschlagen werden.
lenkung (Hundegang) Achse 4 wird hydraulisch angehoben.
Bereifung 20.5 R 25, Felgengre 17.00-25/1.7. Fahrzeugbreite 3,1 m.
Hubwerk 2 Axialkolben-Verstellmotor, Hubwerkstrommel mit integriertem Planetengetriebe und Bremse.
Superlift-Einrichtung Diese Lastmoment-steigernde Einrichtung besteht aus einer Hauptausleger-Abspannvorrichtung mit automatischem Seilaus-
gleich beim Teleskopieren und einem Zusatzgegengewicht von 70 t bzw. 90 t. Die Abspannvorrichtung kann in seitlich abge-
klappter Position in Winkelstellungen von 0, 30 und 60 verwendet werden. Sie wird bei Nichtverwendung und beim Transport
auf dem Ausleger abgelegt.
Zusatzgegengewicht Max. 90 t, im Standard-Gegengewicht integrierbar, die Montage erfolgt hydraulisch ohne Hilfskran.
Hauptauslegerverlngerung 12,2 m und 18,1 m, Neigung zum Hauptausleger 0, 20 und 40, seitlich am Hauptausleger anklappbar.
Starrer Hilfsausleger (LF)
Starrer Hilfsausleger (SF)
Wippbarer Hilfsausleger
Schwerlasteinrichtung 1
7,3-23,9 m, bestehend aus Teilen des wippbaren Hilfsauslegers.
15-49,6 m, bestehend aus Teilen des wippbaren Hilfsauslegers.
25-71,6 m, einschlielich Wippsttze, plus 3 m Adapter, Abspannstangen, elektrische Installation, Sicherheitseinrichtung.
Fr den Einsatz des wippbaren Hilfsauslegers ist das Hubwerk 2 erforderlich.
2 zustzliche Seilrollen fr Tragfhigkeiten ab 131-160 t.
6
Schwerlasteinrichtung 2 6 zustzliche Seilrollen fr Tragfhigkeiten > 160 t.
Schwerlasteinrichtung 3 2 Rollenblcke mit je 11 Seilrollen und Verbindungstraverse fr Traglasten > 240 t.
Kopfrolle Seitlich klappbare Seilrolle am Hauptauslegerkopf.
Einscherwinde Zur Erleichterung der Seileinscherung von Unterflaschen.
Rckfahrkamera
Windenberwachung
45
DESCRIPTIF TECHNIQUE
CHSSIS
Entranement / Direction 12 x 8 x 10.
Cadre-chssis Construction Demag sous forme de caissons soude ferme, comprenant les logements des poutres de calage, ralise en tle
dacier de construction de haute rsistance grains fins.
Calage 4 poutres extractibles hydrauliquement et 4 vrins verticaux.
Moteur DaimlerChrysler diesel OM 502 LA, 8 cylindres, refroidi par eau, puissance 448 kW (609 CV) 1800 1/min, couple 2700 Nm
1200 1/min. Rservoir de carburant: 660 l pour les moteurs du chssis et de la partie suprieure.
Bote de vitesses ZF AS-Tronic, bote automatique, embrayage automatique, 16 vitesses AV et 2 AR avec ralentisseur intgr. Bote de transfert
2 rapports, rgulateur de vitesse.
Essieux Essieux 2, 5, 6 moteurs, entranement de lessieu 4 dbrayable. Essieux 1, 2, 3, 5 et 6 directeurs, essieux moteurs avec blocage
de diffrentiel transversal, suspension hydro-pneumatique sur tous les essieux avec blocage hydraulique.
Roues et pneumatiques 12 pneus 16.00 R 25 sur des jantes 11.00-25/1.5.
Direction 12 x 10, ZF servo-commande hydraulique, du type demi-bloc, double circuit, avec bute mechanique, direction en fonction
de la vitesse. Direction indpendante des essieux AR 4 et 5.
Freinage Selon normes CE.
Installation lectrique Systme 24 volts.
Cabine chssis Cabine grand confort, ergonomique avec tableau de bord clair et lisible, en tle dacier, suspension lastique, peinture anti-
corrosion compose dune sous-couche charge de poudre et dune couche finale 2 composants. Largeur 3,00 m, 2 siges
confortables, sige conducteur chauffant suspension pneumatique, avec appuis-tte, accoudoirs et ceintures de scurit
3 points; volant rglable en hauteur, vitrage de scurit panoramique, lve-vitres lectriques, rtroviseurs extrieurs chauffants
et rglables lectriquement, dgivreur de pare-brise, chauffage eau chaude indpendant du moteur, lave-glace et essui-glace
lectriques, pares-soleil, radio CD, case de rangement, climatisation.
PARTIE SUPRIEURE
Moteur Moteur diesel 6 cylindres DaimlerChrysler OM 906 LA, refroidissement par eau, puissance: 205 kW (279 CV) 2300 1/min,
couple 1100 Nm 1300 1/min. Rservoir de carburant sur le chssis, rservoir supplmentaire de 50 l sur la partie suprieure.
Installation hydraulique Entranement par 7 circuits hydrauliques, 4 pompes principales et 3 pompes auxiliaires permettant 4 mouvements de contrle
indpendants, y compris pompe de servo commande.
Mcanisme de levage 1 Moteur pistons axiaux et dbit variable, tambour avec rducteur plantaires intgr et frein.
Mcanisme dorientation Moteur pistons axiaux avec rducteur plantaires, frein pdale et frein de stationnement ressorts.
Mcanisme de relevage 1 vrin diffrentiel. Descente contrle par moyen dun bloc de freinage pilot.
Commande Pilotage lectrique par des leviers commande croise, rappel automatique.
Cabine grue Cabine tout en acier, spacieuse et confortable (basculable) avec porte coulissante et pare-brise panoramique relevable, fentre
de toit en verre blind, instruments de commande et de contrle, sige confortable avec console-accoudoir ergonomique,
projecteur de travail. Chauffage autonome eau avec interrupteur minuterie et Heizmatic assurant une distribution dair
chaud sensible. Essuie-glace marche intermittente et lave-glace, climatisation.
lndicateur de force de calage Indicateur de force de calage dans la cabine suprieure.
Flche principale Caisson de base et 4 lments tlescopiques, en tle dacier de construction grains fins, tlescopage hydraulique de toute la
longueur de flche. Profil Demag haute rsistance de forme ovodale avec patins de guidage diagonaux rglage automatique,
tte de flche avec lments de montage pour la rallonge et les flchettes, verrouillage hydraulique des lments tlescopiques.
Contrepoids 52 t, divisible.
Scurits Contrleur dtat de charge lectronique, clavier anti-poussire et cran affichage indiquant la charge au crochet, la charge
nominale, la porte, la longueur et langle de flche. lndicateur analogique du degr dutilisation et indicateur de dfaut par code.
lndicateur intgr de tlescopage et indicateur des tableaux de charges et des forces de calage thoretiques. De plus, les
scurits suivantes on t instaIles: limiteurs de fin de course haut et bas, soupapes de limitation de pression, soupapes de
scurit de rupture de conduite hydraulique, contrleur de rotation du treuil et anmomtre.
EQUIPEMENTS OPTIONNELS
Chauffage de cabine larrt Chauffage autonome eau pour la cabine chssis.
Lit pliant Cabine chssis avec lit pliant et stores.
Graissage centralis Graissage centralis automatique du porteur.
Direction indpendante des Les essieux AR peuvent tre dirigs sparment. Essieu 4 est soulev hydrauliquement.
essieux AR (marche en crabe)
Roues et pneumatiques Pneus 20.5 R 25 sur des jantes 17.00-25/1.7. Largeur hors-tout: 3,1 m.
Mcanisme de levage 2 Moteur pistons axiaux et dbit variable, tambour avec rducteur plantaires intgr et frein.
Superlift Cet quipement, destin augmenter le couple de charge de la grue, est constitu dun systme de haubanage dpliable
permettant une inclinaison de 0, 30 ou 60 ainsi que dun contrepoids de 70 t ou 90 t respectivement. Le systme de
haubanage, quip dun dispositif de compensation du cble en fonction de la longueur tlescope de la flche, peut tre couch
sur la flche en cas de non-utilisation ou pour le transport.
Contrepoids supplmentaire Max. 90 t, montage hydraulique sur le contrepoids standard sans grue auxiliaire.
Rallonge de flche 12,2 m et 18,1 m, inclinaison 0, 20 et 40, repliable sur le ct de la flche principale.
Flchette fixe (LF) 7,3-23,9 m, compose des lments de la vole variable.
Flchette fixe (SF) 15-49,6 m, compose des lments de la vole variable.
Flchette vole variable 25-71,6 m, avec mt de relevage, plus pice adaptatrice de 3 m, barres de suspension, installation lectrique, scurits;
le treuil de levage 2 est indispensable pour lemploi de la vole variable.
Equipement levages lourds 1 2 poulies supplmentaires pour charges de 131-160 t.
Equipement levages lourds 2 6 poulies supplmentaires pour charges > 160 t.
Equipement levages lourds 3 2 blocs de poulies comprenant 11 poulies chacun avec palonnier pour charges > 240 t.
Poulie en tte de flche Poulie rabattable en tte de flche.
Treuil auxiliaire Simplifiant le mouflage des crochets.
Camra de recul
Camra pour surveiller les treuils
46
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
KEY ZEICHENERKLRUNG LGENDE
Counterweight Gegengewicht Contrepoids
Lifting capacities on outriggers Tragfhigkeiten, abgesttzt Capacits de levage sur stabilisateurs 360
SSL: Sideways Superlift Seitlicher Superlift Superlift latral
47
ALL TERRAIN CRANE
AC 350
The information contained in this brochure / Die Informationen in dieser Broschre / diesem Les informations figurant dans la prsente bro-
product catalogue merely consists of general Produktkatalog enthalten lediglich allgemeine chure / le prsent catalogue de produit sont de
descriptions and a broad compilation of perfor- Beschreibungen bzw. Leistungsmerkmale, die simples descriptions ou des caractristiques de
mance features which might not apply pre- im konkre-ten Anwendungsfall nicht immer in performances gnrales qui ne correspondent
cisely as described under specific application der beschriebenen Form zutreffen bzw. die sich pas toujours la forme dcrite dans le cas
conditions or which may change as a result of durch Weiterentwicklung der Produkte ndern dapplications spcifiques concrtes ou qui
further product development. knnen. peuvent varier en fonction des perfectionne-
The desired performance features only become Die gewnschten Leistungsmerkmale sind nur ments apports aux produits.
binding once expressly agreed in the final con- dann verbindlich, wenn sie bei Vertragsab- Seules les caractristiques de performances
tract. schluss ausdrcklich vereinbart werden. expressment convenues la signature du
contrat engagent notre socit.
Subject to change without notice! nderungen vorbehalten! Sous rserve de modification!

03 / 05
Registered office / Lieferanschrift / Sige social:

Terex-Demag GmbH & Co.KG Phone: + 49 6332 83-0
Dinglerstrae 24 Fax: + 49 6332 16715
D-66482 Zweibrcken www.terex-demag.com Order Nr. AC 350 F2 201 093 12
Profile of Product
AC 350
Profile of Product
AC 350
1 GENERAL DATA ........................................................................................................... 2
2 CARRIER ....................................................................................................................... 3
3 SUPERSTRUCTURE...................................................................................................... 5
4 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT CARRIER .............................................................................. 7
5 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT SUPERSTRUCTURE ............................................................ 8
6 MISCELLANEOUS ...................................................................................................... 10
7 NATIONAL REGULATIONS ........................................................................................ 10
8 SPECIAL PAINTING .................................................................................................... 10
Page 1 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
1 General Data
Max. lifting capacity 350t
Max. load moment 1068tm
Max. length of main boom 56m, telescoping with partial load
Main boom extension 12.2m foldaway extension, extendible to 18.1m
Fixed fly jib LF 7.3m - 23.9m
Fixed fly jib SF 15.0m - 49.6m
Luffing fly jib 25.0m - 71.4m (plus 3.0m adapter)
Max. travel speed 85 km/h
Gradeability 41% at 1km/h
Weight in travel order 72t
Drive 12 x 8
Steering 12 x 10
Vehicle width 3.0m
Overall height in travel order < 4.0m
Safety devices Standard
Page 2 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
2 Carrier Demag-built 6-axle carrier

Length: 14.8m
Overall length: 16.7m (incl. Superstructure)
Height: < 4.0m (incl. superstructure)
Turning radius: 14.27m (at boom head)
2.1 Steel structure
2.1.1 Frame Demag-built torsion resistant monobox main frame with
outrigger boxes integral on front and rear, fabricated from
high-strength fine grain structural steel
2.1.2 Outriggers Outrigger base longitudial: 8.5m
transverse: 8.5m, reduced 5.5m
4 hydraulically telescoping outrigger beams with hydraulic
jack legs. Powered by hydraulic pump. Controlled on each
side of the carrier, monitored by electronic bubble levelling
indicator. Outrigger loading indicator on carrier and in upper
cab. Mechanical safe-locking for outrigger beams in both
retracted and extended positions.
4 outrigger pads 700mm, 47kg each.
2.2 Drive and Transmission
2.2.1 Engine Type: DaimlerChrysler OM 502 LA
Emission: EUROMOT 2, Euro 2, EPA2/CARB,
Stainless steel exhaust system with
spark arrestor
1
Output: 448kW (609hp) at 1800 /min
1
Torque: 2700Nm at 1200 /min
Cylinders: 8
Cooling: water-cooled
Fuel tank capacity: 660l
Max travel speed: 85km/h.
2.2.2 Transmission ZF AS-Tronic, automatic transmission, with automatic clutch,
16 forward and 2 reverse speeds, torque converter and
hydraulic retarder, cruise control.
2.2.2.1 Transfer case Kessler VG 2600, 2-range, with on- and off-road range,
longitudinal differential lockout control.
2.2.3 Axles Single wheels on all axles.
Drive / steer 1: non-drive, steer
2: drive, steer
3: non-drive, steer
4: connectable drive, non-steer
5: drive, steer
6: drive, steer
Differential locks:
Axles 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 with transverse lockout control
2.2.4 Axle suspension Hydropneumatic suspension, all axles hydraulically
blockable, electric levelling system operate carrier cab.
2.2.5 Wheels and Tyres 12-fold
Tyre size 16.00 R 25, on-/off-road tread
Rim size 11.00-25/1.5
2.3 Steering ZF dual-circuit semibloc mechanical steering with hydraulic
booster and mechanical steering, 1 emergency steering
pump.
Page 3 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
2.4 Brakes In compliance with EC-directives
2.4.1 Service brake Dual-line air-operated brake system acting on all wheels.
2.4.2 Parking brake Spring-loaded brake acting on axles 3 - 6.
2.4.3 Sustained action brake Hydraulic retarder integral with gearbox. Exhaust brake and
constant choke valve.
2.5 Electrical system 24 V, alternator 28V, 100A.
2 batteries, 12V / 200Ah each.
Lightning in conformity with EC-directives.
2.6 Rotary beacons 1 rotary beacon each fitted on carrier cab and upper frame.
2.7 Drivers cab Ergonomic cab, 3m wide, rubber mounted. 2 seats with head
rests and three-point seat belts, drivers seat pneumatically
suspended, safety glass used throughout, electric window
winders, heated outer mirrors, right-hand mirror electrically
adjustable, adjustable steering wheel, hot water heater, air-
conditioning, electric windscreen washer and wiper, sun
visors, dashboard with clearly arranged controls and
instrumentation, radio-cassette player, compartment for
storing items.
2.8 Tools Set of spanners, grease gun, tyre inflation kit, air gauge, oil
can, emergency triangle, first-aid kit, hazard flasher, wet
weather gear, safety helmet.
Page 4 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
3 Superstructure
3.1 Steel structure
3.1.1 Frame Demag-built torsion-resistant welded structure of high-
strength fine grain structural steel. Computed to F.E.M.
method giving optimal weight and rigidity.
3.1.2 Panelling Sectional aluminium side panels, removable for service
accessibility.
3.2 Slew ring Triple-row roller bearing slew ring with external ring gear for
ease of service and maintenance.
3.3 Crane drive
3.3.1 Crane engine Type: DaimlerChrysler OM 906 LA - EUROMOT -
1
Output: 205 kW (279 hp) at 2300 /min
1
max. torque: 1100 Nm at 1300 /min
Cylinders: 6
Cooling: water-cooled, Visco-fan
Fuel tank: One tank for both carrier and
superstructure plus 50 l balancing tank
3.3.2 Hydraulic system 4 variable displacement axial piston pumps with auto-matic
power control for 7 hydraulic circuits enabling the operator to
engage 4 simultaneous crane movements. 1 fixed
displacement pump for proportional control.
Reservoir capacity approx. 1300 l
3.3.3 Hoist I Variable displacement axial piston hydraulic motor, hoist
drum with integral planetary reduction, brake, and hoist rope.
Rope diameter: 23mm
Rope length: 350m
max. perm. line pull: 115kN
(varies depending on national regulations)
Max. line speeds:
- normal: 50m/min
- high: 145m/min
3.3.4 Slew unit Axial piston motor with planetary reduction, foot-operated
slew brake, service / holding break: spring-loaded multi-disk
1
brake, slewing speed infinitely variable 0 - 1.1 /min.
3.3.5 Derricking 1 differential cylinder with pilot-controlled lowering
Elevation angle: -1.6 to + 82
Elevation time: 85sec
3.3.6 Crane control Pilot controlled crane operation by self-centering control
levers, armrest-mounted on each side of the operators seat
to promote ease of operation. The working speed is infinitely
variable controlled by both the engine speed and the lever
position.
Page 5 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
3.4 Crane cab Sliding door, roof window and large hinged windscreen,
safety glass used throughout, sprung and hydraulically
damped operators seat with head and arm rests, wiper for
front and roof windows, self-contained hot water heater with
timer and Heizmatic for sensitive heat flow control, air-
conditioning, dashboard with controls and instrumentation
incl. safe load indicator, drum rotation indicator for hoists I
and II, outrigger loading indicator, 2 working lights, radio-
cassette player.
To improve view the crane cab may be tilted back
hydraulically by 18.
3.5 Standard counterweight 52t, width: 3m
Installed via control panel.
3.6 Electrical system 24V, Alternator 28V, 100A
2 batteries 12V / 200Ah each
3.7 Telescopic boom Basic boom and 4 boom sections fabricated from fine grain
structural steel; buckling-resistant Demag-Ovaloid design
with self-centering diagonally arranged slider pads. Each of
the boom sections is telescoped by one telecylinder and
hydraulically pin-connected. Pinning is controlled and
monitored from the upper cab.
Max. boom length: 56.0m
Telescoping time 14.2 56.0m: approx. 420sec
3.8 Safety devices Electronic safe load indicator with graphic display and
sealed touch-type keyboard giving digital read-out for hook
load, rated load, boom length and angle, radius. Monitoring
code to assist in trouble-shooting and analogue display to
indicate the capacity utilization in %. Integrated control
system for boom telescoping. Display for load charts and
theoretical outrigger loading. In addition, provision has been
made for limit switches on hoist and lowering motions,
pressure relief and safety holding valves, hoist rotation
indicator and anemometer.
3.9 Surface treatment 2 prime coats and 1 top coat in Terex white RAL 1013
(superstructure) and Terex grey RAL 7012 (carrier). All
structural members are sand-blasted prior to painting.
3.10 Testing and acceptance Acceptance tests for crane and carrier. Testing and
calibration of safety devices in conformity with German
accident prevention regulations UVV, VBG 9 and crane
certification book.
Page 6 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
4 Optional equipment carrier

4.1 Trailer tow coupling
4.1.1 Rockinger Rockinger coupling, D-value = 120kN, incl. air brake hook-up
and electrical connection.
4.1.2 Ringfeder Ringfeder coupling, D-value = 190kN, incl. air brake hook-up
and electrical connection.
4.2 Eddy-current brake Serves as additional retarder.
Please note: This involves higher axle loads.
4.3 Night heater Self-contained hot water heater for carrier cab.
4.4 Centrale lubrication system Automatic lubrication from centralised greasing point on
carrier.
4.5 Independent rear axle steering The rear axles may be steered independently of the front
th
(crab steer) axles (4 axle raised hydraulically).
4.6 Spare wheel Optional on-/off-road tread (incompatible with trailer tow
coupling).
4.7 Bunk bed Carrier cab with bunk bed.
4.8 Additional jack leg Central jack leg.
Page 7 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
5 Optional equipment superstructure

5.1 Main boom extension 12.2m lattice jib, offsettable to 0, 20 and 40. An optional
5.9m box-type top section may be added to extend the jib.
The 12.2m main boom extension is identical with the top
section of the luffing fly jib and is pinned hydraulically to the
boom head by means of an adapter.
The boom extension folds to the right side of the basic boom
in travel configuration (please note national regulations for
roadability).
12.2m Max. system length: 68.2m.
12.2m / 18.1m Max. system length: 74.1m.
5.2 Fixed fly jib LF type 7.3m - 23.9m, light-lift type.
Comprising of parts of the luffing jib, offsettable to 20 and 40
Max. system length 79.9m:
56.0m main boom + 23.9m fixed fly jib.
5.3 Fixed fly jib SF type 15.0m - 49.6m, heavy-lift type.
Comprising of parts of the luffing fly jib, offsettable to 20 and
40 at 71.0m and 81.5m.
56.0m main boom + 49.6m fixed fly jib.
5.4 Luffing fly jib: 25.0m - 71.5m (plus 3m adapter).
Lengths: 25.0 / 37.0 / 49.0 / 55.0 / 59.5 / 61.0 / 65.5 / 71.5m
51.9m main boom + 3m adapter + 71.5m luffing jib.
The luffing jib is guyed by pendant bars.
Hoist II is required for luffing jib.
5.5 Additional counterweight 90t, comprising of 8 units 10 t each + 10 t adapter section,
adds to 142t total counterweight, installed by the crane itself.
The slabs are stacked on the adapter section.
Counterweights of AC 350, AC 500-1 and AC 650 are
identical.
5.6 Sideways Superlift This attachment may be used to increase the lifting capacities
of the AC 350 and to enhance the cranes load moment. It
essentially consists of the boom suspension and an additional
counterweight (see item 5.5.). The Superlift unfolds to 30
and 60 for optimal capacity enhancement.
5.6.1 Boom suspension Boom suspension mast with pendant bars and mounting
parts, equalizer drum for automatic rope length adjustment
when telescoping the boom. The rear suspension consists of
pendant rods which fold automatically into transport position,
when the mast is lowered.
5.6.2 Additional counterweight 90 t (see item 5.5.).
5.6.3 Preparation of basic machine Option to prepare basic machine for later attachment of the
Superlift.
5.6.4 Safety devices Modified electric and hydraulic system, incl. programs for
safe load indicator to utilize increased lifting capacities.
5.7 Hoist II Hoist frame with hoist drum integral.
Powered by variable displacement axial piston motor, hoist
drum with planetary reducer integral, brake and hoist rope,
Page 8 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
ratchet-and-pawl mechanism to ensure pin-point accuracy for
lifting operations.
Rope diameter : 23mm
Rope length: 566m
max. perm. line pull: 115kN
(varies depending on national regulations)
Max. line speed
- normal: 60m/min
- high: 155m/min
Hoist II mounts on the rear of the superstructure frame. The
crane is roadable with hoist II fitted; please note national
regulations (details on axle loads and travel speeds on
request).
5.8 Hook blocks with safety hooks Possible lifting capacities vary depending on national
regulations.
Type 250* (237.5t) 11-sheave with ramshorn hook, max. 23 falls
(weight 2000kg)
Type 200/9* (200t) 9-sheave with ramshorn hook, max. 19 falls
(weight 2000kg)
Type 200/7** (161t) 7-sheave with ramshorn hook, max 15 falls
(weight 1700kg)
Type 125 (120t) 5-sheave with ramshorn hook, max. 11 falls
(weight 1200kg)
(weight 1050kg)
(weight 1050kg)
Type 12.5 (11.5t) single line hook (weight 500kg)
* 6 additional sheaves
** 2 additional sheaves
5.9 Heavy-lift attachments

5.9.1 Heavy-lift attachment #1 For capacities from 131t to 160t: 2 additional sheaves
5.9.2 Heavy-lift attachment #2 For capacities from 161t to 240t: 6 additional sheaves
5.9.3 Heavy-lift attachment #3 For capacities from 241t onwards: 2 sheave blocks with 11
sheaves each and one connecting traverse
Page 9 of 10
Profile of Product
AC 350
6 Miscellaneous
6.1.1 Additional reeving winch To reeve in the hook block and the luffing mast bridle.
6.1.2 Twist arrestor To ensure non-twisting hoist ropes.
6.1.3 Aircraft warning light For main boom and attachments.
6.1.4 Rooster sheave, swing-away For additional reeving (single line) on main boom head.
type Please note: this involves higher axle loads
6.1.5 Easy-out pin extractor Hydraulically operated for disassembly of main boom.
7 National regulations Different national regulations for crane acceptance and
roadability may require alterations to series-built cranes that
may result technical and price modifications.
8 Special painting Special tailored customer signwriting (self-adhesive labels)
and all RAL colours, except RAL 1013 (superstructure) and
RAL 7012 (carrier).
Subject to change without notice. 2003-7-14
Page 10 of 10
Technical Training AC 350
gearbox
123 970 12
Transmission
Detail: Assembly of the engine transmission
Assembly instructions
First insert the flexi plate with welded outside ring.

Next fit the other 4 flexi plates with the pressure plate on the fly wheel. Tighten
the screws (item 13) to the specified torque.
Check the indicator lamp on the engine and transmission.
Fit the transmission together with the engine.
Via the assembly opening on the engine, fit the flexi plates on the transmission
with the screws (item 12).
Screw the transmission and engine together (item 11).
Connection Designation Thread Torque

1 Oil to gear oil filter
2 Oil from gear oil filter
5 Oil drain plug
6 Transmission mounting
7 Signal pressure lockup
8 Main oil pressure
9 Auxiliary drive (variant)
12 Cable strand connection
13 Oil to radiator
14 Oil from radiator
15 Not for use (signal pressure lockup)
16 Lube oil pressure
17 Governor pressure (front)
20 Breather
24 Revolution pickup connection
25 Tacho drive
26 Oil preheating connection
27 Oil filler pipe connection
28 Test point oil temp. converter
30 Oil pressure 5 speed
31 Signal pressure reverse
32 Type plate
[ (*) Use thread sealant!]

Excerpt from drawing SK 1054-G (CLBT 755)
AC 350 Sucher 8331.7 Dezember 2001

gearbox
123 970 12
Checking the oil level
The oil level should be checked first when the oil is cold and then when the oil is
warm. The gear oil is specified in the consumables list.
Checking the level when the oil is cold
The cold oil level check is primarily used to see whether there is enough oil in the
oilpan to carry out a subsequent warm oil level check.
The engine should be left running for approx. one minute at 1000-1500 rpm
before the measurement is taken to allow any air to escape from the oil circuit
and to warm the oil slightly.
For the cold measurement, the oil temperature can be anywhere between 15 and
49 degrees.
The oil level is checked with the engine running at idle speed, the gears in
neutral, the parking brake applied and the vehicle parked in a horizontal
position.
With the engine running, the oil dipstick should be pulled from the gearbox. The
measured oil level should be between the Min. and Max. marking for the cold
range. If necessary, oil should be added or drained to adjust the level.
Checking the level when the oil is warm
To carry out a proper oil level check, the oil must be hot. The oil level rises as the
temperature increases.
The gearbox should be shifted through all the gears before the measurement is
taken in order to fill the hydraulic clutches, oil channels and the heat exchanger.
The oil temperature can be anywhere between 71 and 93 degrees for the warm oil
level check.
The oil level is checked with the engine running at idle speed, the gears in
neutral, the parking brake applied and the vehicle parked in a horizontal
position.
With the engine running, the oil dipstick should be pulled from the gearbox. The
measured oil level should be between the Min. and Max. marking for the warm
range. If necessary, oil should be added or drained to adjust the level.

gearbox
123 970 12
Important instructions!
The neutral position may only be selected to tow away the vehicle. The vehicle
must be secured against rolling when neutral gear is applied.
The neutral position is selected when, with the ignition switched on, the lamps
for off-road and road gears have gone out.
The button for the neutral position and the solenoid valves for the differential
lock, off-road and road gears are to be fitted in the immediate vicinity of the
distributor gear.
The vehicle may only be towed with the distributor gear in the neutral position
for short periods of time and at slow driving speeds, and never over longer
distances (max. driving distance of 30 km at a max. speed of 30 km/h).
When the input shaft is at a standstill, the lubricating oil pump in the distributor
gear does not work. There is a risk of failure due to insufficient lubrication
(observe the instructions of the gearbox manufacturer).

Function of fuel- system
heating superstructure
cab.
float valve
superstructure fuel tank fuel level gauge

engine 50l
superstructure
Diesel Electric
carrier
Pump
carrier gasoline tank 660l

Operating Manual
General Operating Manual
Safety steering system
Mobile crane AC160 / AC200
Terex-DEMAG Mobile Cranes
Safety auxiliary steering system for multiple-axles

mobile cranes
Typ: SLC 019 410

SLC 019 102
MOBIL Bssingerstrae 33
D - 74243 Langenbeutingen
ELEKTRONIK 07946 / 9194 - 0
GMBH FAX 9194 - 130
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
Operating Manual page 1
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Inhaltsverzeichnis
1 General ......................................................................................................... 5
1.1 About this Document ...................................................................................................... 5
1.2 Safety Hints ..................................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Safety hints at overhaul.................................................................................................. 6
1.3.1 Welding work at the vehicle ............................................................................................. 6
1.3.2 Steering Systems with Hydraulic Accumulator................................................................ 6
1.3.3 Working in the Steering Range of the Wheels ................................................................. 7
1.3.4 Overhaul............................................................................................................................ 7
2 Installation.................................................................................................... 8
2.1 General............................................................................................................................. 8
2.2 Assembly of the Steering Cylinder ................................................................................ 8
2.3 Mounting and Connection of the Hydraulics Units.................................................... 8
2.4 Mounting and Wiring of the Safety Angle Transducers ............................................. 9
2.5 Mounting place of the safety steering computer ........................................................ 10
2.6 Wiring of the System .................................................................................................... 11
3 Start up ....................................................................................................... 12
3.1 General........................................................................................................................... 12
3.2 Requirements ................................................................................................................ 12
3.3 Inspection of the electrical installation ....................................................................... 13
3.4 Connection of the Safety Angle Transducers ............................................................. 13
3.5 Axle Alignment.............................................................................................................. 15
3.5.1 Entering Alignment Mode .............................................................................................. 16
3.5.2 Alignment Modes ........................................................................................................... 16
3.5.3 Select an Axle for Alignment ......................................................................................... 18
3.5.4 Alignment of Center Position ......................................................................................... 20
3.5.5 Left Mechanical Lock Alignment................................................................................... 21
3.5.6 Right Mechanical Lock Alignment................................................................................. 22
3.6 First activation of Steering Mode ................................................................................ 23
3.7 Test Drive....................................................................................................................... 24
4 Operation Manual ..................................................................................... 25
4.1 System concept .............................................................................................................. 25
4.1.1 The Vehicle..................................................................................................................... 25
4.1.2 Safety Concept ................................................................................................................ 25
4.1.3 The Steering Computer................................................................................................... 26
4.1.4 Safety Hints..................................................................................................................... 27
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.2 Overhaul ........................................................................................................................ 28
4.2.1 Daily Check (Departure Control) ................................................................................... 28
4.2.2 Semiannual checks.......................................................................................................... 28
4.2.3 Check every 2 years or every 200 000 km...................................................................... 28
4.2.4 Check every 4 years or every 400 000 km...................................................................... 28
4.3 Steering functions ......................................................................................................... 29
4.3.1 Operation of the Steering System ................................................................................... 29
4.3.1.1 Steering mode public mode and offroad..............................................................................................29
4.3.1.2 Steering Programms....................................................................................................................................29
4.3.1.3 Overview of steering programs...................................................................................................................30
4.3.1.4 Further control elements .............................................................................................................................30
4.3.2 Special functions............................................................................................................. 31
4.3.2.1 Axle synchronization ..................................................................................................................................31
4.3.2.2 Error reactions ............................................................................................................................................31
4.3.2.3 Speed limitation ..........................................................................................................................................31
4.3.2.4 Output for speed threshold..........................................................................................................................32
4.3.2.5 Option Rigid Axle ...................................................................................................................................32
4.3.3 Monitoring functions ...................................................................................................... 32
4.3.3.1 Speed measurement ....................................................................................................................................32
4.3.3.2 Monitoring of the locking position .............................................................................................................32
4.3.3.3 Monitoring of Steering Deviation...............................................................................................................33
4.3.3.4 Lamp Test ...................................................................................................................................................33
4.3.3.5 Parameter Set Guarding ..............................................................................................................................34
4.4 Hydraulics Pressure Supply of the Steering System.................................................. 35
4.5 Manual Emergency Operation .................................................................................... 36
4.6 User Interface for Service and Diagnosis ................................................................... 37
4.6.1 Entering the Service Menu ............................................................................................. 37
4.6.1.1 Entering Access Codes ...............................................................................................................................39
4.6.1.2 Using the Parameter Value Menu ...............................................................................................................39
4.6.1.3 Alignment ...................................................................................................................................................41
4.6.1.4 I/O-Data Display.........................................................................................................................................41
4.6.1.5 Error Memory .............................................................................................................................................42
4.6.1.6 Display of the softwareversion ...................................................................................................................45
4.6.2 Display of Operational Data ........................................................................................... 45
4.6.2.1 Display in error-free operation....................................................................................................................45
4.6.2.2 Display of the Actual Errors .......................................................................................................................46
4.6.2.3 Display of faulty parameters.......................................................................................................................46
4.6.2.4 Display of Operational Data .......................................................................................................................47
5 Summary of Parameters ........................................................................... 51

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
6 Alarm List .................................................................................................. 64

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Index of pictures
PICTURE 1: SCHEME OF ANGLE TRANSDUCER .................................................................................. 14
PICTURE 2: OPERATING THE STEERING COMUTER, OVERVIEW OF SERVICES.......................... 38
Note
This manual describes installation, start up, operation and service of the safety auxiliary
steering system.
Information provided here should be followed carefully by skilled staff. The service
manual covers maintenance and should be used as reference for writing the vehicles
handbook.
Technical changes preserved.
File:
Date: 2002-10-08 / Gp / Pl
Author: Dipl. Ing. Plger, Dipl. Ing. Klugesherz, Dipl.Ing. (FH) Rothweiler
Last change: 2004-07-14 /Gp

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
1 General
1.1 About this Document

The documentation of the safety steering computer 019 410 contains three main chapters:
Installation Manual
describes the assembly and the wiring of the angle transducers, the hydraulics
installation, etc.
Start up Manual
describes the start-up procedure of the steering system until the first test drive is
done
Service Manual
describes operation of the safety steering computer and provides for projekt specific
documentation, such as:
parameter list,
alarm codes,
system outline,
component list,
electric wiring schematics
and
hydraulics schematics.
Note:
This document uses the expression front axle for the first axle of the vehicle. This axle
has to comply harmonized European standards (70/311/EWG, ECE-R 79) or equivalent
national standards. However, it has to be made sure, this axle allows for full control of the
vehicles direction.
The expressions axle or rear axle are used whenever an axle controlled by the steering
computer is addressed. One particular system may contain more than one controlled axle!
1.2 Safety Hints

The safety steering computer type SLC 019 410 has been developed for hydroelectric
auxiliary steering systems. Therefore the front axle will mainly control the direction of
movement the rear axles are steering additionally.
The steering system is designed to meet the requirements of DIN V19250 class 4 (risk
equivalent to EN954-1 category 3 or EN61508 class 2). The latter can only be met, if all
components are used, installed and wired according to the installation instructions of
MOBIL ELEKTRONIK. Any deviation to the installation instructions and procedures
described in this document have to be agreed on by MOBIL-ELEKTRONIK.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
CAUTION!
Modifications of the system or its components without the agreement of MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK lead to loss of type approval. MOBIL ELEKTRONIK cant be held
responsible for any damage that results from unauthorized modification. The same applies,
if the steering system is installed on another type of vehicle without authorization by
MOBIL ELEKTRONIK.
Warranty is void if components are modified without authorization by MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK. The same applies, if the steering system or its components are damaged
due to improper treatment or lack of maintenance. Do not use excessive force or
inappropriate tools when mounting or demounting components.
Installation, start up and maintenance have to be done by trained staff only..
When doing painting work, make sure all components of the steering system are well
protected..
When doing welding work at the vehicle, the steering computer has to be disconnected
1.3 Safety hints at overhaul

1.3.1 Welding work at the vehicle
Unplug the safety steering computer before doing welding work! Disconnected electronic
components have to be protected against electrostatic discharge!
Make sure the unprotected electronics is not exposed to water, dirt or swarf
1.3.2 Steering Systems with Hydraulic Accumulator
Steering systems equipped with hydraulic accumulators keep the hydraulics pressure after
switching off the engine. Before working with hydraulics components release the
hydraulics pressure using the release valves!
Releasing the hydraulics pressure:
Open the hand operated release valve (see hydraulics diagram)
Check if discharged using a pressure gauge!
Until service work is finished, always close the pressure release valve!
Caution!:
Release hydraulic accumulator pressure before doing maintenance
work! Check if discharged using a pressure!
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
1.3.3 Working in the Steering Range of the Wheels
Before working in the steering range of the wheels, the engine has to be switched off and
the steering system has to be deactivated (i.e. pull the fuse to enter fail-safe state). When
the vehicle is equipped with self-centering axles, care must be taken the axle is either in the
centered position or the pressure of the hydraulics accumulator of the centering circuit is
released.
Make sure that there is no person in the steering range of the axles when alignment mode is
selected.
After start-up or maintenance is done, check for any errors in hydraulics and electrical
installation. Some combinations of errors may result in spontaneous axle movements at
power on!
1.3.4 Overhaul
Every half year (under rough conditions more often) all components of the steering system
will have to be checked due to damage, corrosion, loose. All activity may be done by
trained persons only. Defective components must be replaced.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
2 Installation
2.1 General
Steering equipment used on public road systems have to meet high safety standards. An
hydroelectric steering system for leading or trailing axles has to be looked at the same way
as conventional mechanical steering systems.
Performance and reliability of the whole system depend on the reliability of each compo-
nent. Only when the installation of all components is done properly the system will work in
the desired way.
Components provided by MOBIL ELEKTRONIK correspond to the requirements of
mobile applications and are of sturdy design. However they all do contain sensitive
precision parts! Especially when installing hydraulics, take measures to prevent pollution
of the hydraulics circuit. No component may be exposed to excessive force (e.g. usage of
hammers on components that contain ball bearings).
To facilitate maintenance, the following hints should be followed:
1. Mounting place of the safety steering computer: A mounting place for safety steering
computer should be chosen inside the vehicle or in a control cabinet to avoid direct
exposure to dust, moisture and direct sunlight. If the computer is delivered with a
display, this should be readable after the installation.
2. Accassibilty of components: Twice a year (when used in rough area more often) the
components of the steering system have to be checked by trained staff for mechanical
damage, corrosion or play joints. Make sure, those components can be checked at
easily!
See for the handling of the individual components below!
.
2.2 Assembly of the Steering Cylinder
1. The cylinder has to be able to provide steering forces strong enough to allow steering
movements on dry asphalt when the vehicle stands still
2. The mechanical connections between the cylinder, the axle and the chassis have to be
designed in order to stand the force created by the cylinder when maximum working
pressure is applied.
3. If a combination of cylinders is used to steer one axle (e.g. in a self-centering system
with separate cylinders for steering and centering) and one cylinder may work against
the other in one of the possible system states (e.g. fail-safe state), all mechanical and
hydraulics components have to be designed to resist these forces.
2.3 Mounting and Connection of the Hydraulics Units

1. Mounting: hydraulics units need to be very sturdy and heavy because of the high
energy density of hydraulics systems. Mounting of these units has to be equally sturdy
to resist shock and vibration. Make sure that all fixing points of a hydraulics block are
used. Use bolts that wont corrode and lock all nuts. Note that improper mounting may
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
result in mechanical strain to the moving parts of hydraulics units (sliding valves),
causing them to seize.
2. Place of mounting: The hydraulics units must not be mounted in the range of snow
chains or gravel. Avoid direct contact of spray water caused by the wheels. If necessary
use a sheet metal.
3. Tube connections must fit and have to be installed without any tension.
4. For the connection of the hydraulics units common parts according DIN 3852 form B
(sealing groove) or form E (soft sealing gasket) may be used. Make sure to apply the
correct torque!
5. Diameters of tubes must be chosen according to the hydraulics diagram.
6. The steering system contains sliding valves with very small tolerances. Although they
appear very sturdy, they are very sensitive to pollution of hydraulics fluid and to
mechanical strain. To avoid sticking valve sliders, take care that filings, burr and dirt
are removed from the tubes, using a suitable cleaning device.
7. The hydraulics sense of rotation is defined as follows: A hydraulics connection from P
to A should result in clockwise rotation of the axle (seen from above).
8. The hydraulics tank has to compensate for difference in oil volume that is needed by
hydraulics cylinders during operation. The tank has to provide two times the required
oil volume. When using an accumulator system using 4 x 1-Liter accumulators, the
tank should contain at least 10 Liters. The oil level can vary about 4 Liters.
2.4 Mounting and Wiring of the Safety Angle Transducers

Connections and joints of the angle transducers are safety critical parts of the steering
system (same importance as a conventional track rod). In case of a failure of connection or
joints, the steered axle is out of control and may steer in any direction (similar to a failure
of a conventional track rod).
1. Mounting: When coupling the angle transducer to the track rod or the steering lever, it
is advisable to make use of drilled holes prepared by the manufacturer of the axle
(drilling or welding has to be permitted by the manufacturer). When using clamps at
track rods or steering levers, make a sturdy construction (e.g. use at least 4 M8-screws).
2. To mount the angle transducer it is necessary to use corrosion less screws with a
firmness of 8.8. Make sure that the nut wont loosen by usage of self-locking nuts or
threadlocking adhesive.
3. If strong vibrations are to be expected (e.g. when mounted to the axle) the shaft of the
angle transducer should be mounted vertically (lever direction upward or downward).
4. Mounting place: The safety angle transducer must not be mounted in the range of snow
chains or gravel. Avoid direct contact of spray water caused by the wheels. If necessary
use a sheet metal. The ground clearance may not be limited in any case by the angle
transducer or connection parts (arms, joints). Make sure, that the angle transducer and
moving parts are not exposed to external forces when the vehicle is used off road. If
necessary secure the mounting section by a metal sheet or a fender. A check-up of the
connection has to be possible any time.
5. When selecting the mounting range, make sure that in any operation mode (e.g. full
suspension range, full steering angle, operation with snow chains) the connection and
joints of the angle transducer wont touch other components. Make sure, a clearance
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
zone of about 10mm is kept. If the vehicle is used off road, the clearance should be
bigger.
6. To compensate for all tolerances of manufacturing and mounting and to avoid strain
from the connection of the angle transducer, it is necessary to use ball jointed arms.
The joints (nominal size 8mm) have to secured be locked. The connecting rod should
be made of stainless steel with a minimum diameter or 8mm. The maximum length of
the coupling rod must not exceed 400mm. The ball joints must be fixed using locknuts
and threadlocking adhesive. The thread reach should be at least 8mm at both ends. Best
use a rod with combining left and right thread and appropriate ball joints. See our
guideline SK 410 for the standard installation.
7. Cinematic aspects for the assembly of the angle transducer: The safety angle transducer
should have a swing of +/-25 to +/-55 for the full steering range (stop to stop). Take
care a proportional relation between steering angle and measured angle transducer
exists! In straight position of the axle, the safety transducer must be in mid position to
allow for teach in (alignment) of the axle by the steering computer (maximum
tolerance 5).
2.5 Mounting place of the safety steering computer

1. A mounting place for safety steering computer should be chosen inside the vehicle or
in a control cabinet to avoid direct exposure to dust, moisture and direct sunlight. If the
computer is delivered with a display, this should be readable after the installation.
2. When doing welding work at the vehicle, the steering computer has to be disconnected.
Make sure, the steering computer can be disconnected easily!
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
2.6 Wiring of the System

1. The electrical connections may only be made by trained staff using suitable tools. The
delivered plugs and threaded connectors have to be mounted according to the their
instructions. It is not permitted to leave out gaskets all connections that are exposed
to the environment must be waterproof after the mounting.
2. Never insert single wires into connectors / PG-threads. Pay attention to this when
wiring safety angle transducers.
3. The isolation shell of the cable must reach deep enough into PG-threads to provide for
proper sealing. The shield of shielded cable has to be connect at one end only and must
not be contacted to the housing of the angle transducer (cut the shield to the same
length as the jacket).
4. The PG-thread must be tightened firmly (but not forcibly) to be waterproof and to
provide for strain relief. The cable must not slip out of the PG-thread, when pulled at
with a force of 50N.
5. Always use bootlace ferrules with suitable crimp tools when wiring the angle
transducers.
6. To avoid interferences, signal and control wires should not be routed next be to cables
that lead high current or high frequency signals.
7. Sensor and magnet cables, that are too long, never should looped up commonly..
8. Always use cables that are specified for automotive temperature range and
environmental conditions. The curvature of a cable must not be smaller than a tenth of
the cable diameter or according to the cable manufacturers specifications. Always use
cables that are specified for automotive temperature range and environmental
conditions. The curvature of a cable must not be smaller than a tenth of the cable
diameter or according to the cable manufacturers specifications.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
3 Start up
3.1 General
This section describes testing steps after installation including test drives.
Initial start-up of the first vehicle of its type has to include additional testing of
controllability of the vehicle when switching to fail safe state during operation.
Hint
This manual describes the start up, the programming of the parameters and the readout of
the alarm memory using the operating controls of the safety steering computer.
The handling with the steering computer can be done using a Notebook/PC via serial
interface (3-wire RS232). The MOBIL ELEKTRONIK PC-Service-Software (PCS)
provides for the following functions ....
... alignment of the axles
... programming of the parameters
... display of alarm codes in plain text
... monitoring and recording of the state of in- and outputs
as well as ... internal data of the steering computer.
The usage of the PCS is covered by another manual (PCS 093 101).
3.2 Requirements
Installation of all components according to the hydraulics and electrical diagrams has to be
finished and checked for errors.
The initial start-up should be done by staff trained in electrical- and vehicle engineering.
The start-up has to be done following the procedure given below.
CAUTION!
Modifications of the system or its components without the agreement of MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK lead to loss of type approval. MOBIL ELEKTRONIK cant be held
responsible for any damage that results from unauthorized modification. The same
applies, if the steering system is installed on another type of vehicle without
authorization by MOBIL ELEKTRONIK.
Warranty is void if components are modified without authorization by MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK. The same applies, if the steering system or its components are
damaged due to improper treatment or lack of maintenance. Do not use excessive force
or inappropriate tools when mounting or demounting components.
Installation, start up and maintenance have to be done by trained staff only.
When doing welding work at the vehicle, the steering computer has to be disconnected
Never pull plugs when power supply is on!
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
3.3 Inspection of the electrical installation

the supply voltage is correct and all pins except those of the digital inputs are at 0V
level;
hydraulics valves connected to the proper PWM outputs;
all sensors and angle transducers are connected properly:
The angle transducers are supplied with two voltages +5ref and +5Vext. Crossing
over both supplies might lead to erroneous readout of the angle transducers and alarm
messages.
To prevent wrong assignment of reference voltage outputs to the tracks of the angle
transducers:
1. Connect track 1 of all angle transducer according to the wiring scheme. Dont
connect the other tracks supply 5Vext.
2. Connect PCS and turn on ECU power supply. Check if voltages at the ECUs
inputs are correct, refer to the wiring diagram.
The alarm messages displayed may just refer to track B of every angle
transducer.
1. Complete wiring connecting 5Vext and restart the system. Check if all voltages are
approximately 2.5V and all alarm messages are cleared.
Caution!:
1. when swapping of the angle transducers sense of direction is
necessary, always swap the supplies of both tracks! Swapping
slider pins may affect proper operation!
2. An connection between 0V-supply and 0V-signal other than
within the steering electronics is not permitted!
3.4 Connection of the Safety Angle Transducers

The safety angle transducers are made up of two independent sensor units A and B.
Make sure the sensors A are connected to 5Vref and the sensors B to 5Vext. Check the
voltage between the 0V-signal and the sliders. In mid-position of the axle the voltage of
sensor A should have between 2,4V and 2,6V.
The sense of direction should be as follows:
Clockwise rotation of the axle (right direction) leads to increasing voltage at sensor A
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Sense of direction at track 2:
Inverse supply (parameter 64=0): Clockwise rotation of the axle leads to a
decreasing voltage.
Normal supply (parameter 64=1): Clockwise rotation of the axle leads to an
increasing voltage.
Default setup is inverse supply.
If the voltage sense does not correspond to this definition, the connection to reference
voltage and 0V-signal (connected to pins 1 and 3 of the sensor units) have to be swapped.
Resistor
Cable break detection: Track A Track B

Cable break range Cable break range
In order to allow for cable break > +4,8V < +0,2 V
detection, the voltage in sensor A 2,7 V 2,3 V
must not exceed 4,8V at the right Range for 0 alignment Range for 0 alignment
mechanical stop and must not be 2,3 V 2,7 V
below 0,2V at the left mechanical Cable break range Cable break range
stop. < +0,2 V > +4,8V
Schleifer-
Schutzwiderstand
3 1 2 2 3 1
+5V 0V Us Us +5V 0V
picture 1: scheme of angle transducer

Hint!:
Take care the swing of voltages measured on either stop are about symmetric with
regard to the middle!
If, by mistake, the connection of the sensor units sliding contact is swapped with one
of the tracks reference voltage supplies, either alignment or on-line plausibility check
during operation might fail!
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
3.5 Axle Alignment

For axle alignment the steering computer saves the actual value feedback voltage of the
angle transducer at 3 positions of the steering range:
Centre (0)
Full lock to the left side.
Full lock to right side.
During normal steering operation the steering computer uses the stored alignment values
to determine the real steering angle of the axle out of the angle transducer feedback.
Caution!:
During the alignment procedure the selected axle will move!
When working in the steering range of the axle, make sure the axle
is not able to move. This has to be done by turning the hydraulics
supply off (engine off) and by releasing pressure from the
accumulators (if present).
Before doing the alignment a valid manufacturer parameter set as well as the
following customer parameters have to be programmed into the steering computer!
Parameter step-no.: Description

6 to 9 Mechanical angles at full lock
of the rear axle axles 1 to 4
(steered by steering
computer).
10 to 11 Mechanical angles at full lock
of the front axles (set-point).
Hints:
Make sure that the setting of mechanical stops on all axles matches the maximum
angles as set by the steering computers parameters.
If the axle is equipped with mechanical locking or centering equipment, the mechanical
center position has to be adjusted first (i.e. mechanical adjustment with the axle locked
or centered). Teach in of the center position should start right at that fixed point, to
ensure the 0-position of the control system doesnt diverge from the mechanical center
position.
Alignment accuracy of the middle position may considerably affect tire wear and
tracking stability. As there often is an influence of friction on adjustment of the center
position, before teaching in, it is recommended to reduce friction by use of turntables,
jacking up the axle or at least by rolling a few meters. Best results are can be achieved
by use of laser-alignment equipment while the axle is jacked up.
If a movement of the axle is not possible, the following points should be checked:
Brakes released?
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Hydraulic supply active?
Hydraulic pressure sufficient?
No locking device active (axle types with locking device only)?
3.5.1 Entering Alignment Mode
Press the ESCAPE key and the ENTER key (on the diagnosis terminal) simultaneously
for at least 3 seconds.
no error
>
ESC
Hold for 3 s
Use the diagnosis terminal to select alignment mode out of various available special
functions. Scroll through the menu with the PLUS or MINUS key until the 'adjustment'
menu headers is shown on the display. Start the alignment procedure with the ENTER
key.
The system will request an access code which can be entered by using the PLUS (value +
1), MINUS (value - 1) and ENTER (confirm input) keys. The access code is needed to
allow only trained persons to perform the alignment.
Automatic detection of connected steering computers

If the steering system consists of several steering computers linked via CAN bus, the
alignment of all axles can be operated on one single steering computer. For that purpose
the steering computer scans the CAN bus for other steering computers and their steered
axles. During scanning no operation at the control panel is available.
On all connected steering computers the alignment procedure can be watched but no
control panel inputs are possible. Normally the alignment mode can only be started at the
master steering computer of the system.
3.5.2 Alignment Modes
The alignment procedure can be carried out in different modes:

1. Axle by axle
In this mode each axle is aligned one after the other at the positions 'center', 'left
lock' and 'right lock'. So this mode equals the standard alignment in the past. Use
this mode after replacing an angle transducer because only one axle needs to be
aligned.
2. Position by position
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
In this mode all axles are aligned one after the other at the same position. The
alignment sequence is to align all axles one after the other at center position, than
all axles one after the other at the left lock and in the end all axles one after the
other at the right lock. Use this mode to align all axles during commissioning of a
new vehicle or after replacement of the steering computer.
3. Selectable axle and position
In this mode the axle and position for alignment can be selected without sequence
limitations. Use this mode to align a single position of a single axle. The integrity
of the alignment is not ensured!
4. Read alignment values
In this mode the alignment values can be read and additionally the single axles can
be steered for testing. Modifications of the alignment values are not possible in this
mode.
Hints:
Saving of the axle positions to the steering computer memory takes place directly after
each single position. There is no need to confirm the values. In the past saving to the
memory was triggered for a whole angle transducer for three positions.
Reading the saved alignment values is placed into a separate menu. In this menu the axle
can be steered as well.
Menu structure
The following menu structure is selected out of the 'service function menu'.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Alignment
- Mode 1: Axle by axle
- Mode 2: Position by position
- Mode 3: Selectable axle and position
- Read alignment values
Mode 1: Axle by axle

- Select axle
- Align to center
- Align to left lock
- Align to right lock
Mode 2: Position by position

- Select position
- Align first axle
- Align second axle
- Align last axle
Mode 3: Selectable axle and position

- Select axle
- Select position
- Align selected axle at selected position
Read alignment values

- Select axle
- Read center alignment
- Read left lock alignment
- Read right lock alignment
3.5.3 Select an Axle for Alignment
The single axles are aligned one after the other during commissioning. It is possible to
align a single axle as well, e. g. after the replacement of an angle transducer.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
The alignment can only be started if a valid axle number is selected. The selection of an
axle is done using the PLUS and MINUS keys.
During alignment only axles with angle transducers can be selected. The axle number is
shown on the display.
Angle transducer on axle 1 (front axle) 'axle 1'
Angle transducer on axle 2 (front axle) 'axle 2'
Angle transducer on axle 4 'axle 4'
Angle transducer on axle 5 'axle 5'
If the selected axle is not controlled by any steering computer the following message is
displayed:
not allowed
alignment axle:3
ESC
exit alignment mode
axle number - 1
axle number + 1
new SLC scan
Such axles can be scrolled through.
More than one angle transducer on one axle:

The rear axle auxiliary steering system consists of separate steering circuits with own
steering computers, angle transducers at the steered axle and angle transducers at the front
axle. With the shared axle alignment all steering computers evaluating the same axle are
saving their values at the same time.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
If e. g. the front axle has to be aligned, the angle transducers of the mechanically linked
axles 1 and 2 are aligned at the same time.
3.5.4 Alignment of Center Position
The alignment of an angle transducer is done in 3 steps:

- alignment of the center position
- mechanical left stop and
- mechanical right stop
Caution!:
The accuracy of the center position alignment directly influences the
track of the steered axles and consequently tire wear. On axles with
mechanic locking device the center position is aligned during the
mechanical axle adjustment.
On axles without mechanic locking device the alignment is
recommended to be made during mechanical adjustment of the axles.
If a new alignment is needed (e. g. after replacement of an angle
transducer or steering computer) steer the axle to the exact center
position first and take over the actual value to the new alignment.
If only the full lock alignment has to be made it is possible to skip the
center alignment step.
The first line of the display leads through the separate steps of the alignment procedure.
The second line displays the actual values of the angle transducer in mV (0.001 V).
The axle can be steered with the MINUS and PLUS keys. Pressing a key, axle movement
starts at low speed. Speed of movement increases, as the key is pressed continuously.
While doing the alignment in straight position the axle will activate the locking device (if
available). The axle will lock in the straight position automatically.
Storage of every single alignment position can be skipped pressing ESC. Alignment of the
selected axle is skipped by pressing ESC twice.
Sense of rotation of the axle:

When the MINUS key is pressed the axle has to move to the left. Pressing the PLUS key,
the axle has to move to the right. If this definition is not met, swap the connection of the
proportional valve solenoids A and B over (however, if this has to be done, wiring
diagrams should be updated).
Sense of rotation of the angle transducer:
Doing a counter-clockwise rotation of the axle (direction towards the left stop), the voltage
of the first track of the angle transducer should decrease, with a clockwise rotation the
voltage should increase. The second voltage (track 2) should change in the sense of
direction given by the parameter setting (P_64).
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
set axle 1 to 0
2547mV 2453mV
ESC
Skip straight position
Move left
Move right
Confirm position
As soon as the selected axle is positioned precisely to 0 (with regard to a locking device if
present), the value is stored by pressing ENTER. The voltage in the center position has to
be between 2350 mV and 2650 mV. If the analog value exceeds these limits, an alarm
message is raised.
If the actual value feedback is correct the position of the axle is retained.
The display shows an fault text, if the actual value feedback is not inside the tolerance
window. Press ENTER to repeat the alignment step. Press ESC to quit alignment of this
axle.
During alignment of an axle which is used by more than one steering computer the actual
values feedback of each angle transducer is shown on the display one after the other. This
allows adjusting each axle and saving its value.
CAUTION:
If the axle selected is steered during alignment the saved values of all steering computers
being already aligned are falsified.
Hint:
With every steering movement at standstill the axle and tire are distorted. This might
influence the alignment. This mainly occurs on axles which are linked mechanically. Move
the vehicle to relief the axle (one meter forward and reverse is enough). Preferably the axle
should be jacked up or at least be unloaded.
3.5.5 Left Mechanical Lock Alignment
After the center position alignment the axle has to be aligned to the left full lock.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
set axle 1 left

819mV 4280mV
ESC
Skip
Move left
Move right
Confirm position
The selected axle has to be steered to the left hand full lock by using the MINUS key (for
axles steered by the steering computer) or the steering wheel of the vehicle (for front
axles).
During the axle movement the angle transducer polarity can be checked.
After reaching the left hand full lock, the actual value feedback can be stored using the
ENTER key. The values are saved to the steering computer memory, if the voltage of
angle transducer sensor A is in the range of 200 mV to 2100 mV.
axle.
Hint:
Too low voltage range between center alignment and full lock alignment can result in poor
angle resolution and control accuracy. This might cause extensive tire wear. In case of
doubt the angle transducer type or the angle transducer linkage to the axle has to be
checked.
Caution!:
The parameter defining the full lock angle of the axle has to match the
real angle of the inner curve wheel of the axle. This angle should be
the same for both steering directions.
On all hydraulic axles mechanical steering locks are used as alignment
reference. They are important for the repeatability of the alignment.
The mechanical lock is not touched by the steering in normal
operation, if the axle mechanics is stiff enough and the parameter
setting is correct.
3.5.6 Right Mechanical Lock Alignment
The right lock alignment is similar to the left lock alignment.

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
The selected axle has to be steered to the right hand full lock by using the PLUS key (for
axles steered by the steering computer) or the steering wheel of the vehicle (for front
axles).
During the axle movement the angle transducer polarity can be checked.
After reaching the right hand full lock, the actual value feedback can be stored using the
ENTER key. The values are saved to the steering computer memory, if the voltage of
angle transducer sensor A is in the range of 2900 mV to 4800 mV.
set axle 1 right

4280mV 819mV
ESC
Skip
Move left
Move right
Confirm position
axle.
3.6 First activation of Steering Mode
CAUTION:
Stay clear of the axle when activating the steering system for the first
time!
When working in the range of the axle, make sure the axle is not able
to move . This has to be done by turning the hydraulics supply off
(engine off) and by releasing pressure from the accumulators (if
present).
1. The parameters set provided by MOBIL ELEKTRONIK has to be used. For

documentation on how to program the parameters refer the PCS 093 101 manual.
2. Cycle the power supply (turn the off and on again)
3. Clear the alarm memory.
4. Turn the Ignition on the SLC should raises no alarm (Display of no error
respectively rotating segments on the 7- segment display). If an alarm is raised, check
the the steering system for errors as indicated by the description of the alarm code.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
5. Steering while standing still
If the present angle of the axle is not close to the setpoint determined by the steering
computer, the axle has to be either caught manually (i.e. change the setpoint to match
the current position of the axle) or the i.e. the front axle has to be positioned
corresponding to the steering geometry. The same can by achieved by turning the
steering wheel to and fro (the axle synchronizes as a steering movement is detected).
6. Control of (as far as applicable):
the course of the hydraulics pressure in an accumulator system (pressure lies within
the programmed thresholds)
pressure of HLS/ELS systems with a pressure gauge
change of steering programs
additional functions like axle centering, lamps, buzzer, enable signal for vehicle
functions a.s.o.
3.7 Test Drive

If the hydroelectric steered axle is working and there are no alarm messages, a test drive
has to be done:
The following points have to be checked:
Speed signals: The difference between both signals must not exceed 3km/h. For this
please compare the measured signals using the PCS or the ECUs display:
- With PC service software: select menu item RAM data read, watch the values
SPEED1 and SPEED2.
- With CAN diagnosis display
Pressure course of the accumulator system (if applicable).
Locking functions at high speed: When the programmed locking speed is exceeded the
axle is locked, if:
- The actual value of the steered axle has to be smaller than 0,5.
- With PC service software ACTUAL VALUE REAR AXLE
- With diagnostic display actual value
- Axle with mechanical locking: Check the lock- und unlock devices. When the
velocity lies below the locking speed the unlocking of the axle is effected.
Check all functions: steering programs, release a.s.o.
After the test drive the hydraulics oil temperature of should not exceed 70C max.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4 Operation Manual
The operating manual is considered as documentation for the vehicle manufacturer. This
operating manual contains indications of optional functions and equipment, that are not
relevant for a driver.
This operating manual should serve as an operating manual adapted to basis for one onto
the vehicle. It should be complemented around vehicle-particular dates.
4.1 System concept

4.1.1 The Vehicle
The vehicle with the steering-system SLC 019 410/102 is an all wheel steered mobile crane
with more than one axle. The vehicle has 2 inflexibly docked front axles and 2 or 3
restricted steered rear axles. The steering modes of "public road" and "offroad" are
distinguished between.
In "public road" the axles 4 and 5 are usually steered elektrohydraulically, the other rear
axles are blocked in the straight position or rear axle are as rigid axles carried out.
Presupposed axle 3 is steerable, it can be activated in very narrow bends with low speed
additionally.
In "offroad" all steerable rear axles are moved in several steering programs. The vehicle
speed is in this case limited.
4.1.2 Safety Concept
In case of failure, the steering system forces the steered axle into fail-safe state by
switching off fail-safe digital outputs.
On this vehicle the fail-safe-state is defined as locking the axles 4 and 5 in the actual
position.
Since the auxiliary steering system of the rear axles consists of two to a large extent
independent steering-systems, only in each case an axle can break down because of
accidental errors. This means that the majority of the axels remains under the control of the
driver, the vehicle remains controllable. Possibly no steering-program can be chosen any
more. After a further switch-on of the steering mode "public road is acting.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Safety-related components are:
1. The two safety steering computers which contain fail safe hardware and software for
self test.
2. the MOBIL ELEKTRONIK safety angle transducers containing two electrical
independent angle transducers,
3. components for measurement and limitation of speed,
4. the hydraulic components of the steering system.
CAUTION:
Dont tamper with speed limitation or speed measurement installations as
those are vital for vehicle safety!
If disabled, the vehicle may turn uncontrollable, if the steering system goes
to fail-safe state at high speed as axles may not be in straight position.
MOBIL-ELEKTRONIK can not be held responsible for any damage that
results of tampering with speed related functions!
The safety concept of a steering system based on the SLC 019 410 / 019
102 can only meet the high demands of a steering system for public road,
if all system components are assembled, installed and serviced and used
according the specifications of MOBIL ELEKTRONIK.
4.1.3 The Steering Computer
The safety steering computer SLC 019 410 and SLC 019102 has been developed for
hydroelectric control of rear axle steering systems. The steering computers are approved by
TV and correspond to the requirements of DIN V 19 250 class 4, equal to EN954-1
category 3 (fail-safe with self test).
Safety digital outputs are available, with which the control system can be brought into a
secure state. The steering-computer SLC 019 410 possesses about 8 outputs, SLC 019 102
about their 4.
The parameterization can be carried out about the serial interface RS232 of a personal
computer connected onto the SLC 019 410/102 or about a CAN-diagnosis unit. The
MOBILE ELEKTRONIK PC-Service Software and the CAN-diagnostics terminal takes
over the communication with the steering computer and offers further extensive diagnosis
and auxiliary functions next to the parameterization.
The steering-behavior and the monitoring functions of the steering-system are tuned by
parameters with the vehicle. The parameters may be changed only in agreement with
MOBIL ELEKTRONIK and the vehicle manufacturer. The parameters for security reasons
are checked against unauthorized manipulation.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.1.4 Safety Hints
The vehicle is equipped with electronic / hydraulic steered axels. These are at forward and
backward movement without limit effective.
If the buzzer of the steering system gets active while driving or if the error lamp is lit, the
steering system is in fail-safe state. The axles will be led in the fail-safe-state, it will either
be centered, locked in the current position or (in case of self tracking axles) set to self
tracking mode. However, fail-safe state can result in reduced performance of the vehicle
and it may have to be steered with special attention (e.g. tracking stability and tracking
performance will decrease).
In case of service and setting-jobs in the pivot area of the axels it is to be guaranteed that
the axle can not move. This can for example occur by shutdown of the hydraulics supply
(engine off) or by blocking of the axle.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.2 Overhaul
4.2.1 Daily Check (Departure Control)
If there is no oil level control device, the oil level of the steering system has to be
checked before departure
When switching on the ignition, the lamp / buzzer test has to be observed. On power
up, error lamp and buzzer are activated 2 times.
Check if the manual override for the fail safe circuits check valve is unlocked.
4.2.2 Semiannual checks
If there are errors of priority 1,2 or 3 in the error log memory, trained service staff
have to be informed, to carry out appropriate steps to eliminate the cause of the errors.
Check if all parts of the steering system are firmly fixed and show no signs of
corrosion. Corroded safety critical parts have to be replaced
The angle transducer actuation is to be tested for firm seat and especially for corrosion.
Eroded parts must be exchanged.
Control of the hydraulic oil filters. The pollution display of the hydraulics filter must
not come with high engine speed into the red field. For the inspection the oil must have
operating temperature. In case of attaining of the yellow field the filter should be
replaced.
The steering cylinder should not have any leakage nearby the sealing of the rod.
Furthermore the rod should not show any grooves. If the cylinder shows any damage it
has to be replaced.
At the screw joints of the hydraulics of the steering no appreciable oil leakage must be
to be found.
Check the correct function of the vehicle speed limitation ( if planned in the project).
With loss of the steering system (Pulled fuse) the vehicle speed is limited.
4.2.3 Check every 2 years or every 200 000 km
Change the hydraulics fluid and the backflow filters.
4.2.4 Check every 4 years or every 400 000 km
Change the hydraulic accumulators.

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.3 Steering functions

4.3.1 Operation of the Steering System
4.3.1.1 Steering mode public mode and offroad
There is a lockable switch, with which the steering system can be brought into the steering
mode Offroad (switch activated ) or into the steering mode "Public Road" (switch not
activated).
In the steering mode "Public Road" axle 4 and 5 will be moved in the opposite direction of
the front axle. In this steering mode axle 3 remains in the straight position, or it is executed
generally rigid.
In the steering mode Offroad all available axles can be moved in the steering programs
All Wheel Steering, Crab Steering, Swing Out Suppression or Manual Steering.
Rigid axles are generally lifted. The vehicle speed is limited.
During the changing from "Public Road" to "Offroad" the steering behavior changes
according to the parameterization in "All Wheel Steering", "Swing Out Suppression" or
remains with the behavior of "Public Road. The changing into Public Road is possible
from all steering programs.
4.3.1.2 Steering Programs
The steering has to the operation digital inputs, with which the axels can be moved in
different steering-programs. Following steering programs are available:
Public-Road:
Axle 3 remains blocked in straight position or is executed rigid, axle 4 and 5 steer
according to the front axle. This steering program must be chosen for the ride on public
roads. Only in this steering program no speed limit occurs.
All-Wheel-Steering:
The axles are steering according to a programmed geometry concerning the front axle.
This steering program increases the maneuverability in case of bend rides, the vehicle
speed is limited.
Narrow-Bend:
This steering program corresponds to the behavior of the "All Wheel Steering", and
can be activated however in Public Road for narrowings on a short-term basis. The
steering-program "Narrow Bend" is activated in Public road by turning on the switch
"All Wheel Steering" and is left automatically at higher speed (for example 20 k.p.h.,
P_34) . First of all, the steering program is preselected with speeds under for example
20 k.p.h. (P_31), the lamp flashes. With underflow of a further speed of for example 5
k.p.h. (P_32) steer all axles with.
Manual-Steering:
The rear axles are steering according to the position of the front axle and a manual
operation through routing keys on the rear axle. In this case all axles remain in a
geometrically correct position to each other. In this steering program the vehicle speed
is limited.
Crab-Steering:
The rear axles steer equidirectionally and with same angle as the front axle. The
vehicle will move always to a large extent parallel to his longitudinal direction. In this
steering-program the vehicle speed is limited.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Swing-Out-Suppression:
The axles are aligned so that the swinging out of the vehicle end is minimized. For this
purpose does not steer the last axle anymore with, but moves in the straight position.
The other rear axles steer equidirectionally to the front axle in a suitable angle. In this
steering-program the vehicle speed is limited.
Every selectable steering-program has a lamp to display the steering-program. A flashing
lamp shows in this case a new steering-program, a permanently bright lamp shows the just
acting steering-program.
The change between the steering-programs is carried out as soon as all axles stand
correctly to each other. This can occur through:
Catching of the axles with the front axle, the axles are taken along separately from
the front axle.
moving the vehicle with a speed of more than 2 k.p.h., the axles move self
continuously onto the corresponding set point.
for so long the corresponding steering program button remains pressed in the standstill
of the vehicle, the axles move self continuously onto the corresponding setpoint
greater movements at the front axle in the standstill
4.3.1.3 Overview of steering programs
SWITCH MANUAL
PUBLIC ROAD/
OFFROAD
BUTTON BUTTON
ALL WHEEL ALL WHEEL,
DIAGONAL,
MANUAL
SWING OUT Swing
NARROW PUBLIC ALL SUPRESS out
BEND ROAD WHEEL supress
DIAGONAL
PUBLIC ROAD OFFROAD

picture 2:overview steering programs
4.3.1.4 Further control elements

As further control elements a lamp "Error" and a buzzer are available.
The error lamp does not light in normal operation. It flashes or lights up with an error in
the steering-system.
The buzzer sounds with every new occurred error for approx. 0,5s and at operation error at
changing the steering program.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.3.2 Special functions
4.3.2.1 Axle synchronization

When a change of steering mode takes place, there is a need for transitional movements
between different setpoints. These movements are referred to as synchronization
movements.
Conditions for synchronization movements are as follows:
1. angular speed of movement is limited
2. geometrically correct relation between the axles is maintained where possible. An
exception is transition to crab steering mode and transition from crab steering mode to
an all wheel steering mode (public road or offroad). There all steered axles move
independently.
3. In order to minimize the risk of someone is hurt by unattended axle movement when
the vehicle is at stand still, movement is only allowed if at least one of the following
conditions is true:
vehicle speed > 1km/h
the steering wheel is turned (steering movement)
in offroad mode: one of the steering mode or steering control keys is held
the optional digital input synchronize axle is active
4.3.2.2 Error reactions

Errors in the steering system are displayed with the error lamp and signaled with a buzzer
besides.
Acting errors are displayed always with the error lamp.

Once occurred errors are to "Ignition off" acting, independently of whether the error
cause still exists.
The error buzzer sounds besides if the vehicle is during the occurrence of the error in
motion.
The error buzzer sounds at every start in the error state.
An acting error is hold automatically in the error log memory
Hint
A current error remains at least acting up to ignition off!
You find a full description of the errors and their displays in chapter 6.
4.3.2.3 Speed limitation

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
In Public Road the vehicle speed is not limited. In all other steering-programs the vehicle
speed is limited on 20 k.p.h..
The vehicle speed is limited if an error is recognized by the steering system. If the affected
axle can be held in the straight position, the speed limit is cancelled
4.3.2.4 Output for speed threshold

The steering-electronics has a digital output, that becomes acting (+24V) as soon as the
measured vehicle speed falls below a programmed threshold. The parameter 29 is to be
indicated in k.p.h..
The exit is deactivated again if the threshold is exceeded (0V). A hysteresis of 3 k.p.h.
avoids frequent switching.
4.3.2.5 Option Rigid Axle

A vehicle can be equipped with liftable rigid axles. The rigid axle is in Public Road
lowered and lifted in Offroad.
Output-signal:
To avoid unnecessary tire abrasion the steering system offers an output signal which
approves the lowering of the rigid axle first if the rear axles stand correctly.
The signal "Release rigid axle lift/lower" becomes acting, when:
- Public Road is selected
- all axles stand in the correct position
Input signal:
The optional input signal "rigid axle lowered" is used by the steering to limit the steering
angle at the rear axles if the rigid axle is lowered. With acting signal the steering-angles of
the rear axles are limited on angles which are adjustable in parameter P_36. This occurs
only in the steering-programs "Diagonal" and "Swing Out Suppression"
4.3.3 Monitoring functions
4.3.3.1 Speed measurement

The SLC 019 410 evaluates two independent inputs for the speed measurement.
The calibration of the speed inputs can be done by setting scaling factors (WIZ1: P_16,
WIZ2: P_17).
The SLC 019 410 compares the two calculated speeds and causes an error at exceeding of
the speed difference programmed in P_73.
4.3.3.2 Monitoring of the locking position

Every steering-axle can be locked in the straight position. In this position the axle is
blocked hydraulically and if available locked with a bolt mechanically. The steering
computer checks the position of the axle and reports deviations from this position.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Die maximal zulssige Abweichung aus der Geradeausstellung kann in Parameter P_78
eingestellt werden. Kehrt die Achse innerhalb 0,5s in den zulssigen Bereich zurck erfolgt
keine Fehlermeldung.
The maximally possible deviation from the straight position can be set in parameter P_78.
If the axle returns into the permissible range within 0,5s no error report occurs.
4.3.3.3 Monitoring of Steering Deviation

To meet high safety demands and to assure robust operation at the same time, the SLC
provides for dynamic monitoring of the steering tolerance. This function consists of three
functional parts:
1. Control of inverse movement
The first part of the function watches over direction of axle movement. If the axle moves to
the wrong direction for more than the time defined in P_96 (inverse axle movement) an
error is generated. This function is independent from the vehicle speed.
2. Control deviation monitoring
The second part of the function monitors the absolute control deviation of the steered axle.
If the allowed deviation is exceeded for a defined time, an alarm is raised. The allowed
control deviation depends on the vehicle speed and can be determined by factory
parameters.
control-
deviation
[]
area of immediate alarm
P_102 area of delayed alarm
P_103 P_106
P_104
allowed area
P_105
v1 v2 v3 v4 speed
P_98 P_99 P_100 P_101 [km/h]
picture 3: deviation monitoring
3. Exceeded control deviation monitoring

High deviation raises an alarm immediately, as a second deviation threshold is exceeded.
This second threshold is formed by a programmable ratio out of the first threshold (P_106).
4.3.3.4 Lamp Test

After the start up is turned on, the steering computer tests the connected lamps. The control
lamps and buzzers are pulsed twice in a time span of 2,5 seconds.
Note:
The driver/operator has to check the correct function of all lamps and buzzers when
starting up the vehicle.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.3.3.5 Parameter Set Guarding
The steering computer can be applied to various system requirements by setting parameter
values. These parameter values can be modified by different means (CAN hand held tester,
on print diagnostic display or PC using PCS). As to prevent unauthorized modification of
factory parameters, P_52 to P_254 are guarded by checking on a signature (CRC) written
in P_40.
After power on, the steering computer checks on compliance of parameter settings and
signature. In case of a discrepancy a alarm 31,19,0 is raised. However, to allow for
system optimization, for the first 5 minutes after power-on, apart from alarm indications,
there will be no effect on system behavior. After 5 minutes the alarm 31,19,1 is raised
and the steering system locks all steered axles in center position. This state can only be left
by switching power off and on again.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.4 Hydraulics Pressure Supply of the Steering System

Hydraulics Load-Sensing System (HLS)
HSL provides for hydraulic load depending pressure by means of hydraulic compensators
(e.g. open center load sensing) or by bias of a pressure controlled hydraulic pump (e.g.
closed center load sensing).
However, it is not advisable to share a pump with other working gear that may be
demanding hydraulic supply the same time as the steering system.
Open center load sensing usually works with an independent fixed displacement pump
since all the hydraulics fluid not needed for an axle movement, will be bypassed to tank.
Because only a small numbers of components are needed, the advantages are high
reliability at low price compared to other solutions.
If no steering movement is needed, the entire oil flow from the pump is bypassed to tank,
with very low system pressure. System and engine do not dissipate much power.
However, if high steering force is demanded, even small quantities of oil consumed by the
axle cause considerable power dissipation, which may cause oil heating.
When driving with the engine at high number of revolutions, permanently doing steering
maneuvers, there is a danger of oil overheating. If such operation modes happen
frequently, tank volume has to be enlarged sufficiently or a temperature monitoring gear
has to be used.
In applications where a big span of number of revolutions has to be covered, a pump with
volume flow limitation should be used.
To avoid overheating at stand still, the steering system switches off the hydraulics after a
period of time, even if there is a small (but sustained) angle deviation.
Hydraulics will be reactivated if at least one of the following conditions is true:
Setpoint values are changed
Steering program keys are operated
Movement of the front axle
Vehicle movement
Closed center load sensing uses a controllable hydraulic pressure supply in order to
minimize energy dissipation as only small quantities of hydraulic fluid at high pressure are
demanded.
Due to limited efficiency of controlled pumps, this approach still can take advantage of the
treatment of sustained deviation described before.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.5 Manual Emergency Operation

If the steering system is in fail safe state while the hydraulics supply is still working, the
axle can be moved using auxiliary manual controls to allow for repair or to prepare for
limp home.
1. The check valve that locks the axle has to be opened by pushing down and turning
clockwise the cap of the check valves solenoid. It has to be made sure, nobody is
within reach of the axles steering range.
2. To move the axle, open the proportional valves by pressing a blunt tool (e.g. Allan key)
in the center of the rubber-sealed solenoid caps.
3. after turning the axle to the desired angle, the check valve has to be unlocked to allow
for proper operation!
auxiliary manual control

lock
rubber cap
solenoid B solenoid A
picture 4: Manual Emergency Operation
CAUTION:
The manual override for the fail safe circuits check valve allways has to
be unlocked except when actually using the auxiliary manual control.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.6 User Interface for Service and Diagnosis

ESCAPE key: - quit current menu
- move input cursor to the left
MINUS key: - one menu point back.
- Subtract value by 1
PLUS key: - one menu point forth
- increase value by 1
ENTER key: - enter selected menu.
- confirm/save value.
- move input cursor to the right
4.6.1 Entering the Service Menu
The service menu can be entered by pressing ENTER and ESC simultaneously.
No error
>
ESC
Press simultaneously for at least 3 seconds
Service menu is entered as soon as the display text 'i/o data display' comes up. The choice
of following submenus can be done:
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
picture 2: operating the steering computer, overview of services

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.6.1.1 Entering Access Codes

To ensure only authorized persons can change parameter values and do axle alignments, an
access code has to be keyed in order to use those services.
Opposed to entering the alignment menu, where a access code has to be entered for access,
in the parameter menu, the pass code needs to be entered before the first new value can be
stored. This allows for reading out parameters without knowing the pass code.
4.6.1.2 Using the Parameter Value Menu

The steering computer can be applied to various system requirements by setting parameter
values. These parameter values can be modified by different means (CAN hand held tester,
on print diagnostic display or PC using PCS). As to prevent unauthorized modification of
factory parameters, P_52 to P_254 are guarded by checking on a signature (CRC) written
in P_40.
By use of parameter values the steering system receives information on:
details of the steering system as maximum steering angles, type of angle transducers,
measurement and use of vehicle speed;
hydraulics configuration, valve specific data;
supplementary functions as special steering modes or special monitoring functions;
control loop adjustment.
Those values are stored in non volatile memory (EEPROM).
The submenu parameter can be accessed as described in section 4.6.1.
On activation of the parameter menu, the user is prompted to key in the parameter number
he wants to access.
A number is keyed in digit by digit. A cursor (underscore character) marks the digit that
can be changed by pressing PLUS and MINUS. A every digit has to be confirmed by
pressing ENTER. The previous digit can be accessed by pressing ESC. Pressing ESC
when the cursor is at the leftmost digit, the number input mode is exited.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
4.6.1.2.1 Reading Out Consecutive Parameters

After choosing the first parameter number, the parameters value will be displayed.
Pressing ENTER again, will show the next parameter number etc.
4.6.1.2.2 Key In Parameters

To change a parameter value, the cursor has to be move left by pressing ESC to the first
digit to be changed.
After changing the digit by using PLUS and MINUS, the digit has to be confirmed by
pressing ENTER.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Pressing ENTER moves the cursor one digit to the right. Pressing ENTER at the rightmost
position stores the value. When this is done for the first time since entering the parameter
menu, the user is prompted for a pass code.
Before storage, the value is checked on limits stored in the PLC. If the value doesnt
correspond to those limits, the limits are displayed.
Pressing any key, the user returns to number input mode.
4.6.1.3 Alignment
For axle alignment (alignment of the angle transducers) the middle, leftmost and rightmost
position of the axle have to be taught in. In normal steering operation mode, the steering
computer uses those stored values for the translation of sensor values to axle angles values.
The alignment of an angle transducer is done in several steps:
- choose a axle
- alignment of the center position
- mechanical left stop
- mechanical right stop
After teaching in the angle transducer the values have to be transferred to the memory
separately.
4.6.1.4 I/O-Data Display

Using the 'i/o data display' all process input/output data can be displayed (digital and
analog inputs and outputs). The submenu 'i/o data display' can be accessed as described in
section 4.6.1.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
On pressing ENTER, the display shows the status of digital inputs 1 to 8.
A total of 19 views can be accessed using PLUS and MINUS.
Sequentially several IO-data can be displayed:

digital inputs
analog inputs
PWM outputs
analog outputs
digital outputs
incremental inputs
4.6.1.5 Error Memory

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
All errors which have been occurred are stored in an EEPROM memory and are kept
without supply. The error memory contains 32 storage positions each providing 3 error
codes (location, kind of error, priority).
In order to simplify the reason for the errors they are subdivided in location, kind of error
and priority.
Location and kind of error describe the defective area:
Location: e.g.: angle transducer track 1 of axle 1
Kind: e.g.: cable break, tolerance....
The priority defines the reaction of the system in case of an error:
Priority 0: Warning, the steering behavior is not affected.
Priority 1: The steering is kept until the axle passes 0 the next time.
Priority 2: The axle is centered immediately (active steering).
Priority 3: Switch off in the secure state (setting the axle hydraulically free)
To read or erase the error memory with the diagnosis terminal please select the menu 'error
memory' as described in Chap.4.6.
4.6.1.5.1 Reading the error memory

The error memory mode is activated with the ENTER-key. The display changes to the first
error storage position. The error memory mode can be left any time by pressing the ESC-
key.
Pressing the PLUS- and MINUS-key the errors can be read one after the other. At the end
of the error memory (position 32) the display jumps back to position 1 automatically.
As soon as an error 255, 255, 255 appears in the display there are no further errors written
in the memory. Thus the error position before is the last error message written to memory.
If the error memory is erased completely there are only 255 contained.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
error number: 1
code:001 001 003
ESC
Previous error Next error
4.6.1.5.2 Erasing the Error Memory

The error memory can be erased at any state of display in the error memory mode.
error number: 1
code:001 001 003
ESC
Keep pressed for 3 seconds
After having pressed the PLUS-key for at least 3 seconds the erase process can be started
by confirming the request message appearing on the display.
error memory
clear ?
ESC
Do not erase Erase
Pressing the ESC-key the memory will not be erased. The display changes to the error
memory mode again. Pressing the ENTER-key starts the erasing process.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
While the memory is erased the progress is displayed on the second line of the display.
After the memory has been erased all storage positions are set to 255. The display
automatically changes to the first position.
The menu 'error memory' can be left by pressing the ESC-key.
4.6.1.6 Display of the software version

Single parts of the software and the date of modification can be verified regarding their
software version number. This function is only necessary for the surveillance of
modifications of the steering computer and is usually meaningless for the user.
4.6.2 Display of Operational Data
After switching on the steering system the software version and date of the steering
computer will be displayed.
After about 5 seconds the display automatically changes to the show the operational status.
As long as no key is pressed the error display stays active during the operation of the
steering computer.
4.6.2.1 Display in error-free operation

MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
In addition to the message 'no error' there is a '>' sign moving from left to right in the
second line. This means the steering computer is working and the software program is
running.
4.6.2.2 Display of the Actual Errors
As soon as an error is recognized in the steering computer the display changes to the error
memory. All single codes (location, kind of error, priority) of the error are shown. If there
are several errors pending at the same time the display automatically changes to the next
error position every 2,5 seconds. If all error causes are repaired the display changes back to
the error-free operation.
4.6.2.3 Display of faulty parameters
For each software parameter there is a minimum and maximum value. If the value stored in
the EEPROM memory is not valid i.e. if the value lies not within the allowed range there
will be a message generated on the display. The error may only be erased by reprogram-
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
ming a valid parameter value. The value range of the parameters is shown in the parameter
list.
4.6.2.4 Display of Operational Data

The display of operational data is activated by the ENTER-key. The display content
changes into the operational data mode. The ESCAPE-key allows to return to the error
display. If there is no key pressed for 5 minutes the screen jumps back to the error display
automatically.
In the operational data mode there are several displays available. The selection of the
displays is done by the PLUS-key and MINUS-key.
setp: 0.00
ramp: 0.00
ESC
Previous display Next display
Display of the Steering Pole

Display of the actual steering pole with x- and y-coordinates.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
PX: 17116.79
PY: 4817.76
ESC
Display of Steering Setpoint

Display of the actual steering setpoint [+/- ]. The steering setpoint is resulting from the set
point generator and other physical quantities like speed, pressure a.s.o.
The second line shows the internal setpoint which is damped by a setpoint ramp. This
value is taken for the internal steering control process.
Position of the axles

The nominal angle and the actual angle of an individual axle is displayed. The values are
given in [].
Output of the Proportional Amplifiers

Output of the proportional amplifiers driving the proportional valve solenoids A and B of a
individual axle. The values are given in [%]. The setpoint shown in the display contains a
range from 0 to 100%. 100 % corresponds to an output voltage of +24V.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Maximum Steering Deviation

The maximum deviation is displayed in []. This value defines the error surveillance of the
steering computer. The axle shown is the axle which had this deviation.
Display of the Steering Program

Display of the actual and the new steering program (encoded).
Vehicle speed
Display of the calculated (filtered) vehicle speed. The data is used for the calculation of the
steering geometry. The vehicle speed is calculated from the values of the speed sensors.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Speed sensors
Display of the actual measured speed signals (not the calculated / filtered values).
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
5 Summary of Parameters
The parameters 0 to 51 are customer parameters, they are freely programmable.

The parameters above 52 are ME factory parameters, they are protected by a signature.
Complete valid parameter sets can be transmitted and written by using the PC service
software.
Customer parameters XXXXXXX.PAR:
Step Text Value Change Description
0 Y-coordinate 8190 Distance between the front axle and
front axle the most rear axle
0 ... 9999 [mm]
1 Y-coordinate 1650 Distance between steered axle 1 and
steered axle 1 the most rear axle (in most cases = 0)
0 ... 9999 [mm]
steered axle 2 the most rear axle(not used)
0 ... 9999 [mm]
0 ... 9999 [mm]
0 ... 9999 [mm]
5 Y-coordinate steering 3520 Distance between the steering line
line (virtual rigid axle) and the most rear
0 ... 9999 [mm] axle in all wheel steering
6 Mechanical stop 240 Max. mechanically limited steering
steered axle 1 angle of the electronic-hydraulically
0...900 [0,1] steered axle (rear axle 1).
0...900 [0,1] steered axle (rear axle 2). (not used)
front axle angle of the front axle
0...900 [0,1]
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
11 Mechanical angle 0 Max. mechanically limited angle of a
setpoint generator manual setpoint generator
0...900 [0,1]
12 Max. steering angle 235 Maximum used angle of the steered
axle1 axle 1 in normal operation.
0...900 [0,1]
axle 2 axle 2 in normal operation.
0...900 [0,1] (not used)
0...900 [0,1] (not used)
0...900 [0,1] (not used)
16 Calibration of speed 1 3000 Factor to align the number of pulses
0...6500 [10 Imp/km] for the measurement of speed 1
17 Calibration of speed 2 3000 Factor to align the number of pulses
0...6500 [10 Imp/km] for the measurement of speed 2
18 Front axle angle for 0 The programmed angle of the front
steering suppression axle does not result in a steering
0 ... 900 [0,1] movement of the rear axles.
19 Lower pressure level 0 Pressure threshold for the
0 ... 200 [bar] accumulator charge valve in hydraulic
accumulator systems.
20 Upper pressure level 0 Switch-off threshold for the
0 ... 200 [bar] accumulator charge valve in hydraulic
accumulator systems.
21 Reserve 0
22 y-coordinate of the 3520 Distance between the steering line
steering line in (virtual rigid axle) and the most rear
normal operation axle in all wheel steering mode.
0 ... 9999 [mm]
23 Reserve 0
24 Enable special 0 x|x|x|1 : Display of pressure built-up
functions 1 x|x|1|x : Pressure-dep. Setpoint ramp
x|1|x|x : Reserved
1|x|x|x : Suppression of small angles
(0 on the respective position switches
the function off)
25 Reserve 0
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
26 Enable special 0001 x|x|x|1 : Switch-off hydraulic at dev.
functions 3 x|x|1|x : Reserve
x|1|x|x : Reserve
1|x|x|x : Reserve
(0 on the respective position switches
the function off)
27 Reserve 0
28 Warning speed for 20 With a speed above the programmed
special steering value the buzzer will sound in order
programs to warn the driver.
0 ... 100 [km/h]
29 Speed threshold for 20 Exceeding this threshold an digital
digital output output will be switched.
0...199 [km/h]
30 Time to enable the 2 If the steering program narrow bend
steering program is triggered but had not become
narrow bend active, after this time it will be reset
0...120 [minutes] automatically.
31 Max. speed to trigger 20 To trigger the steering program
steering program narrow bend the vehicle speed must
narrow bend be lower than this value.
0...199 [km/h]
32 Speed to activate a 5 A triggered steering program narrow
triggered steering bend will get active at a speed lower
program narrow than this parameter.
bend
0...199 [km/h]
33 Begin of reducing the 10 Above this speed the behavior
steering line in narrow bend will be shifted to the
narrow bend behavior in public road.
0...30 [km/h]
34 End of reducing the 19 Above this speed the steering
steering line in program narrow bend will be
narrow bend changed to public road
0...30 [km/h]
35 Max. difference 0 Max. difference between rear axles
between rear axles can be limited (in crab steering)
0...200 [0,1]
36 Reserve 0
37 Selection of CAN- 0 A combination of 8 different CAN
diagnostic messages messages can be selected.
0...255 [bin]
38 Version for set of 100 This parameter can be used to
parameter organize different sets of parameters.
0 ... 9999 This value it displayed on the LCD
after startup.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
39 Signature for 9636 The signature surveilles the factory
parameter 52 to 254 parameters concerning changes of the
0 ... 9999 parameter programming. If factory
parameters and signature are nit
matching the steering system can bot
be activated and the error message
L31,19,1 is displayed.
40 Reserve 0
41 Selection of J1939- 1013 A set of CAN messages can be
CAN-messages selected.
0...3333
42...47 Reserve 0
48 Closed-loop gain 40 Closed-loop gain of the steering
steering axle 1 controller of the steered axle 1
0...99 [%]
0...99 [%]
0...99 [%]
0...99 [%]
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
Factory Parameter *.PAR:
52 Axle configuration 11 Control configuration steering axle 1:
steering axle 1 10: Self-tracking axle with bypass
valve
11: Non self-tracking axle with
check valves
13: Self-centering axle
14: Axle with mechanical
locking device
53 Axle configuration 0 See P_52
steering axle 2
steering axle 3
steering axle 4
56 Steering velocity 12 Limitation of the steering velocity
steering axle 1 0 : no limitation
0 ... 99 [/sec]
0 ... 99 [/sec]
0 ... 99 [/sec]
0 ... 99 [/sec]
60 Reserve 0
61 Steering velocity for 5 Steering velocity for:
special functions centering, bus stop function, axle
1 ... 99 [/sec ] synchronization, ...
62 General setpoint 15 Limitation of the velocity for the
velocity setpoint ramp
0 ... 99 [/sec] 0000 : no limitation
63 Number of axles to 1 Configuration of the steering computer
be steered 1 ... 4 concerning the number of steered axles.
64 Selection of angle 0 Configuration of the angle
transducers measurement:
0: two tracks, contrary sense
1: two tracks, same sense
99: one track
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
65 max. tolerance of the 10 Difference between track 1 and track 2
angle transducers leading to an error message.
0...30 [%]
66 max. deviation of the 150 Deviation of the sum of track 1 and
voltage sum track 2 leading to an error message.
0...300 [mV] (only when angle transducers are
evaluated in contrary sense).
67 Reserve 0
68 Change of steering 21 Configuration of steering programs
programs x|x|x|0 : no change
x|x|x|1 : change allowed
x|x|0|x : selection by keys
x|x|1|x : selection by switches
69 Selection of manual 0 0 : Setpoint via digital inputs
setpoint generators 1 : Setpoint via angle transducers
70 Steering angle 30 Reduction speed:
reduction, lower From this speed limit the steering angle
threshold will be reduced linear with growing
0...50 [km/h] speed. (smaller than locking speed -
5km/h !)
71 Steering angle 50 Locking speed:
reduction, lower If this speed limit is reached the rear
threshold axle will be locked.
0...60 [km/h]
72 Speed measurement 52 Configuration of speed measurement:
0|0|y|x: x = sensor 1
y = sensor 2
9|9|y|x: redundant measurement is
switched off
0: Initiation switch 1 and 2
1: ABS sensor 1 and 2
2: CAN-ABS
3: Initiation switch 3 and 4
4: magnetic wheel 040 010
5: CAN-Tacho
73 max. deviation of the 50 If the speed signal deviation exceeds
speed signals the programmed value an error
1 ... 200 [0,1km/h] message is created.
74 Tolerance time for 8 Tolerance time for the deviation of the
speed deviation speed signals until an error message is
0 ... 300 [s] created.
75 Reserve 1
76 Valve opening for 55 Valve opening for the axle movement
alignment in the alignment mode.
0 ... 99 [%]
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
77 Time for increase of 500 When the key is pressed down in the
the proportional axle alignment mode the output signal
output in the for the proportional valve is increased
alignment mode to the maximum value within the
0 ... 2000 [10ms] programmed value.
78 Drift from 15 If the locked axle is moving from the
0-position 0 position for more than the program-
0 ... 100 [0,1] med value an error message is created..
79 Reserve 0
80 Selection of the 0 Configuration of the pressure supply:
pressure supply 00 : Hydraulic load sensing (HLS)
01 : Accumulator system (SLS)
10 : Electrical load sensing (ELS)
81 ELS Pmax 0 (only ELS)
0...99 [%] maximum system pressure
82 ELS Pmin 0 (only ELS)
0...99 [%] minimum pressure kept constantly
83 ELS dead band 0 (only ELS)
0...999 [0,1] If the deviation exceeds the program-
med value the pressure is increased.
84 ELS steepness 0 (only ELS)
0...999 [0,1] The pressure reaches its max. value if
the deviation is equal to this value
85 ELS decrease time 0 (only ELS)
0 ... 99 [s] The pressure is decreased to the min.
value as soon as the axle reaches its
nominal value.
86..87 Reserve 0 Reserve for ELS and SLS systems
88 Min.cent.pressure 0 Minimum pressure in the centering
40 ... 195 [bar] accumulator
89 Min.steer.pressure 70 Minimum pressure in the steering
90 Max.steer.pressure 0 Maximum pressure in the steering
91 Max. charging time 0 The charging time of the hydraulic
1 ... 120 [s] accumulators after power-on may not
exceed the programmed time.
92 Min. charging time 0 The charging time may not be shorter
1 ... 10 [s] than the programmed time.
93 Min. charging time 0 The charging time of the centering
centering accumulator may not be shorter than
accumulator the programmed time.
1 ... 10 [s]
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
94 Tolerance time 0 Tolerance time for monitoring the
centering pressure pressure switches at the centering
switches cylinder.
1 ... 20 [s]
95 Reserve 0
96 Max. inverse axle 20 Monitoring inverse axle movement:
movement An axle movement to the wrong
0 ... 50 [%] direction exceeding this value causes a
system fault.
97 Tolerance time 150 Deviation monitoring:
steering deviation If the tolerance time ends a fault is
0 ... 1000 [10ms] generated
98 Speed threshold v1 3 Deviation monitoring:

0 ... 100 [km/h] P_102 contains the maximum allowed
steering deviation for the speed range
v1...v2 programmed in this parameter.
between v2 and v3 (v3 > v2 !)
between v3 and v4 (v4 > v3 !)
steering deviation for the speed > v4
102 Control deviation 60 Deviation monitoring:
at v1 A bigger deviation than this value will
0 ... 200 [0,1] cause a fault after the dead time (P_97).
Valid in the speed range v1...v2
Valid in speed range > v4.
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
106 Deviation factor 200 Deviation monitoring:
0,150,200,300,400 If a deviation exceeds this factor at the
[%] levels P_102 to P_105 an error is
instantly generated.
107 Reserve 0
...
111
112 Selection of axles to 0 If digital input axle centering is
be centered activated the programmed axles are
0 ... 255 [bin] centered:
1: axle 1
2: axle 2
3: axle 1 and 2
4: axle 3
113 Selection of axles to 0 If steering program all wheel steering
be locked is activated the programmed axles are
0 ... 255 [bin] locked:
1: axle 1
2: axle 2
3: axle 1 and 2
4: axle 3
114 Reserve 0
...
115
116 Error reactions 0 Configuration of error reactions:
1|x|x|x : emergency switch-off in case
x|1|x|x : Reserve
x|x|1|x : Reserve
x|x|x|1 : Reserve
117 Steering speed of the 300 If the steered axles are not in line with
front axle for the steering geometry after power-on or
synchronization of steering program change they will be
the steered axles synchronized as soon as the front axle
0 ... 1999 [0,01/s] moves with the programmed speed.
118 Reserve 0
119 Min. steering speed 0 Reduction of the steering speed:
0 ... 99 [%] The global setpoint ramp (P_62) is
reduced depending on the deviation of
each axle until the programmed value
is reached
P_62 must be programmed
0 = no reduction of the steering speed
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
120 Lower steering 100 Reduction of the steering speed:
speed depending on In case of steering deviations the global
the steering setpoint ramp (P_62) is reduced linear
deviation between P_120 and P_121.
0 ... 2000 [0,01] Only active if P_119 > 0!
121 Upper steering speed 300 Reduction of the steering speed:
depending on the In case of steering deviations the global
steering deviation setpoint ramp (P_62) is reduced linear
0 ... 2000 [0,01] between P_120 and P_121.
Only active if P_119 > 0!
122 Steering speed 0 Reduction of the steering speed:
depending on the Lower pressure threshold for a setpoint
pressure, lower value ramp depending on the pressure (has to
0 ... 200 [bar] be < centering pressure.)
123 Steering speed 0 Reduction of the steering speed:
depending on the Upper pressure threshold for a setpoint
pressure, upper value ramp depending on the pressure (has to
0 ... 200 [bar] be > lower pressure value)
124 pulswith for axle 50 To reduce small deviation in axle
regulation position this parameter pulses the
0..500 [ms] proportional valve
125 Reserve 0
126 SLC-ID 1 In a CAN network the SLC are using
0...5 different CAN-IDs
128 Configuration of 0 See wiring diagram
... digital inputs P_128=43, P_129=4100, P_131=200,
143 P_132=300, P_133=506, P_134=4,
P_136=110
144 Configuration of 0 See wiring diagram
... digital outputs P_144=8, P_146=1000, P_147=1200,
167
P_148=911, P_152=100, P_160=700
168 Reserve
...
175
176 Axle 1 in alignment 4 In alignment mode this value is
mode displayed instead of axle 1
0...10
0...10
0...10
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
0...10
180 Front axle in 1 In alignment mode this value is
alignment mode displayed instead of poti 1
0...10
181 Front axle 2 in 0 In alignment mode this value is
alignment mode displayed instead of poti 2
0...10
182 Reserve 0
...
187
188 Reserved 0 Reserved for prop.-valve resistors
...
191
192 Valve overlap 35 Valve overlap of the proportional valve
steered axle 1 of steered axle 1. Value is given in %
0...99 [%] of the nominal valve voltage
196 Reserved 0
...
199
200 Max. voltage of the 50 Ratio of supply voltage and nominal
proportional valve voltage of the proportional valves.
0 ... 99 [%] e.g. 12V-valve at 24V-supply. = 50%
201 max. ELS-voltage 0 Ratio of supply voltage and nominal
0 ... 99 [%] voltage of the ELS valve.
202 PWM-frequency 0 Clock of the pulse-width modulated
[Hz] power amplifiers.
203 Reserved 0
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
204 Configuration of 3333 x|x|x|3 : DO1 + DO2 not monitored
cable break detection x|x|x|2 : DO2 not monitored
at DO 1 ... 8 x|x|x|1 : DO1 not monitored
0 ... 3333 x|x|x|0 : both monitored
x|x|x|0 : DO1 and DO2
x|x|y|x : DO3 and DO4
x|y|x|x : DO5 and DO6
y|x|x|x : DO7 and DO8
205 Configuration of 3333 x|x|x|0 : DO9 + DO10 monitored
cable break detection x|x|y|x : DO11 and DO12
at DO 9 ... 16 x|y|x|x : DO13 and DO14
y|x|x|x : DO15 and DO16
206 Configuration cable 3300 x|x|x|0 : PWM1 + PWM 2 monitored
break detection at x|x|y|x : PWM 3 + PWM4
PWM 1 ... 8 x|y|x|x : PWM 5 + PWM6
y|x|x|x : PWM 7 + PWM8
207 Configuration cable 3333 x|x|x|0 : PWM9 + PWM10 monitored
break detection at x|x|y|x : PWM11+PWM12
PWM 9 bis 16 x|y|x|x : PWM13+PWM14
y|x|x|x : PWM15+PWM16
208 Reserved 0
...
209
210 Reaction at axle 1 1 x|x|x|1 : DO1 monitored
onto cable breaks at x|x|x|2 : DO2 monitored
DO 1 to 8 x|x|x|3 : DO1 + DO2 monitored
2|x|x|1 : DO1 + DO8 monitored
03333
03333
03333
03333
214 Reserved 0

239
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
240 Configuration 0
... inverse digital inputs
249 DI1...25
250 Input resistance 0
analogue inputs
251 Input resistance 0
digital inputs
252 Reserve 0
...
255
MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK
GMBH SLC 019 410 / SLC 019 102
6 Alarm List
The alarm list is as available as a separate document Alarm list Terex-Demag V0200.pdf
Alarm List Steering System page 1 of 28
SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa
Hint:
The alarm list can be used with the following steering systems:
- SLC 019 410, SLC 019 102 (AC200, AC250, AC350, AC110, AC130)
- SLC 018 302 (AC55)
- SLC 019 113 (AC200PT)
Alarm codes assigned to an axle are ment from a view of the steering computer. If several steering computers
are used on one vehicle determine the concerning axle by using the system structure scheme.
Structure of the error memory:

All errors which have been occurred are stored in an EEPROM memory and are kept without supply. The error
memory contains 32 storage positions.
In order to simplify the reason for the errors they are subdivided in location, kind of error and priority.
Location and kind of error describe the defective area:
Location: e.g.: angle transducer track 1 of axle 1
Kind: e.g.: cable break, tolerance....
The priority defines the reaction of the system in case of an error:
Priority 0: Warning, the steering behavior is not affected.
Priority 1: The steering is kept until the axle passes 0 the next time.
Priority 2: The axle is centered immediately (active steering).
Priority 3: Switch off in the secure state (setting the axle hydraulically free)
Reading the error memory:

To read or erase the error memory, please select the menu 'error memory':
- Press the buttons ENTER and ESC simultaneously for at last 3 seconds.
- Select the item 'error memory' from the menu and press ENTER. The first entry of the error stack will be
displayed.
The reading of the error memory can be left by the pressing the button ESC.
Additional details to the actual entry can be displayed on operating the ENTER key.
Pressing the PLUS or MINUS keys the errors can be read one after the other. At the end of the error memory
(position 32) the display jumps back to position 1 automatically.
As soon as an error 255, 255, 255 appears in the display there are no further errors written in the memory. Thus
the error position before is the last error message written to memory. If the error memory is erased completely
there are only values of 255 contained.
Erasing the error memory:

The error memory can be erased at any state of display in the error memory mode.
After pressing the PLUS key for at least 3 seconds the erase process can be triggered by confirming the request
message appearing on the display. The ESC key will cancel erasing the error memory.
Alarm list Terex-Demag V0200 englisch.doc

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa
Alarm list:
Loc Type of alarm Prio Description, troubleshooting
1 Reserve

4
5 Digital outputs 05 = DO1 09 = DO5 13 = DO9 17 = DO13
06 = DO2 10 = DO6 14 = DO10 18 = DO14
07 = DO3 11 = DO7 15 = DO11 19 = DO15
19 08 = DO4 12 = DO8 16 = DO12
02 Cable break 1 Cable break detected at the according output. The wiring has to be
checked.
Notes for troubleshooting:
By doing a resistance measurement at the contacts of the 54-pole plug with the
steering computer removed, the single valve solenoid coils can be checked. The
typical solenoid coil resistance of switching valves is in the range of 15 to 30 ohms.
If a number of outputs detect cable break at the same time this could be caused by
a cable break of a common return wire.
If the problem can not be located by measuring the solenoid coil resistance, check
the common return wire for too small cross-section.
03 Short circuit 3 Short circuit detected at the according output. The wiring has to be
checked!
By doing a resistance and voltage measurement at the contacts of the 54-pole plug
with the steering computer removed, the kind of short circuit can be found out.
Short circuits to ground potential or to +24 V supply voltage are possible. At the output
contacts voltages higher than 3 V are not permitted.
05 Parameter setting 3 Internal configuration error of the steering computer.

12 > max. value 3 Internal configuration error of the computer. This error can only be
removed by the manufacturer.
20 PWM outputs 20 = PWM1 (proportional valve axle 1 solenoid A)
21 = PWM2 (proportional valve axle 1 solenoid B)
22 = PWM3 (proportional valve axle 2 solenoid A)
29 23 = PWM4 (proportional valve axle 2 solenoid B)

02 Cable break 1 Cable break detected at the according output. The wiring has to be
checked.
By doing a resistance measurement at the contacts of the 54-pole plug with the
steering computer removed, the single valve solenoid coils can be checked. The
typical solenoid coil resistance of proportional valves (9 V solenoid coils) is in the
range of 2.0 to 3.5 ohms.
If a number of outputs detect cable break at the same time this could be caused by
a cable break of a common return wire.
If the problem can not be located by measuring the solenoid coil resistance, check
the common return wire for too small cross-section.
03 Short circuit 3 Short circuit detected at the according output. The wiring has to be
checked!
Disconnect the solenoid coils and check if the alarm persists after power-cycling the
steering computer. If the alarm persists check the wiring.
If the alarm disappears check the solenoid coils with the help of an ohm-meter
(compare the resistance of the coils and check for short circuit of a coil to vehicle
ground).
05 Parameter setting 3 Internal configuration error of the steering computer.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

30 Power supply
02 Cable break 0 The power supply of the steering computer out of the ignition
(terminal 15) is not available.
In normal operation the 'ignition fuse' signal hat to be active all the time. Check the
fuses.
04 Plausibility 0 The power supply of the steering computer out of the ignition
(terminal 15) is not plausible.
The delay between the ignition signal and the alternator signal is too
short. The steering computer assumes a short circuit between the
two signals.
In normal operation the 'ignition fuse' signal has to be active first. The 'alternator fuse'
signal must be delayed at least for 1 second. It must be active only with engine
running.
Note: this test can lead to false alarms when the engine is started before the steering
computer self-test is completed. It has been disabled in recent software versions.
09 +24 V supply 0 Cable break or blown fuse of the redundant power supply of the error
lamp
Measure with disconnected steering computer at the according contact of the 54-pole
plug or use the PCS-software to display the inputs. The according input must have a
+24 V level all the time.
10 5 V reference 1 The 5 V reference supply output at contact 34 exceeds the allowed

tolerance range! Check the wiring of the connected angle
transducers and pressure sensors for short circuit!
The 5 V reference voltage output supplies the angle transducers and the pressure
sensors. With the steering computer connected, contact 34 must be set to 5 V. If the
voltage deviates, the angle transducers and sensors should be disconnected one after
the other to find out the faulty connection.
Additionally check the shields of the connected sensors.
11 5 V external 1 The 5 V supply for external components at contact 33 exceeds the

allowed tolerance range! Check the wiring of the connected angle
transducers and pressure sensors for short circuit!
Refer to '5 V reference'.
12 > max. value 3 Power supply voltage exceeds maximum value!

UBAT at contact J12.1 is higher than 30 V!
13 < min. value 3 Power supply voltage is below minimum value!
UBAT at contact J12.1 is lower than 14V!
31 Speed > 0 1 Power supply voltage is switched on at a vehicle speed higher than
10 kph. The power supply is not secure, check the wiring!
There may be a loose contact in the power supply wiring. Has the vehicle been
towed?
31 Parameter
04 Plausibility 3 Memory error in the parameter range. This error can only be
removed by the manufacturer.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

05 Parameter setting 2 Incorrect values inside the parameter set. The steering computer
uses the defined default value for the concerning parameter.
Correct the value of the parameter shown on the display.
19 Deviation 0 The parameters do not match to the valid configuration. The

validation code has to be programmed to parameter P_39.
The steering system will be operational for 5 minutes.
Load a valid parameter set using the PCS software.
19 Deviation 1 The parameters do not match to the valid configuration. The

validation code has to be programmed to parameter P_39.
The 5 minutes testing period has passed. The steering system is
switched off.
Load a valid parameter set using the PCS software.
32 Pressure sensor
02 Cable break 1 No signal available from the pressure sensor. Check the wiring!
Check the output voltage of the sensor with the steering computer connected. The
voltage must be in the range of 0.5 V - 4.5 V. The check can be done by using a
voltmeter or the input/output display function of the PCS.
04 Plausibility 0 The signal from the pressure sensor is faulty. Check the wiring!
Check the output voltage of the sensor with the steering computer connected. The
voltage must be in the range of 0.5 V - 4.5 V. The check can be done by using a
voltmeter or the input/output display function of the PCS.
26 Build-up pressure 1 Pressure signal is not plausible while pressure is built up. Check the
pressure sensor and the pressure supply.
The pressure signal has to increase if the charging valve is opened and no steering
movements occur.
27 Pressure 1 Pressure signal is not plausible while pressure is decreasing. Check

decreasing the pressure sensor and the pressure supply.
The pressure signal has to decrease if the charging valve is closed and steering
movements are done.
33 Pressure supply
05 Parameter 3 Faulty setting of the hydraulic supply parameter in step P_80.
09 Level 0 Cable break of sensor or low oil level in the tank.
Check the oil level. In normal operation the monitoring input should be +UBAT.
12 > max. value 3 The hydraulic oil pressure is higher than the maximum value defined
by parameter P_90. Check the hydraulic supply.
13 < min. value 3 The hydraulic oil pressure is lower than the minimum value defined
by parameter P_89. Check the hydraulic supply.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

26 Build-up pressure 1 The hydraulic pressure could not be built up after the ignition and the
'engine running' signal have been on and the time set in P_91 has
passed. Check the pressure supply and the pressure sensor.
Check the 'engine running' (charge indicator) input to be only set if the engine is
already running. Check the hydraulic supply and the pressure sensor.
45 Maintenance 0 The pressure filter is clogged. The filter monitoring sensor is

indicating that state.
Check the oil filter. In normal operation the monitoring input should be +UBAT. The
alarm can be caused by the filter monitoring sensor as well.
47 Breakdown 0 The oil flow sensor of the main hydraulic pump indicates no oil flow
with running engine.
Check the oil flow sensor and the main hydraulic pump. In normal operation the
monitoring input should be +UBAT.
34 Engine running
02 Cable break 0 The engine speed signal is available on the CAN bus but indicated
as faulty.
The engine controller has failed.
04 Plausibility 0 The engine speed signal is received on the CAN bus but indicated as
not available.
The engine controller has failed or has a faulty configuration.
06 Time-out 0 The engine speed signal is not received on the CAN bus.
The engine controller has failed or the engine controller CAN bus is not connected.
31 Speed > 0 1 The 'engine running' signal is off while te vehicle speed is higher
than 20 kph.
Check the wiring of the 'engine running' (charge indicator) signal.
35 Pressure accumulator
04 Plausibility 1 The hydraulic accumulator charge time is lower than the defined
minimum value.
Check the pressure rise during changing. Probably the pressure accumulator has to
be replaced.
36 Redundant power supply

02 Cable break 0 The redundant power supply out of the alternator is not available
(terminal 91) while the engine is running.
Check the 'alternator fuse' signal. It has to be +UBAT while the engine is running. Check
the fuse.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

04 Plausibility 0 The redundant power supply out of the alternator is set while the
engine is not running. The steering system assumes a short circuit to
+UBAT.
In normal operation the signal 'ignition fuse' must be active before 'alternator fuse'.
The engine must not be started 1 second after the ignition is switched on.
Refer to alarm 30,04,0.
38 Wheel driven pump

04 Plausibility 0 The wheel driven pump signal is not plausible. It is checked against
the vehicle speed.
The signal of the wheel driven pump has to be active if the vehicle speed is higher
than 10 kph. At standstill it has to be off.
39 Off-road switch
04 Plausibility 0 The off-road signal is not plausible. It is read redundantly on different
steering computers.
Check the off-road signal on all available steering computers.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

40 Angle transducer 40 = rear axle 1
42 axle x track 1 42 = rear axle 2
44 44 = rear axle 3
46 46 = rear axle 4
48 48 = front axle 1
Note:
The alarm codes refer to the single steering computer. If several
steering computers are used on one vehicle determine the
concerning axle by using the system structure scheme.
02 Cable break 1 The angle transducer feedback voltage is inside the cable break
detection range. Check the wiring of the indicated angle transducer.
Check the angle transducer feedback voltage by using a voltmeter of the PC-Service-
Software. Check the 5 V supplies of the angle transducer for cable break as well.
Feedback voltage > 4.8 V:
Short circuit of the angle transducer output (slider) to terminals J10.4, J2.11 or
+UBAT.
Cable break between angle transducer output and terminal J2.2.
Angle range of the angle transducer exceeded.
Feedback voltage < 0.2 V:
Short circuit of the angle transducer output (slider) to terminal J2.2 or ground.
Cable break between angle transducer and terminal J10.4.
Cable break between slider and angle transducer.
Angle range of the transducer exceeded.
For a more detailed check unplug the steering computer and measure the following
resistance values at the open connectors:
Measure the resistance between terminals J10.4 and J2.2. The resistance has to be
approximately 1000 Ohms (750 - 1250 Ohms) because two angle transducer tracks
are connected to each 5 V supply. If the measured value differs, a cable break/short
circuit either on the 5 V side or the ground side may be present.
05 Parameter 0 Incorrect setting of parameter P_64.

17 Total for track 1/2 2/3 Total of slider voltages is implausible. The second angle transducer
track may have reversed supply voltage connections. Error priority
02 for setpoint value sensors, 03 for axles
Hints for troubleshooting:
For vehicles in use: The angle transducer may be damaged or there may be a
wiring problem. Check the linearity of the angle transducer voltages. If there is
currently no obvious problem with the angle transducer, check bearings of the
sensor, cable, connectors and crimp-connections.
If the bearing of the angle transducer is damaged, check if there is a problem
with the coupling when replacing the angle transducer.
During commissioning: Display the angle transducer voltages with the PCS. When
steering the main pivot from the left limit stop to the right limit stop, the voltage on
track 1 on the relevant angle transducer should increase. With the correct voltage
curve on track 1 (increase in voltage when turning to the right), track 2 of the angle
transducer is being powered incorrectly, with the incorrect voltage curve (decreasing
voltage when turning to the right), track 1 of the angle transducer is being power
incorrectly. On the relevant rack, swap the cables to the PINs for powering the
relevant track.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

18 Deviation of 2/3 The angle determined between track 1/2 deviate by more than the
tracks 1/2 value programmed in parameter P_65. Error priority 02 for setpoint
value sensors, 03 for axles
Hints for troubleshooting:
For vehicles in use: proceed as described in Total for track 1/2
During commissioning: The angle transducer also needs to be calibrated
41 Angle transducer 42 = rear axle 1

45 45 = rear axle 3
47 47 = rear axle 4
Note:
02 Cable break 1/2/3 The angle transducer feedback voltage is inside the cable break
detection range. Check the wiring of the concerning angle
transducer.
Priority for single track failure 1
Priority for both track failure 2 or 3
Check the angle transducer feedback voltage by using a voltmeter of the PC-Service-
Software. Check the 5 V supplies of the angle transducer for cable break as well.
Feedback voltage > 4.8 V:
Short circuit of the angle transducer output (slider) to terminals J10.4, J2.11 or
+UBAT.
Cable break between angle transducer output and terminal J2.2.
Feedback voltage < 0.2 V:
Short circuit of the angle transducer output (slider) to terminal J2.2 or ground.
Cable break between angle transducer and terminal J10.4.
Cable break between slider and angle transducer.
For a more detailed check unplug the '5 V external' signal from the steering computer
and measure the following resistance values at the open wire end:
Measure the resistance between terminals J2.11 and the open wire end. The
resistance has to be approximately 2000 Ohms. If the measured value is deviating a
cable break/short circuit either on the '5 V external' side or the ground side occurs.
11 5 V external 1 The '5 V external' supply voltage is out of tolerance. Check the wiring
of all connected angle transducers and pressure sensors for short
circuit.
The '5 V external' supplies the angle transducers as well as the pressure sensors.
Check the voltage output with active steering computer at terminal J2.11 to be 5 V. In
case of deviations disconnect the angle transducers and pressure sensors one after
the other to determine the faulty connection. Check the shields of the angle transducer
and pressure sensor cables as well.
52 Speed 1
02 Cable break 0 The CAN bus speed signal is indicated as faulty.
Check the devices providing the speed signals (ABS controller, speedometer).

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus speed signal is indicated as not available.
Check the configuration of all devices providing the speed signals (ABS controller,
speedometer).
05 Parameter 1 Speed source parameter set incorrectly.

Check parameters P_16, P_17 and P_72.
06 Time-out 0 The CAN bus speed signal is not received by the steering computer.
18 Deviation 0 The deviation between signals 'speed 1' and 'speed 2' exceeds the
tolerance of parameter P_73. The CAN bus speed signal is still
available.
Check the speed signals during a test run.
18 Deviation 1 The deviation between signals 'speed 1' and 'speed 2' exceeds the
tolerance of parameter P_73. Both speed signals are not available.
Check the speed signals during a test run:
Has the speedometer been recalibrated?
Have the tyres been replaced by different size tyres (diameter)? Adapt WIZ
parameter P_17.
Using inductive proximity switches? Check the distance between switch and metal.
53 Speed 2

speedometer).
06 Time-out 1 Both CAN bus speed signals are not received by the steering
computer.
54 Speed 3

speedometer).

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa


SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

55 Steering angle 55 = rear axle 1
56 monitoring axle x 56 = rear axle 2
57 57 = rear axle 3
58 58 = rear axle 4
Note:
05 Parameter 2 At least one of the steering angle monitoring parameters is set to an
incorrect value.
13 < min. value 0 The axle does not move as it is expected or the axle does not move
at all. Check the hydraulic supply pressure. Is it possible to steer the
axle while the vehicle is standing still?
19 Deviation 3 The allowed control deviation is exceeded longer than defined in
P_97. The axle did not reach the correct position.
Note: The allowed control deviation varies with the vehicle speed.
Check the maximum steering forces needed.

Check the hydraulic supply pressure and oil flow.
Check if the axle is blocked mechanically (e. g. by a road hole).
30 Inverse 3 The axle moves to the opposite direction than expected by the
movement steering computer.
During commissioning:
Check the angle transducer sense of rotation and the proportional valve polarity.
For vehicles in service:
The proportional valve spool might be sticking inside the valve body.
Check the angle transducer linkage to the axle to be free of play.
37 v1 < v < v2 0 Warning

Control deviation tolerance has been exceeded for a short time at a
vehicle speed between v1 and v2 (parameters P_98 and P_99).
Check the available steering speed of the axle and the hydraulic supply.



SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

40 v > v4 0 Warning
vehicle speed higher than v4 (parameter P_101).
41 Factor 3 Control deviation tolerance has been exceeded by more than the
factor of parameter P_106. The axle is switched off immediately.
Check the axle steering forces and the hydraulic supply (oil flow and pressure).
59 Tag axle
04 Plausibility 0 The hydraulic supply for the tag axle is not available.
Check the tag axle hydraulic supply.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

60 Alignment of angle 60 = rear axle 1
62 transducer 62 = rear axle 2
66 66 = rear axle 4
Note:
04 Plausibility 3 The alignment values of the concerning angle transducer are
incomplete or faulty.
Repeat the alignment procedure for the concerning axle. Execute all alignment steps.
42 0 alignment 3 The 0 alignment value stored inside the steering computer memory
is outside the tolerance range 2350 mV - 2650 mV.
Repeat the 0 alignment of the axle.
43 Left alignment 3 The left lock alignment value stored inside the steering computer
memory is out of tolerance.
Repeat the left lock alignment of the axle. The angle transducer feedback voltage at
left lock has to be lower than 2000 mV. Probably the angle transducer linkage has to
be modified.
44 Right alignment 3 The right lock alignment value stored inside the steering computer
Repeat the right lock alignment of the axle. The angle transducer feedback voltage at
left lock has to be higher than 3000 mV. Probably the angle transducer linkage has to
be modified.
31 Speed > 0 0 During alignment a vehicle speed higher than 10 kph is detected.
Check the speed sensors. Do not move the vehicle during alignment.
61 Alignment of angle 61 = rear axle 1

63 transducer 63 = rear axle 2
67 67 = rear axle 4
Note:
04 Plausibility 3 The alignment values of the concerning angle transducer are
incomplete or faulty.
Repeat the alignment procedure for the concerning axle. Execute all alignment steps.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

42 0 alignment 3 The 0 alignment value stored inside the steering computer memory
is outside the tolerance range 2350 mV - 2650 mV.
Repeat the 0 alignment of the axle.
43 Left alignment 3 The left lock alignment value stored inside the steering computer
Repeat the left lock alignment of the axle. Probably the angle transducer linkage has
to be modified.
44 Right alignment 3 The right lock alignment value stored inside the steering computer
Repeat the right lock alignment of the axle. Probably the angle transducer linkage has
to be modified.
72 CAN operating
terminal
06 Time-out 0 The CAN bus connection to the operating terminal is interrupted.
Check the CAN bus wiring to the operating terminal as well as the power supply of the
operating terminal.
74 Software
46 Overload 0 The maximum cycle time of the steering computer is exceeded and
therefore not constant any more.
For synchronous remote systems a constant cycle time is very important. Does this
warning occur frequently?
Has the system been modified?
75 CAN connection
06 Time-out 0 The CAN communication failed.
Check the CAN bus wiring as well as the power supply of the CAN bus nodes.
12 too high 0 The number of activated CAN bus messages is too high to be
executed by the steering computer.
Check the CAN bus message configuration.
76 Control panel
04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus control signals are invalid.
06 Time-out 0 The CAN bus control signals are not available.
77 Axle configuration
05 Parameters 1 At least one of the parameters P_52 to P_55 holds a wrong
configuration.
Check parameters P_52 to P_55.
78 Steering suppression
05 Parameters 0 Parameter P_18 is set to an incorrect value.
Check parameter P_18.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

79 Rear angle reduction
05 Parameters 0 Parameter P_70 or P_71 is set to an incorrect value.
Check parameters P_70 and P_71.
80 Global steering set-point ramp

05 Parameters 0 At least one of the parameter P_119 to P_121 is set to an incorrect
value.
Check parameters P_119 to P_121.
81 Fuse monitoring
09 Level 0 The digital input used for fuse monitoring is not active.
Check redundant fuse (3 A) inside the alarm lamp supply and the wiring.
82 Centring unit
02 Cable break 1 Cable break to the pressure sensor of the centring unit.
Check the wiring of the pressure sensor and the sensor itself.
83 Steering program keys

04 Plausibility 0 The operating elements for steering program selection are faulty or
not used correctly. The steering computer will not accept any further
steering program command.
Check the steering program keys for locked keys or short circuit of their wiring.
05 Parameters 0 Parameter P_112 and P_128 are set to incorrect values.

84 Steering line reduction

05 Parameters 3 Parameter P_70 or P_71 is set to an incorrect value.
21 Locking cycle 3 The axle locking after finishing the steering line reduction failed.
The steering program 'narrow bend' shall be finished automatically. However the axle
could not be locked.
85 Tilt-out suppression
05 Parameters 3 Incorrect parameter setting. The tilt-out suppression cannot be
activated.
Check parameter setting.
86 Speed limit
04 Plausibility 3 The vehicle speed is higher than 30 kph with active speed limiter.
Check the wiring of speed limit signal as well as the speed limiter of the vehicle.
87 CAN master

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

06 Time-out 0 The CAN bus connection to the master steering computer is timed
out.
Check the CAN bus wiring and the power supply (fuses) of the master steering
computer.
18 Deviation 0 The front axle angle measurement differs too much from the CAN
bus value received from the master steering computer.
Check measured angles. Execute the front axle alignment procedure again.
47 Breakdown 0 Failure of the master steering computer. Alarms occurring on the

master steering computer.
Check the master steering computer. Probably parts of the steering function are not
available.
88 CAN slave 1
06 Time-out 0 The CAN bus connection to the slave 1 steering computer is timed
out.
Check the CAN bus wiring and the power supply (fuses) of the slave 1 steering
computer.
bus value received from the slave 1 steering computer.
47 Breakdown 0 Failure of the slave 1 steering computer. Alarms occurring on the

slave 1 steering computer.
Check the slave 1 steering computer. Probably parts of the steering function are not
available.
89 CAN slave 2
06 Time-out 0 The CAN bus connection to the slave 2 steering computer is timed
out.
Check the CAN bus wiring and the power supply (fuses) of the slave 2 steering
computer.
bus value received from the slave 2 steering computer.
47 Breakdown 0 Failure of the slave 2 steering computer. Alarms occurring on the

slave 2 steering computer.
Check the slave 2 steering computer. Probably parts of the steering function are not
available.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

90 Axle locking 90 = rear axle 1
91 91 = rear axle 2
92 92 = rear axle 3
93 93 = rear axle 4
Note:
16 Drift 3 Deviation of the axle from the aligned (0) locked position. Axle could
not be locked. The deviation tolerance is defined by parameter P_94.
The locked axle has moved out of the locking tolerance area or the axle could not be
steered to the locking position exactly enough to activate the locking.
New alignment of the axle.
Check the angle transducer linkage to the axle to be free of play. Check the angle of
the axle during a test run of the vehicle. The axle must not move more than 0.5.
Does the axle deform in curves? Does the angle change on suspension movements?
21 Locking cycle 3 The axle is not retained after a complete locking cycle.
Check the centring switch of the mechanical locking.
22 Unlocking cycle 3 The axle cannot be steered after a complete unlocking cycle.
Check the centring switch and the compressed air supply.
23 Locking state 3 The centring switches of the axle locking are not in correct position.
Check the centring switches.
24 Unlocking state 1 The centring switches of the axle locking are not in correct position.
Check the centring switches and the compressed air supply.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

95 Actuator test axle x 95 = rear axle 1
96 96 = rear axle 2
97 97 = rear axle 3
98 98 = rear axle 4
Note:
23 Locking state 1 The axle can be steered with active locking (check valves not
powered).
Check valves leaking?

Check valves opened manually?
Check the axle mechanics to be free of play.
Air inside the hydraulic system can cause this alarm too. Bleed the hydraulics.
32 Check valves 3 The axle can be steered with active locking (check valves not
opened powered).
Check valves faulty or leaking?
33 Check valves 3 The axle cannot be steered with open locking (check valves
closed powered).
Check valves faulty or necessary steering forces too high.
34 Bypass valve 3 Bypass valve failure (open/close).

35 Centring function 3 Only on axles with centring system:
Axle cannot be centred.
Probably the steering-forces are too high to centre the axle.
36 Hydraulic locking 3 Only on axles with centring system:

of the centring
The centring part of the cylinder cannot be locked hydraulically.
cylinder
Check the non-return valve at the cylinder.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

99 Ground breaker relay
03 Short circuit 2 The relay current is higher than the output of the steering computer
can drive.
Check the relay for short circuit to +UBAT.
04 Plausibility 0 The ground breaker relay feedback is faulty.

Check the relay and its wiring.
45 Maintenance 0 The ground breaker relay does not open. The contacts seem to stick
in closed position.
Check the relay and especially its contacts.
100 Digital inputs 100 = DI1 105 = DI6 110 = DI11 115 = DI16
101 = DI2 106 = DI7 111 = DI12 116 = DI17
119 102 = DI3 107 = DI8 112 = DI13 117 = DI18
103 = DI4 108 = DI9 113 = DI14 118 = DI19
104 = DI5 109 = DI10 114 = DI15 119 = DI20
04 Plausibility 3 Internal fault of the concerning digital input.
05 Parameters 3 Internal digital input configuration faulty.
12 > max. value 3 Internal digital input configuration faulty.

120 Analog inputs 120 = AI1 123 = AI4 126 = AI7 129 = AI10
121 = AI2 124 = AI5 127 = AI8
129 122 = AI3 125 = AI6 128 = AI9
03 Short circuit 3 Short circuit between analog inputs.

Check the wiring.
04 Plausibility 3 Internal fault of the concerning analog input.

140 Digital inputs via CAN 140 = CAN-DI1 146 = CAN-DI7 152 = CAN-DI13
141 = CAN-DI2 147 = CAN-DI8 153 = CAN-DI14
155 142 = CAN-DI3 148 = CAN-DI9 154 = CAN-DI15
143 = CAN-DI4 149 = CAN-DI10 155 = CAN-DI16
144 = CAN-DI5 150 = CAN-DI11
145 = CAN-DI6 151 = CAN-DI12
05 Parameters 3 Internal digital input configuration faulty.
12 > max. value 3 Internal CAN digital input configuration faulty.


SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

160 Digital outputs via 160 = CAN-DO1 166 = CAN-DO7 172 = CAN-DO13
CAN 161 = CAN-DO2 167 = CAN-DO8 173 = CAN-DO14
175 162 = CAN-DO3 168 = CAN-DO9 174 = CAN-DO15
163 = CAN-DO4 169 = CAN-DO10 175 = CAN-DO16
164 = CAN-DO5 170 = CAN-DO11
165 = CAN-DO6 171 = CAN-DO12
05 Parameters 3 Internal digital output configuration faulty.
12 > max. value 3 Internal CAN digital output configuration faulty.

180 CAN message 'TCO1' Speedometer signal.

02 Cable break 0 The CAN bus signal 'TachoVehicleSpeed' is indicated as faulty.
Check speedometer.
04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus signal 'TachoVehicleSpeed' is indicated as not

available.
Check speedometer.
06 Time-out 0 The 'TCO1' message is not received by the steering computer.

Do other systems on the vehicle raise similar alarms? Check the speedometer and the
CAN bus.
181 CAN message 'EBC2' ABS brake controller signal.

02 Cable break 0 The CAN bus signal 'WheelSpeedInfo' is indicated as faulty.
Check ABS control unit.
04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus signal 'WheelSpeedInfo' is indicated as not available.

Check ABS control unit.
06 Time-out 0 The 'EBC2' message is not received by the steering computer.

Do other systems on the vehicle raise similar alarms? Check the ABS control unit and
the CAN bus.
182 CAN message 'CCVS' Cruise control signal.

02 Cable break 0 The CAN bus signal 'CruiseCtrlVehSpeed' is indicated as faulty.
Check cruise control unit.
04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus signal 'CruiseCtrlVehSpeed' is indicated as not

available.
Check cruise control unit.
06 Time-out 0 The 'CCVS' message is not received by the steering computer.

Do other systems on the vehicle raise similar alarms? Check the cruise control unit
and the CAN bus.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

183 CAN message 'EEC1' Engine controller signal.
02 Cable break 0 The CAN bus signal 'EngineSpeed' is indicated as faulty.
Check engine control unit.
04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus signal 'EngineSpeed' is indicated as not available.

Check engine control unit.
06 Time-out 0 The 'EEC1' message is not received by the steering computer.

Do other systems on the vehicle raise similar alarms? Check the engine control unit
and the CAN bus.
184 CAN message 'ETC2' Transmission controller signal.

02 Cable break 0 The CAN bus signal 'CurrentGear' is indicated as faulty.
Check transmission control unit.
04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus signal 'CurrentGear' is indicated as not available.

Check transmission control unit.
06 Time-out 0 The 'ETC2' message is not received by the steering computer.

Do other systems on the vehicle raise similar alarms? Check the transmission control
unit and the CAN bus.
185 CAN message Includes current date and time.

'TimeDate'
02 Cable break 0 At least one of the CAN bus signals for time or date is indicated as
faulty.
Check concerning control unit.
04 Plausibility 0 At least one of the CAN bus signals for time or date is indicated as
not available.
06 Time-out 0 The 'TimeDate' message is not received by the steering computer.

Do other systems on the vehicle raise similar alarms? Check the concerning control
186 CAN message Includes the vehicle mileage.

'VehicleDistance'
02 Cable break 0 The CAN bus signal 'TotalVehicleDistance' is indicated as faulty.
04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus signal 'TotalVehicleDistance' is indicated as not

available.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

06 Time-out 0 The 'VehicleDistance' message is not received by the steering
computer.
187 Reserve
02 Cable break 0 The CAN bus signal ' ' is indicated as faulty.
04 Plausibility 0 The CAN bus signal ' ' is indicated as not available.
06 Time-out 0 The ' ' message is not received by the steering computer.
188 CAN message 'EBC1' ABS/ASR controller signal.

02 Cable break 0 At least one of the ABS/ASR CAN bus signals is indicated as faulty.
Check ABS/ASR control unit.
04 Plausibility 0 At least one of the ABS/ASR CAN bus signals is indicated as not
available.
Check ABS/ASR control unit.
06 Time-out 0 The 'EBC1' message is not received by the steering computer.

Do other systems on the vehicle raise similar alarms? Check the ABS/ASR control unit
and the CAN bus.
189 CAN message 'CAN- Steering operation signals.

Bedien'
02 Cable break 0 At least one of the CAN bus steering operation signals is indicated
as faulty.
Check CAN bus controls.
04 Plausibility 0 At least one of the CAN bus steering operation signals is indicated
as not available.
Check CAN bus controls.
06 Time-out 0 The 'CAN_Bedien' message is not received by the steering

computer.
Do other systems on the vehicle raise similar alarms? Check CAN bus controls and
the CAN bus.
195 Steering control

setting
05 Parameters 3 The parameters for steering control setting are incomplete.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa
Alarms from internal monitoring of the steering computer (U-alarms):

239 Steering computer electronics
1 3 Internal fault.
4 Replace steering computer.
5 3 Parameter storage inside steering computer memory faulty.

Reprogram all parameters be using the PCS.
Replace steering computer.
6 3 Function software inside the steering computer memory faulty.
Download function software again.
7 Internal fault.
19 3 Internal safety switch test failed.

Check digital outputs for short circuit to +UBAT.
20 3 Internal fault.
21 3 Digital output test failed.

36 21 = digital output 1 36 = digital output 16.
99 3 Supply for safety outputs not available.

Check supply voltage.

106 3 Supply voltage of steering computer too high (> 31 V).

Check supply voltage.
107 3 Supply voltage of steering computer too low (> 14 V).

Check supply voltage. Can be caused by weak batteries during starting the engine.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

108 3 Internal temperature too high (> 85 C)
Check temperature of steering computer. Check ambient temperature.

114 3 5 V reference supply output out of tolerance.

Check 5 V reference output voltage.
Check all sensors (angle transducers) connected to the 5 V reference outputs.
115 3 5 V external supply output out of tolerance.

Check 5 V external output voltage.
Check all sensors (angle transducers) connected to the 5 V external outputs.
116 3 Internal safety switch test failed.

121 3 Digital output test failed.

136 121 = digital output 1 136 = digital output 16.
161 3 Digital input test failed.

176 161 = digital input 1 176 = digital input 16.
Check digital inputs for floating voltages.
201 3 Analog input test failed.

208 201 = analog input 1 208 = analog input 8.
Check analog inputs voltages.
221 3 Analog output test failed.

222 221 = analog input 1; 222 = analog input 2.
Check analog outputs for short circuit or too low load resistance.
240 Redundant steering computer

Reserved for future systems.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa
Alarm Codes for Fail-Operational steering system SLC 018 302 / SLC 019 113:
200 Main steering circuit
201 Back-up steering circuit
04 Plausibility 0 The alive signal of the received CAN message is not altering any
more. Data is not valid.
Check CAN bus connection between the steering computers of the two circuits and
their power supply.
06 Time-out 0 CAN connection between both circuits is interrupted.

Check CAN bus connection between the steering computers of the two circuits.
47 Breakdown 0 The opposite steering circuit is out of order. Error-free signal of the
opposite steering circuit is not available any more.
Check the opposite side steering computer alarms.
212 Axle blocked 0 Steering axle is blocked. Both steering circuits switch into a test
mode in order to exclude the proportional valves The warning
message is generated as soon as the test is finished and both valves
are error-free.
210 Bypass valve of main steering circuit
211 Bypass valve of back-up steering circuit
12 Pressure too high 0 Respecting bypass valve is not able to switch the circuit
depressurised. Alarm is generated if the steering pressure is not
decreasing even with bypass active.
Check the bypass valve and the wiring to it.
212 Proportional valve of main steering circuit

213 Proportional valve of back-up steering circuit
03 Short circuit 3 Current of solenoid is too high due to a short circuit to +UBAT.
Check the proportional valve solenoids and the wiring.
206 Always open 3 Proportional valve is stuck in open position or permanently operated
due to a short circuit.
Check the proportional valve solenoids and the wiring. Probably the valve spool is
sticking inside the valve body.
214 Comparison of control deviations

04 Plausibility 0 Both steering circuits exchange the steering deviations by CAN bus
for comparison. Error message is active with too high deviations of
the comparison result.
Do an alignment of the axle on both circuits.
Check the angle transducer linkage to the axle to be free of play. The alarm can be
caused by mechanical deforming of the axle as well.
215 Self test main steering circuit

216 Self test back-up steering circuit

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

200 CAN bus 0 No self test possible because no CAN connection to the opposite
circuit was built up.
Check CAN bus wiring between the two circuits.
201 State of circuits 0 No self test possible because the opposite steering circuit did not
switch into self test mode.
202 Volume flow 0 Volume flow switch is active before engine runs or is not active after
switch start of the engine.
203 Pressure sensor 0 Value of pressure sensor is not valid.
204 Bypass valve 0 Bypass valve of main circuit out of order. Main circuit can not be
main circuit locked or bypassed.
205 Proportional 0 No pressure increase when operating the proportional valve.
valve main circuit Proportional valve can not be actuated.
206 Proportional 3 Steering pressure can not be decreased even if proportional is not
valve main circuit actuated. Obviously the valve is continuously open.
continuously
open
207 Bypass valve 0 Bypass valve of back-up circuit out of order. Back-up circuit can not
back-up circuit be locked or bypassed.
208 Proportional 0 No pressure increase when operating the proportional valve.
valve back-up Proportional valve can not be actuated.
circuit
209 Proportional 3 Steering pressure can not be decreased even if proportional is not
valve back-up actuated. Obviously the valve is continuously open.
circuit open
continuously
210 Self test stopped 0 Self test has been stopped, because
because of - vehicle is driving
synchronization - front axle is steered.
211 Self test stopped 0 Self test has been interrupted by the opposite circuit
because of
opposite circuit

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa
Alarms from internal monitoring of the steering computer (U-Fehler)

239 Self test FR Hardware test 2-channel electronic function controller
240 Self test SR Hardware test 2-channel electronic safety controller
0 Kind of error not 3 No further statements possible. Please note error code of the
available opposite part of the control electronic.
1 Power-on test 3 Probably hardware failure replace steering computer.
internal
4 surveillance
5 Power-on test 3 Error during test of non-volatile data memory. Parameters are
EEPROM needed to be restored.
6 Power-on test 3 Error during test of program memory. Program memory is needed to
ROM signature be flashed.
internal
surveillance
8 Power-on test 3 Error during test of non-volatile data memory. Automatic correction
EEPROM done!
internal
surveillance
21 Power-on test 3 Short circuit of output to ground or +UBAT or short circuit between two
digital output outputs.
Nr. 1 - Nr. 16
36
internal
surveillance
48
51 Power-on test 2. 3 Test of the second switch-off path Check power supply or external
switch-off path voltage at DO1 - DO12 and PWM1 - PWM8.
58
internal
surveillance
101 Cyclic tests 3 Probably hardware failure replace steering computer.
internal
surveillance
105
106 +UBAT > 33 V 3 Supply voltage too high check power supply.
107 + UBAT < 9 V 3 Supply voltage too low check power supply.
108 Temperature 3 Temperature inside housing < -35 C or > 85 C.
monitoring
+ internal
110 surveillance
111 Cyclic tests 2. 3 Test of second switch-off path - Check power supply or external
switch-off path voltage at DO1 - DO12 and PWM1 - PWM8.

SLC019410 / SLC019102 / SLC018302 16.08.2006 / Sa

+ internal
113 surveillance
114 Test VREFEX 3 Error of external reference voltage. Check VREFEX!
115 Test 5VEXT 3 Error of external 5 V supply for sensors. Check 5VEXT!
internal
surveillance
118
120 Error of internal 3 Real-time problem of electronics. Please note concomitants and
communication contact MOBIL ELEKTRONIK. Replace steering computer.
124
126 Error internal 3 Probably hardware failure. Please note concomitants and contact
surveillance MOBIL ELEKTRONIK. Replace steering computer.
139
141 Error digital input 3 Deviation of internal redundant signal. Check if there is a signal
pending with invalid voltage or containing high-frequent pulses.
164
171 Error analog 3 Deviation of internal redundant signal. Check if there is a signal
input pending containing high-frequent pulses.
180
181 Error 2-channel 3 Probably hardware failure. Please note concomitants and contact
digital output MOBIL ELEKTRONIK. Replace steering computer.
196
201 Error surveillance 3 Short circuit of output to ground or +UBAT or short circuit between two
digital output outputs.
216
221 Error 2-channel 3 Probably hardware failure. Please note concomitants and contact
PWM output MOBIL ELEKTRONIK. Replace steering computer.
228
232 Error surveillance 3 Short circuit of output to ground or + UBAT or short circuit between
PWM-output two outputs.
238

02%,/ OLVWRI(&8HUURUV
(/(.7521,.
%ODWW YRQ
*0%+
7KHVWHHULQJXQLW(&8GLVWLQJXLVKEHWZHHQIDXOWVIURPWKHVWHHULQJV\VWHP/IDXOWVDQGHUURUV

IURPWKHVWHHULQJFRPSXWHULWVHOI8IDXOWV
)DXOWVFDXVHGE\VHQVRUVYDOYHVDQGDQJOHWUDQVGXFHUVDUHIDXOWVIURPWKHVWHHULQJV\VWHPIDXOWFRGHV
DUHRIWHQOHDGLQJGLUHFWO\WRWKHGHIHFWLYHSDUW
8IDXOWVDUHGHWHFWHGRQPRQLWRULQJWKHKDUGZDUHRIWKHVWHHULQJFRPSXWHU7KHVHIDXOWVFDQEH
FDXVHGE\LQWHUQDOGHIHFWVRUE\H[WHUQDOSUREOHPV
8IDXOW GHVFULSWLRQ SRVVLEOHVROXWLRQ

8WR8 LQWHUQDOIDXOWRIWKH(&8 UHSODFH(&8
8 IDXOWLQWKHDUHDRISDUDPHWHU UHSURJUDPWKHSDUDPHWHUZLWKWKH
3&6VRIWZDUH
UHSODFH(&8
8WR8 LQWHUQDOPHPRU\IDXOW\ UHWU\IODVKLQJ
UHSODFH(&8
$QHUURURFXUHGZKLOHIODVKLQJGHUPHPRU\
8 LQWHUQDOIDXOWLQPHDVXULQJWLPH UHSODFH(&8
8WR8 LQWHUQDOIDXOWLQKDUGZDUH UHSODFH(&8
8 7HVWRIWKHLQWHUQDOVHFXULW\VZLWFKIDLOHG 0D\EHDQH[WHUQDOVKRUWFLUFXLW
FKHFNZLULQJ
7KHVZLWFKFDQQRWEHRSHUDWHG
UHSODFH(&8
8 LQWHUQDOIDXOWLQKDUGZDUH UHSODFH(&8
8WR8 )DXOWRQGLJLWDORXWSXWV'2ELV' 0D\EHDQH[WHUQDOVKRUWFLUFXLW
FKHFNZLULQJ
7KHVZLWFKFDQQRWEHRSHUDWHG
UHSODFH(&8
8 0RQLWRULQJWKHSRZHUVXSSO\ PHDVXUHWKHSRZHUVXSSO\
UHSODFH(&8
7KHSRZHUVXSSO\KDVEHHQPHDVXUHGDERYH
9
8 0RQLWRULQJWKHSRZHUVXSSO\ PHDVXUHSRZHUVXSSO\
UHSODFH(&8
7KHSRZHUVXSSO\KDVEHHQPHDVXUHGEHORZ
9
8 7HPSHUDWXUHH[FHHGHG &KHFNPRXQWLQJHQYLURQPHQW
UHSODFH(&8
7KHLQWHUQDOWHPSHUDWXUHKDVEHHQPHDVXUHG
DERYH&
8 9UHIHUHQFHYROWDJHRIWKH(&8LVWRRORZ &KHFNZLULQJFKHFNYROWDJH
RUKLJK UHSODFH(&8
8WR8 )DXOWRQGLJLWDORXWSXWV'2ELV' FKHFNZLULQJ
UHSODFH(&8
7KHVZLWFKFDQQRWEHRSHUDWHGZKLOHVWHHULQJ
RSHUDWLRQ
8WR8 )DXOWRQGLJLWDOLQSXWV',ELV', 7KHLQSXWYROWDJHZDVEHWZHHQ9
WR9ZKLFKLVQRWSHUPLWWHG
&KHFNZLULQJFKHFNIRU
7KHLQSXWVFDQQRWEHUHDGFRUUHFWO\ZKLOH LQWHUIHUHQFH
VWHHULQJRSHUDWLRQ UHSODFH(&8
8WR8 )DXOWRQDQDORJLQSXWV$,ELV$, FKHFNIRULQWHUIHUHQFH
*?352-(.7(???;;;?%(',(1$1?8B(5525'2&
02%,/ OLVWRI(&8HUURUV
(/(.7521,.
%ODWW YRQ
*0%+
UHSODFH(&8
7KHLQSXWVFDQQRWEHUHDGFRUUHFWO\ZKLOH
VWHHULQJRSHUDWLRQ
*?352-(.7(???;;;?%(',(1$1?8B(5525'2&
Automatisierungs- und
Lenk-Systeme fr
mobile Anwendungen
Automation- and
Steering Systems
for mobile applications
30 Jahre Systemtechnik in mobiler Anwendung
30 years of system technology in mobile applications
Weltweit erster Hersteller eines elektronisch-hydraulischen
Mehrachs-Lenksystems (1972)
Worlds first company ever to introduce an
electronic-hydraulic multi-axle steering system (1972)
Erstes elektronisch-hydraulisches Lenksystem mit Zulassung

fr den ffentlichen Straenverkehr (1982)
First electronic-hydraulic steering system with
approval for public traffic (1982)
Erster Bus mit elektronisch-hydraulisch gelenkter Antriebsachse (1994)

First coach to be equipped with a steer-by-wire / hydraulic
system in a driven rear axle (1994)
Erster allrad-gelenkter Mobilkran mit elektronisch-hydraulisch

gelenkten Hinterachsen (2001)
First all-wheel steered mobile crane with
electronic-hydraulic steered rear axles (2001)
Standort Langenbeutingen, Sddeutschland
Location Langenbeutingen, Southern Germany
Modernste Produktionssttte mit Hard- und Softwareentwicklung

Modern manufacturing facilities with hard- and software R&D
Eigene Fahrzeughalle und Konstruktion fr Prototypenbau und Versuch
Workshop and construction dept. for prototype assembly and test
Computergesttze, automatisierte Prfsysteme
Computer-based automatic test equipment
Prfstnde fr Klima und mechanische Festigkeit
Test utilities for climate test and mechanical strength
Informations
TEREX DEMAG arbeitet seit 2000 mit MOBIL ELEKTRONIK und
M-SYS Mobil Systems im Bereich elektronisch-hydraulischer
Zusatz-Lenksysteme zusammen.
Diese Systeme werden zur Ansteuerung der gelenkten Hinterachsen
in nahezu allen aktuellen Gerten eingesetzt. Momentan sind dies die
Baureihen AC40, AC50, AC60, AC80, AC110, AC130, AC160,
AC200, AC250 und AC350 sowie alle Neuentwicklungen.
Die nachfolgenden Informationen geben einen berblick ber die
grundlegende Funktion und die Vorteile, welche fr den Kunden und
den Fahrzeughersteller aus dieser Technologie resultieren.
The partnership between TEREX DEMAG and MOBIL ELEKTRONIK /

M-SYS Mobil-Systems in the product range of electronic-hydraulic
steering systems actually lasts since 2000.
These systems are used to control steered rear axles in nearly all
machines, to be named: AC40, AC50, AC60, AC80, AC110, AC130,
AC160, AC200, AC250 and AC350 as well as all new developments.
The following informations give an overview about the system function
and the customers and manufacturers benefits resulting from this
technology.
Funktion elektronisch hydraulischer Lenksysteme
Function of electronic hydraulic steering systems
Elektronisch-hydraulische Lenk-Systeme arbeiten nach dem Prinzip eines geschlossenen Regelkreises:
Der Lenkwinkel der Vorderachse wird mittels eines Winkelgebers gemessen und an das Steuergert
bertragen. Dieses errechnet in Abhngigkeit von der Fahrzeuggeometrie, des gewhlten Lenkprogramms
und der Fahrzeuggeschwindigkeit fr jede gelenkte Hinterachse einen Sollwert.
Die Lenkbewegung wird ber ein Proportionalventil und zwei Lenkzylinder an der Achse umgesetzt.
Die Stellung der gelenkten Hinterachse wird mittels eines Winkelgebers zurckgelesen, mit dem Sollwert
verglichen und entsprechend nachgefhrt.
Dadurch ist stets die korrekte Achsposition gewhrleistet.
The basic function of an electronic hydraulic steering system is a closed-loop control circuit:
The front axles steering angle is measured by an angle transducer and transmitted to the control
electronic. Depending on the vehicle geometry, the selected steering program and the velocity of the
vehicle a setpoint for each steered rear axle is calculated.
The steering movement is actuated by a proportional valve and two steering rams. The position of the
steered rear axle is fed back by an angle transducer, compared to the setpoint and adjusted.
So the correct steering angle is always guaranteed.
Funktionsskizze
Function sketch
1 Winkelgeber Vorderachse
2 Lenkprogramme z.B. Allrad, Hundegang
3 Geschwindigkeit
4 Sollwert
5 Sicherheits-Lenk-Computer
6 Proportionalventil
7 Lenkzylinder
8 Winkelgeber Hinterachse
1 angle transducer front axle

2 steering programs e.g. allwheel, crab steering
3 vehicle speed
4 setoint
5 safety steering computer
6 proportional valve
7 steering ram
8 angle transducer steered rear axle
Warum elektronisch-hydraulisch lenken ?
Why do we steer electronic-hydraulic ?
Herkmmliche Lenksysteme verfgen ber eine mechanische Kopplung aller gelenkten Achsen. Dies
erfolgt entweder ber Schubstangen oder hydraulische Verdrngerkreise. Da der Lenkungsantrieb im
Allgemeinen vorne plaziert ist (Orbitrol oder Servocom) mssen die Lenkkrfte fr alle gelenkten Achsen
durch das gesamte Fahrzeug geleitet werden. Nachteile:
Aufwendige Mechanik (Koppelstangen und Umlenkhebel) notwendig - niedrige Lenkdynamik
Es besteht eine starre Verbindung zwischen allen Achsen, eine variable Lenkstrategie ist nicht mglich.
Vor jedem Lenkprogrammwechsel mssen alle Achsen manuell synchronisiert werden.
Bei Verdrngersystemen entstehen Lenkfehler durch Leckagen in den Zylindern
Aufwendige Verriegelungseinheiten sind notwendig, wenn einzelne Achsen abgeschaltet (zentriert)
werden sollen
VORTEILE DES ELEKTRONISCHEN SYSTEMS:
Jede Achse kann unabhngig ber einen eigenen Lenkantrieb angesteuert werden - hohe Lenkdynamik
Jede theoretisch denkbare Lenkstrategie kann realisiert werden
Die Position der Achse ist immer bekannt wodurch ein Lenkprogrammwechsel auch ohne manuelle
Synchronisation immer mglich ist
Lenkfehler sind ausgeschlossen, weil die Stellung der Achse immer absolut berwacht wird
Die Verriegelung erfolgt hydraulisch - keine klemmenden Verriegelungseinheiten
Warum elektronisch-hydraulisch lenken ?
Why do we steer electronic-hydraulic ?
Traditional steering systems contain a mechanic coupling between all steered axles. This can be done by
using rods or hydraulic displacement circuits. As in most cases the propulsion of the steering system is
placed in the vehicle front (orbitrol or servocom) the steering forces for all steered axles have to be
transmitted through the whole chassis body. Disadvantages resulting:
Costly mechanic (coupling rods and levers) necessary - low steering velocity (dynamic)
Due to the rigid coupling between the axles a variable steering strategy is not possible.
Axles have to be synchronized manually before every change of steering program.
Displacement systems contain permanent steering deviations due to leakage of the rams
Costly locking devices are necessary if single axles have to be switched off (set straight)
ADVANTAGES OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS:

Each axle can be steered by a separate propulsion - high steering velocity
Every steering strategy is possible
The position of each axle is known, so a change of the steering program is possible in every instant and
without manual synchronisation
Steering deviations are excluded as the absolute axle position is always monitored.
The axles are locked hydraulical - no more jammed mechanic devices
Lenkprogramme
Steering Programs
ALLRAD-LENKUNG (STRASSE)
ALL WHEEL STEERING (PUBLIC TRAFFIC)
Beispiel 4-Achser: In niedrigen Geschwindigkeitsbereichen lenkt die 4. Achse

entsprechend der Lenkgeometrie mit. Proportional mit zunehmender
Geschwindigkeit wird die Hinterachse zur Mitte gefhrt. Dadurch wird bei hohen
Geschwindigkeiten der Geradeauslauf verbessert.
E.g. 4-axle mobile crane: In low speed ranges the 4th Axle is steered
according the steering geometry. Proportionally to the increasing speed
the rear axle is steered into straight position. This leads to an improved
tracking performance at high speed.
Lenkprogramme
Steering Programs
ALLRAD-LENKUNG - ENGE KURVE

ALL WHEEL STEERING - NARROW CURVE
Beispiel 4-Achser: Um auch auf ffentlichen Straen eine grtmgliche Rangierfhigkeit zu erreichen
kann unterhalb einer Geschwindigkeit von 5km/h das Sonderprogramm Enge Kurve aktiviert werden.
Hierbei wird die Lenklinie (gestrichelt) in die Fahrzeugmitte verlegt wodurch der Wendekreis verringert wird.
Das Programm wird oberhalb von 20 km/h automatisch deaktiviert.
E.g. 4-axle mobile crane: In order to obtain a maximum manoeuvrability also in public traffic it is possible
to select special program narrow curve in speed ranges below 3mph. The steering line (dotted line)
is shifted to the middle of the vehicle. Resulting from this the turning circle is minimized. The program
is automatically switched off in speed ranges above 12mph.
Lenkprogramme
Steering Programs
ALLRAD-LENKUNG (BAUSTELLE) DIAGONALFAHRT (BAUSTELLE)

ALL WHEEL STEERING (OFF ROAD) CRAB STEERING (OFF ROAD)
Beispiel 4-Achser: Lenkgeometrie fr Gleicher Lenksinn zum seitlichen Verfahren

maximale Manvrierfhigkeit
E.g. 4-axle mobile crane: steering geometry Unisense steering for parallel movement
for maximum manoeuverability
Sonderprogramme
Special Programs
WEGFAHREN VON DER WAND

MANOEUVRING APART FROM A WALL
Wegabhngig gesteuerte Lenkbewegung zur Unterdrckung des Heckausschermaes. Das Lenksystem

errechnet im ersten Moment eine diagonale Lenkstrategie um das Ausscheren des Hecks zu minimieren.
Erst im weiteren Kurvenverlauf wird die diagonale Lenktrategie in eine Allrad-Charakteristik berfhrt
Steering movement in dependance to the distance for swing out suppression. In the first step the
steering system generates a diagonal steering strategy in order to minimize the swing-out of the rear.
Later on in the further course the diagonal steering leads into an all-wheel character.
Funktionale Vorteile fr den Kunden
Customers Functional Benefits
Verringerter Reifenverschlei durch optimale Lenkwinkel mit minimalem Spurfehler

Anpassung der Lenkgeometrie bei nderung der Bereifung einfach mglich
Verbessertes Fahrverhalten in allen Geschwindigkeitsbereichen
Verbesserte Notlenkeigenschaften durch mechanische Entkopplung der Vorderachse(n)
von den Hinterachsen
Automatisierte Synchronisierung der Achsen - Keine manuelle Synchronisierung der Achsen notwendig
Keine Ungenauigkeiten durch Leckage aufgrund der permanenten Regelung
Erhhte Zuverlssigkeit und verringerter Verschlei durch Wegfall der Verriegelungseinrichtungen
und Reduzierung der Anzahl der elektrischen und hydraulischen Baugruppen
Reduced tyre wear due to optimized steering angles and minimized tracking deviation
Adaption of the steering geometry easily possible when changing wheel size
Improved steering behaviour in all speed ranges
Improved emergency steering behaviour as the front axle(s) are mechanically
decoupled from the rear axles
Automized synchronisation of the steered axles - No manual synchronization necessary
No deviations caused by leakage due to the closed-loop operation mode
Increased reliability and reduced wear by drop of mechanical locking devices and reduction
of the electronic and hydraulic components
Konstruktive Vorteile
Advantages in Design
Verzicht auf Schubspurstangen und Koppelelemente zwischen den Achsen schafft Freiheiten
bei der Rahmenkonstruktion
Platzsparende Ventiltechnik - nur eine Ventilbaugruppe pro Achse
Gewichtseinsparung durch reduzierten mechanischen Aufwand
Einbindung der Lenkung in das Gesamtfahrzeug - der leistungsfhige Sicherheits-Lenk-Computer kann
zustzliche Schaltaufgaben im Unterwagen bernehmen (Achse liften, Absttzung usw.)
The lack of push rods and coupling elements between the axles leads to variabilities
in the chassis design
Only one valve device for each axle saves assembling space
Weight reduction due to the reduced mechanical expenditure
The steering system may be integrated into the whole vehicle - the powerful safety steering
computer can do additional tasks in the chassis (lifting of axles, support a.s.o.)
Kosteneinsparungen
Cost Savings
Verzicht auf Schubspurstangen und teure Kupplungselemente, insbesondere bei Fahrzeugen
mit 4 und mehr Achsen
Verzicht auf mechanische Verriegelungseinheiten und Verriegelungszylinder - fr alle Achsen
knnen baugleiche Standard-Lenkzylinder verwendet werden
Verzicht auf zustzliche Initiatoren, Drucksensoren usw.
Reduzierter Verrohrungsaufwand - nur eine Ventilbaugruppe je Achse
Reduzierte elektrische Verdrahtung - weniger Bauelemente
Reduzierter Zeitaufwand bei der Inbetriebnahme
Zielgenaue Diagnose durch umfassendes Diagnosekonzept - dadurch
Zeitersparnis bei der Wartung, der Problemerkennung und Reparatur
Lack of push rods and expensive coupling elements, especially in vehicles with 4 and more axles
Lack of mechanical locking devices and locking cylinders - for all axles the same
standard steering cylinders can be used
Lack of additional initiators, pressure sensors, a.s.o.
Reduced piping expenditure - only one valve device per 1 axle
Reduced wiring - less electrical components
Reduced time expenditure at the start-up
Precise diagnosis due to a complete diagnosis concept - this means savings of time in
maintenance, recognition of problems and repair.
Failsafe-Lenksystem EHLA Multi
Failsafe steering system EHLA Multi
Modulare Systemstruktur
Sicherheitskonzept:
Redundanz auf Achsebene d.h. die im Straenverkehr aktiven Lenksysteme arbeiten vllig unabhngig
voneinander, so da im Falle von Systemfehlern (z.B. Ausfllen von Komponenten, Ausfall der Versorgung...)
keine Auswirkung auf andere Achsen besteht.
Jeder mgliche Systemfehler wird von der Elektronik erkannt und es kommt zur sicherheitsgerichteten
Abschaltung des Systems wobei die Beherrschbarkeit des Fahrzeugs sichergestellt bleibt.
Beim sicherheitsgerichteten Abschalten erfolgt eine redundant hydraulische Verriegelung der Achsen
mittels Sperrventilen. Dadurch ist eine Vergrerung der Fehlstellung ausgeschlossen.
Modular system structure
Safety concept:
Separate steering systems for axles active in public traffic. No influence on each other
in case of system faults (defect of components or lack of supply...)
Every possible system error is being recognized by the electronics and a safety switch-off is
done. The control over the vehicle is secured.
In case of a safety switch-off the axles are hydraulically locked by redundant check valves. So an
increased steering deviation is excluded.
Systemaufbau EHLA Multi System structure EHLA Multi
1. Sollwertgeber setpoint generator

2. Sicherheits-Lenk-Computer safety steering computer
3. Lenkzylinder steering cylinder
4. Istwertgeber Hinterachsen actual value angle transducer rear axles
5. Proportional-Hydraulikeinheit mit integrierten Sperrventilen proportional hydraulic unit with check valves
6. Konstantpumpe fixed displacement pump
7. Anbindung Motor- und Getriebemanagement ber CAN-Bus connection of enginecontrol and gearbox via CAN-bus
Fail-Operational-Lenksystem EHLA FailOp
Fail-operational steering system EHLA FailOp
Redundante Systemstruktur
EHLA FailOp stellt derzeit das in jeder Hinsicht leistungsfhigste elektronisch gesteuerte Lenk-System auf dem
Weltmarkt dar und kann als echtes Steer-by-Wire bezeichnet werden. Fr Fahrzeuge, bei denen im Falle eines
Systemfehlers eine fehlersichere Abschaltung aus Grnden der Fahrzeugbeherrschbarkeit nicht mglich ist
wurde mit EHLA FailOp ein System entwickelt, welches auch im Falle eines Systemfehlers die Lenkfunktion
aufrecht erhlt. EHLA FailOp wird aktuell in der Modulachse AC200 PT sowie im neuen P15.000 eingesetzt.
Sicherheitskonzept:
Redundanz auf Systemebene d.h. alle Systemkomponenten sind doppelt vorhanden.
Aufbau als Master-Slave Struktur mit gegenseitigen berwachungsmechanismen
Steuerungstechnisch werden 2 Sicherheits-Elektroniken eingesetzt, welche Steuerungskategorie 4 nach
EN954-1entsprechen (hchste Stufe im Bereich industrieller Steuerungstechnik)
Redundant system structure

EHLA FailOp represents the most powerful electronic controlled steering system in the world market and
thus can be named as a real steer-y-wire. For vehicles which do not allow a failsafe switch-off due to the
control over the vehicle, EHLA FailOp keeps the system operation alive even in case of system faults.
EHLA FailOp is used in modular axle AC200 PT as well as in new P15000.
Safety concept:
Redundancy on system level meaning that all system components are existing twice.
Master-Slave structure with mutual monitoring
There are two safety electronics providing category 4 (EN 954-1) representing the highest safety
category in the field of industrial control technology.
Systemaufbau EHLA FailOp System structure EHLA FailOp
1. Sollwertgeber setpoint generator

2. Sicherheits-Lenk-Computer safety steering computer
3. Lenkzylinder steering cylinder
4. Istwertgeber Hinterachsen actual value angle transducer rear axles
5. Proportional-Hydraulikeinheit Achse 3 Master proportional hydraulic unit axle 3 master
6. Proportional-Hydraulikeinheit Achse 3 Slave und Achse 2 proportional hydraulic unit axle 3 slave and axle 2
Systemkomponenten
System Components
SICHERHEITS-LENK-COMPUTER
SAFETY STEERING COMPUTER
Sicherheitstechnik entsprechend EN954-1 Kategorie 3 und 4

Safety technology according EN954-1 category 3 and 4
CAN-Bus (J1939) fr Geschwindigkeitssignale und Kommunikation

mit EGAS, ABS oder Getriebesteuerung
CAN-Bus (J1939) for speed signals and communication
with ABS, engine and gear control
ON-Board Textdisplay und Bedienelemente fr

Service und Diagnose
On-board text display and operation elements
for service and diagnosis
Bis zu 8 gelenkte Achsen mglich durch umfangreiche

Bordcomputer-Produktfamilie
Up to 8 steered axles possibles due to an
extensious board computer product line
Systemkomponenten
System Components
PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIKEINHEIT
PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC UNIT
Inklusive Druckregelung mit hydraulischem Load-Sensing

Including pressure control with hydraulic load sensing
Sonderfunktionen wie Schockventile sind integriert

Special functions like shock valves are integrated
Systemkomponenten
System Components
REDUNDANTER SICHERHEITS-WINKELGEBER
REDUNDANT SAFETY ANGLE TRANSDUCER
Extrem robuste Konstruktion zum direkten Anbau an die Achse

Extreme rugged construction for direct assembly at the axle
Kundenspezifische Gehuse, Anschlukabel, Anlenkhebel,

Montagezubehr usw.
Customized housings, cables, connectors,
coupling levers, accessoiries a.s.o.
Erhltlich mit Edelstahlgehuse fr extremste Anforderungen

Available with stainless steel housing for extremest demands
Erhltlich fr den Anbau an KESSLER Achsen

Available for assembly on KESSLER axles
Diagnosekonzept
Diagnosis Concept
PC SERVICE SOFTWARE
PC SERVICE SOFTWARE
Umfangreiches Diagnosepaket fr Windows PC

Extensious diagnosis set for Windows PC
Programmierung der Systemparameter

(Lenkgeometrie, Zusatzfunktionen usw.)
Achsabgleich und Inbetriebnahme des Systems
Auswertung des Ereignisspeichers mit Klartext
in Landessprache
3-fach Fehlercode (Ort, Art, Prioritt) - jede Strung wird przise erkannt
Aufzeichnung von Testfahrtdaten (Datenloggerfunktion)
Einzeltest- und Diagnose aller Ein- und Ausgnge
Programing of the system parameters (steering geometry, additional functions...)
Axle alignment and start-up of the system
Evaluation of the event memory with plain text message in native language
3-fold error code (location, kind of error, priority) - every failure is detected precisely
Recording of test drive data (data logging function)
Single test and diagnosis for all in- and oputputs
Diagnosekonzept
Diagnosis Concept
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSE
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS
In das Steuergert Integrierte Bedienelemente ermglichen

das Auslesen des Fehlerspeicher und Achsabgleich ohne
externe Hilfsmittel
Operation elements integrated in the control unit
allow read out of error memory and axle alignment
without any external tools
GRAFISCHES CAN-DIAGNOSE TERMINAL

GRAPHICAL CAN-DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL
Eigenstndige Diagnoseeinheit mit smtlichen Funktionen der

PC-Service-Software (mit Ausnahme Datenlogger)
Hand-held test unit containing all functions of the
PC service software (except of data logger tool)
Erfolgreich mit elektronisch-hydraulischen Lenksystemen
Successful with Electronic-hydraulic Steering Systems
MOBIL ELEKTRONIK GmbH

M-SYS Mobil Systems GmbH
Bssingerstrae 31-33
D - 74243 Langenbeutingen
Tel: + 49 - 7946 - 9194 - 0

Fax: + 49 - 7946 - 9194 - 30
Internet: www.mobil-elektronik.com
e-mail: sales@mobil-elektronik.com
Datum: 4. Februar 2004 / Dipl-Ing. (FH) Hartmut Rothweiler

Steering programs
Selection of the steering programs road travel or
construction site mode
With the lockable switch Enable steering programs the
system can be set to the steering program (92) road travel (switch
not actuated) or construction site mode (switch actuated). For
construction site mode the indicator light lights up.
The system can be changed back to the road travel program
from all steering programs.
For normal road travel no special measures need to be carried
out (no actuation of switch!).
Briefly, for road travel, the program narrowcurving travel can
be used.
For the purpose of road travel, all axles must be in the
synchronous position for the steering program road travel
(information on this available under synchronisation of wheels
when changing the program in this section).
For the special construction site mode there are various
steering programs
-- Manual rear axle steering,
-- Narrow curving travel,
-- Driving away from the wall and
-- Diagonal steering,
which -- using various switches / buttons -- need to be selected
case by case. The driving speed is limited.
When changing to construction site mode ( switch 92 ), road
travel remains active until a corresponding steering programme
is selected and driving is slower than the max. permitted speed
of 5 km/h.
Each selected steering program is assigned to a certain display.
The display follows in the form of an indicator light on the screen
Drivers information. A white indicator light shows a
preselected steering program; a yellow indicator light shows the
currently active steering program.
Steering program construction site mode
-- Manual rear--axle steering (steering figure A)

-- Tight cornering (steering figure B)
-- Driving away from the wall (Steering figure C)
-- Diagonal steering (steering figure D)
Electrics chassis
Determining the conditions for starting the engine from the outrigger controls.
1. - Ignition in the driver's cab chassis is on zero
- The engine is not running
- The hand brake and neutral are activated
On the outrigger control, the "caution switch" is activated, this switches the ignition on for a
limited period of time. After the data bus has started up, approx. 9 seconds, the engine can be
started using the switches "Caution" and "Engine start". (Both switches must be activated at
the same time.) If the engine is not started, the ignition switches off automatically 30 seconds
after the data bus has started up. If the engine is on, it can be stopped by pressing the switch
"Engine stop" on the outrigger controls. The ignition remains activated for a further 30
seconds after the engine is stopped from the outrigger control and is then switched off if the
engine is not started again. In the driver's cab, the engine can be stopped immediately by
turning the key switch to the parked position or by switching the ignition on and then off
again with the ignition key, this also deactivates the engine.
2. - the ignition in the driver's cab chassis is switched on

- the engine is running
- the engine is started by the ignition key
- the hand brake and neutral are activated
The engine can be stopped using the Engine stop switch on the outrigger controls. The
outrigger controls cannot be used to switch off the ignition when the ignition key is switched
on. The ignition key always has higher priority.
3. the ignition in the driver's cab chassis is switched on

- the hand brake and neutral are activated
- the engine is not running.
The engine can be started using both switches ("Caution" + "Engine start") on the outrigger
controls. The engine can be stopped from the outrigger controls. The ignition remains
activated.
4. - the hand brake or neutral are not activated

- the engine is not running.
- the ignition switch is on "OFF"
Ignition can be activated by outrigger control using the Caution switch. The engine cannot be
started. Ignition switches itself off automatically.
5. - the hand brake or neutral are not activated

- the engine is running
- the engine was started using the ignition key.
The engine can only be stopped using the ignition key and not the Engine stop switches on the
outrigger controls.
AC350 8331.7 Sucher Dec. 2001

Table of Contents
Contents of AC 350 Training Folder superstructure
Chapt. Designation
1 General technical data
2 Counterweight
3 Teleskoping system
4 Hydraulic system
5 Crane control modular PDC
6 Superlift- SSL
7 Main boom extension
8 Luffing fly jib
9 Electric circuit diagram
10
Ac 350 8331.7 sucher Dez. 2001 1

Counterweight
cast iron
steel
cast iron
steel

Technische Schulung AC 350
GGW- Grundrahmen mit Hubwerk 2
GGW- Grundrahmen mit Hubwerk 2 Rsten vom GGW, hier ohne Hubwerk 2

GGW 12t- 32t

GGW 42t- 52t

GGW 132t- 142t
Varianten maximales Gegengewicht

GGW

Telescoping system
Table of Contents
Chapter Subject Page

Table of Contents 1
1.0 Structure of the boom 2
2.0 Locking and Pinning Unit (LPU) 5
2.1 Short description of the LPU 5
2.2 Views of the LPU 6
2.3 Allocation of proximity switches on the LPU 6
2.4 View of telescopic cylinder with LPU 7
2.5 View of LPU retracted in boom section, setting LT 105/9 8
2.6 Definitions 9
2.7 Description of the LPU function 9
2.8 Truth table for locking and pinning conditions 10
3.0 Extension sequences - standard, reset length memory 11
4.0 Activated solenoid valves 12
Proportional valve flow volumes and pressure levels when

5.0 12
telescoping
Telescoping example from 4 x 0 % to 4 x 100 % and

6.0 13
from 4 x 100% to 90 / 90 / 45 / 45
7.0 Semi-automatic function process 14
7.1 Locking and unpinning 15
7.2 Pinning and unlocking 16
ac 350 Tele Sucher 8331.7 Dez. 2001 page 1 of 16

Telescoping system
1. Structure of the boom

The boom comprises the base section or basic case and 4 boom sections. The basic length
equals 14.2m, while the fully telescoped length is 56m. The stroke of the telescopic cylinder
is the same for all boom sections (BS), at
45% - 4.7m
90% - 9.4m
100% - 10.47m
The boom sections are mechanically locked to the next largest section by means of spring-
loaded bolts (or pins) positioned at the top of the rear and on the left and right-hand sides.
Switch rail locking

position
Switch rail pinning

position
24V
behind Pinning right

in front of
Locking hole left

Telescoping system
In addition to its telescoping function, the telescopic cylinder secured to the tube side of the
basic case is also used to house the LPU (locking and pinning unit), which is secured via draw
bars to the rod side of the cylinder. At the basic length, the LPU is at the same level as the rear
bearings of the boom sections and can be placed in the locking position on any boom section
by telescoping in or out. At the basic length, the LPU can be telescoped out from the 1st to the
4th boom section (0.94m). There is a mechanical stop when telescoping out. The desired
boom section is locked and unpinned, then telescoped via the tele cylinder to the
corresponding length, where it is pinned and unlocked. The LPU that has now been released
can now be driven to the next boom section.

Telescoping system
The electric and hydraulic supply to the LPU is provided via a power chain inside the basic
case to the LPU. The corresponding boom length and the angle from the main boom foot
section is recorded by an angle/length transducer 321/4 (on the basic case at the front left), the
extended length of the LPU via length transducer 105/9 (fitted on the LPU), the main boom
head angle via angle transducer 332/4 on the main boom head. An additional cable drum on
the basic case maintains the electric connection to the 4th boom section.
lenght indicator L2
LG105/9

Telescoping system
2. LPU
2.1 Short description of the LPU
The LPU comprises a basic frame, which can be pushed backwards and forwards along the telescopic
cylinder tube. Two locking pins that are guided horizontally in this frame via connecting links are used
for mechanical locking between the LPU and the corresponding boom section. A hydraulic cylinder,
which is also moved along the horizontal plane, and each end of which is fitted with a gripper,
assumes the task of unpinning and pinning the spring-tensioned pinning cylinders on the right- and
left-hand side. The LPU is designed so that first the locking sequence and then the unpinning
procedure (or vice versa, first the pinning sequence and then the unlocking sequence) is carried out.
Mechanically it is not possible (corresponding mechanical prevention) to reach the condition unpinned
/ unlocked.
B14
B16
B17
B13
B15
The sequences lock / unpin and pin / unlock can only be activated when the corresponding position is reached.
The positions for pinning and unpinning for each boom section are recorded by means of two proximity
switches, which are located on each section at the top rear left-hand side, the corresponding switch panels are
located in the preceding section on the inside left.
in front of behind position

position pinning pinning
0%- hole next inner case

Switch rail pinning position

Telescoping system
2.2 Views of the locking and pinning unit (LPU )
B2 B4
B1 B3 behind position
B6, B8, B10, B12
24V
in front of
B 01
B5, B7, B9, B11
gripping
B 14 B 16 B 17 B 15 device
locking cylinder
locking pin
telescoping cylinder
2.3 Allocation of the proximity switches in the LPU
Designation Function Installation location

B1 Prelim. position boom locking tele 1 and 3 LPU
B2 Follow-on position boom locking tele 1 and 3 LPU
B3 Prelim. position boom locking tele 2 and 4 LPU
B4 Follow-on position boom locking tele 2 and 4 LPU
Prelim. position section pinning (1-4 boom sections), Each boom section rear
B5, B7, B9, B11
connected via sliding contact VP (see above) bearing top left
Follow-on position section pinning, connected via Each boom section rear
B6, B8, B10, B12
Sliding contact NP (see above) bearing top left
B13 LPU locked (1= locked right and left) LPU
B14 Enquire pinning right (1= pinned right) LPU
B15 Enquire pinning left (1= pinned left) LPU
B16 Enquire locking right (1= unpinned right or unlocked right) LPU
B17 Enquire locking right (1= unpinned left or unlocked left) LPU

Telescoping system
2.4 View of telescopic cylinder with LPU
power- and signal supply proximity switches

pinning positon locking position
2+4 1+3
lenght indicator L 2
lowering brake valves

Telescoping system
2.5 View of LPU retracted in boom section
lenght transducer L2
Setting of length transducer length 2:

- Loosen screw 1
- Raise potentiometer
- Set potentiometer
- Reinsert potentiometer
- Tighten screw 1
screw 1

Telescoping system
2.6 Definitions:
Prelim. position : LPU in telescoping out direction with first proximity switch in switch
position (locking/pinning)
Follow-on position : LPU in telescoping out direction with second proximity switch in
switch position (locking/pinning)
Exact position : LPU in telescoping out direction with both proximity switches in
switch position (locking/pinning)
2.7 Function description for locking and pinning unit
Two inductive proximity switches (B1 B4) are fitted on the top of the locking and pinning
unit (LPU ) on either side. These recognise the position status of the LPU and combine with
the length transducer of the telescopic section to identify the tele sections. To prevent
incorrect identification of the sections as a result of length tolerances, 2 proximity switches
record the switch lines of the boom sections 1 and 3 (right side of the LPU), while another 2
record the switch lines of sections 2 and 4 (left side of the LPU). The preliminary position of
tele 1 and 3 is scanned by proximity switch B1, the follow-on position by B2. The preliminary
position of tele 2 and 4 is indicated by proximity switch B3 being activated, the follow-on
position by proximity switch B4. The clear identification of the actual tele section can
therefore be derived from the length signal and the switch status of the inductive proximity
switches. The proximity switches which first reach the switch line during telescoping out
mark the preliminary position. If, during the movement, the second proximity switch (follow-
on position) reaches the switch line, the "exact position" is reached, i.e. the pin of the section
and lock pinning is "closed" or "drawn". The locking and pinning valves must be activated
until the LPU sensors have reported a safe final condition.
These final conditions are:
LPU pinned and unlocked
LPU locked and pinned
LPU locked and unpinned
Control of the LPU functions is assumed by a C-task ( C -programming ), which is performed

in a shorter time interval. Because of the mechanical design of the LPU, the situation is
prevented in which a section is unpinned without first being locked. The pinned status is
queried via a switch gate, which moves with the pinning mechanism. The combination of the
switch signals of a total of five proximity switches allows a precise allocation of the current
pinning or locking status of the LPU. The allocation of the proximity switch conditions, as
shown in the truth table on the following page, shows the possible pinning and locking
conditions of the LPU.

Telescoping system
2.8 Truth table for the locking and pinning conditions
B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 status LPD

verbolzt
pinned &/ unlocked
entsichert B13
B14
0 0 0 0 0 error B16
0 0 0 0 1 error B17
0 0 0 1 0 error B15
0 0 0 1 1 error
0 0 1 0 0 error
0 0 1 0 1 error
0 0 1 1 0 error
0 0 1 1 1 error
0 1 0 0 0 error
0 1 0 0 1 error
0 1 0 1 0 error
0 1 0 1 1 error gesichert / entbolzt
locked & unpinned
B13
0 1 1 0 0 LPD moving
B14
0 1 1 0 1 LPD moving B16
0 1 1 1 0 LPD moving B17
0 1 1 1 1 pinned & unlocked B15
1 0 0 0 1 error
1 0 0 1 0 error
1 0 0 1 1 locked& unpinned
1 0 1 0 1 error
1 0 1 1 0 error
1 0 1 1 1 error
1 1 0 0 0 LPD moving gesichert
locked &/pinned
verbolzt B13
1 1 0 0 1 error
B14
1 1 0 1 0 error B16
1 1 0 1 1 error B17
1 1 1 0 0 locked& pinned B15
1 1 1 0 1 error
1 1 1 1 0 error
1 1 1 1 1 error
Timing of the sensor signals
Action Status B13 B14 B15 B16 B17

Pinned and unlocked 0 1 1 1 1
Retrieve Pinned and lock 0 1 2) 1 1 1 0 1) 1 0 1)
section Pinned and locked 1 1 1 0 0
Unpin and locked 1 1 0 1) 1 0 1) 0 1 2) 0 1 2)
Unpinned and locked 1 0 0 1 1
Pin and locked 1 0 1 2) 0 1 2) 1 0 1) 1 0 1)
Detach Pinned and locked 1 1 1 0 0
Section Pinned and unlock 1 0 1) 1 1 0 1 2) 0 1 2)
Pinned and unlocked 0 1 1 1 1
1) First in sequence 2) Later in sequence

Telescoping system
3. Extension sequences
MB length Tele 1 Tele 2 Tele 3 Tele 4
Total Length1 in % in m in % in m in % in m in % in m
14.2 0 0 0 0
18.9 45 0 0 0
23.6 45 45 0 0
28.3 45 45 45 0
33.0 45 45 45 45
37.7 90 45 45 45
42.4 90 90 90 45
47.1 90 90 90 45
51.9 90 90 90 90
56.0 100 100 100 100
18.9 0 45 0 0
18.9 0 0 0 45
23.6 0 45 45 0
23.6 0 0 45 45
23.6 0 0 0 90
24.6 0 0 0 100
28.3 0 45 45 45
28.3 0 0 90 45
28.3 0 0 45 90
33.0 90 45 45 0
33.0 0 45 45 90
33.0 0 0 90 90
35.1 0 100 100 0
35.1 0 0 100 100
37.7 45 45 90 45
37.7 0 90 90 45
37.7 0 45 90 90
42.4 45 45 90 90
42.4 0 90 90 90
45.6 0 100 100 100
47.1 45 90 90 90
Path of the LPU from T1 to T2 = 0.34m
T1 to T3 = 0.66m
T1 to T4 = 0.94m
In case of loss of the length memory, this must be replaced with DS code "9999"

Telescoping system
4.0 Activated solenoid valves:
Speed
Telescope in Telescope out
NS HS NS HS
YI
Max - YI, YIII YI, YII, YIII
YIII, YIIIB,
YI
80-100mm/s YIII - YI, YIII YI, YIII
YIIIB,
YIII
40 mm/s - YIII YIII
YIIIB,
YIII
10 mm/s - YIII YIII
YIIIB,
5.0 Proportional valve flow volumes and pressure levels when telescoping:
Telescope in Telescope out

v
NS HS NS HS
Valve Pr. press. Current Valve Prop. press. Current Pr. press Current
YI 23bar 770mA
YI 30bar 1000mA
YIII 18bar 880mA YI 30bar 1000mA
Max. - YII 30bar 1000mA
YIIIB 29.3bar 1000mA YIII 18bar 880mA
YIII 18bar 880mA
YI 15bar 560mA
YI 15bar 560mA
80- YIII 18bar 880mA YI 15bar 560mA
- YII 0bar
100mm/s YIIIB 21bar 700mA YIII 17.5bar 1000mA
YIII 18bar 880mA
YI 0bar
YI 0bar
YIII 18bar 880mA
40 mm/s - YIII 17.2bar 830mA YII 0bar
YIIIB 18.4bar 630mA YIII 17.2bar 830mA
YI 0bar
YI 0bar
YIII 18.1bar 880mA
10 mm/s - YIII 9.5bar 562mA YII 0bar
YIIIB 16.3bar 590mA YIII 9.5bar 562mA
Solenoid from pinned / unlocked from locked / pinned to from locked / unpinned From pinned / locked to
valve to locked / pinned locked / unpinned to pinned / locked pinned / unlocked
Y 5104A X
Y 5104B x
Y 5106A x
Y 5106 B X

Telescoping system
6. Telescoping example
The driver enters the desired length code in the operating console and then telescopes in or
out following the instructions of the tele-control system. All commands for pinning and
locking are automatically assumed by the control system. Below are two examples of how the
telescoping sequences are implemented.
T1 to T4 from 4x 0 % to T1 to T4 from 4x 100 % to

4x 100% 90/90/45/45
1. Telescope LPU to T4 locking position 1. Telescope LPU to locking T1
2. Lock and unpin T4 2.Lock and unpin T1
3. Telescope out LPU with T4 to 100 % 3.Telescope in T1 to 0 %
4. Pin and unlock T4 4.Pin and unlock T1
5. Telescope in LPU to T3 locking pos. 5. Lock and unpin LPU on T2
6. Lock and unpin T3 6. Telescope in T2 to 0 %
7. Telescope out LPU with T3 to 100 % 7. Pin and unlock T2
8. Pin and unlock T3 8. Lock and unpin LPU on T3
9. Telescope in LPU to T2 locking position 9. Telescope in T3 to 0 %
10. Lock and unpin T2 10. Pin and unlock T3
11. Telescope out LPU with T2 to 100 % 11. Lock and unpin LPU on T4
12. Pin and unlock T2 12. Telescope in T4 to 45 %
13. Telescope in LPU to T1 locking position 13. Pin and unlock T4
14. Lock and unpin T1 14. Lock and unpin LPU on T3
15. Telescope out LPU with T1 to 100 % 15. Telescope out T3 to 45 %
16. Pin and unlock T1 16. Pin and unlock T3
17. Lock and unpin LPU on T2
18. Telescope T2 to 90 %
19. Pin and unlock T2
20. Lock and unpin LPU on T1
21. Telescope T1 to 90 %
22. Pin and unlock T1
Caution: After telescoping out, the LPU must be fully retracted.555

Telescoping system
7.0 Semi-automatic function process
Semi-automatic tele preselection:
The crane operator selects a boom configuration using the input menu and, as a result,
specifies a telescoping process and a prescribed sequence. The telescoping sequences are
coordinated by the tele control system. As the balance of the head weight is changed within
the boom during telescoping, the LPU has to be returned to its end position once the
telescoping sequence has been completed (area of the rear bearing). The new load may only
be enabled once the LPU has returned to the area of the boom foot section.
This also prevents the oil volume in the hydraulic tank from reaching excessively high
temperatures.
The crane operator specifies the desired telescoping direction and speed via the pilot control
sensor. The LPU moves out of its basic position towards the rear bearing of the selected
section at the preset speed.
Once the control system detects a "need for action", the system reacts after a specified time;
this strategy remains the same for all LPU actions, and is explained in more detail below:
Speeds during telescoping

Length transducer tele registers 200 mm ahead of prelim. position
PP locking reached
FP locked reached
Section locked/unlocked
FP pinning/unpinning reached
Pinning/unpinning completed
200 mm ahead of PP
Brake path MB
Residual path MB
PP ramp
PP resid.
FP ramp
Locking/unlocking completed
Search for FP
FP ramp
Pinning/unpinning completed

Telescoping system
7.1 Locking and unpinning boom sections

Input requirement: LPU unlocked, all sections pinned.
Locking:
The LPU travels to the locking position at the speed specified with the pilot control lever.
Independent of the movement of the pilot control sensor, the telescoping movement is
reduced to approx. 80-100 mm/s (Fig. 5) approx. 200 mm before the desired locking position
is reached. When the LPU reaches the preliminary locking position of the section prescribed
by the control system during the telescoping procedure, (proximity switch B1 or B3
activated), the telescoping speed is limited to approx. 40mm/s. At the same time a C-routine
monitors when the exact position is reached from the moment that the preliminary position is
reached (proximity switch B1 and B3 activated). As soon as the corresponding proximity
switch follow-on position is reached (B2 and B4), the locking pin is "shot" and the
telescoping speed reduced to 10 mm/s, whereby the SPS must continue to actuate the safety
valve Y5106a until the "locking" procedure is completed (B13 activated).
Switching over:
Once the PDC receives the message "locked and pinned" (B13 ,B14 and B15 activated), the
telescoping speed is raised back up to 40mm/s.
Unpinning:
The crane operator telescopes in the displayed direction until the pinning sensors of the
selected rear bearing report back the fine position, with whose help the selected section can be
unpinned by the locking and pinning unit once the load has been transferred (Y5104B Here,
too, the control ensures that self-activation of the valve control "unpin section" (Y5104B) is
deactivated again when the end position "unpinned and locked" is reached.
Depending on the position of the boom section once the sensors have switched from "lock" to
"unpin" the control must react as follows:
Preliminary position unpin section:

Sensors register "preliminary position" for section unpinning reached (e.g. pinning position
for 2nd boom section corresponds to B7 being activated). The control enables movements for
telescoping in and out, but specifies a corresponding direction, if the target position has been
exceeded by L= 200 mm.
Follow-on position unpin section:

Sensors register "follow-on position" for section unpinning. The control enables
movements for telescoping in and out, but specifies a corresponding direction, if the
target position has been exceeded by L= 200 mm.
The display provides information on the necessity of a change in direction and the
operator must reverse the telescoping movement of the boom using the pilot control
lever.
Fine position unpin section:

Sensors register "fine position" for section pinning reached. The C-programming
releases the solenoid valve for the unpinning (Y5104B) and continues to activate it
until the section is locked and unpinned (proximity switches B13,B16 and B17
activated) and the requirements for stopping the unpinning procedure are met.

Telescoping system
7.2 Procedure for transporting, pinning and unlocking boom sections

Input requirement: section locked and unpinned
Pinning:
Independent of the movement of the pilot control sensor, the telescoping movement is
reduced to approx. 80-100 mm/s approx. 200 mm before the desired locking position is
reached. When the LPU reaches the preliminary locking position of the section
prescribed by the control system during the telescoping procedure, (proximity switch
B5,B7,B9 or B11 activated), the telescoping speed is limited to approx. 40mm/s. At the
same time, from the moment the preliminary position is reached (proximity switch B5,
B7, B9 or B11 activated), the C-program monitors when the exact pinning position
prescribed by the control system is reached. As soon as the corresponding proximity
switch follow-on position (B6, B8, B10, B12) is reached, the section pin is "shot" and
the telescoping procedure is reduced down to 10 mm/s, whereby the SPS must make
sure that the pinning valve Y5104A remains activated until the entire "pinning"
sequence is completed.
Switching over:
Once the PDC receives the message "locked and pinned" (B13 ,B14 and B15 activated),
the speed is raised again to 40mm/s.
Unlocking:
The crane operator continues to telescope until the sensors of the LPU report the exact
unlocking position of the LPU (B1&B2 or B3&B4 activated). With this signal the
locking pin is drawn (Y5106B). Here, too, the control ensures that self-activation of the
valve control "unlock section" (Y5106B) is deactivated again when the end position
"pinned and unlocked" is deactivated again.
Depending on the position of the boom section once the sensors have switched from
"pin" to "unlock" the control must react as follows:
Preliminary position lock / unlock:

Sensors register "preliminary position" for section locking reached. The control
enables both telescoping in and out, but specifies a corresponding direction if the
Follow-on position lock / unlock

Sensors register "follow-on position" for section locking reached. The display provides
information on the necessity of a change in direction and the operator must reverse the
telescoping movement of the boom using the pilot control lever. The control enables
movements for telescoping in and out, but specifies a corresponding direction, if the
Exact position lock / unlock

Sensors register "exact position" for section locking reached. The C-programming
releases the solenoid valve for the unlocking (Y5106A) and continues to activate it
until the section is pinned and unlocked and the requirements for stopping the
unlocking procedure are met.

Electrical and hydraulic processes Telescoping System
Based on an example ( of 4x 0% to 1x 45% Tele1, Tele2- Tele4 0% ) all processes which are carried out electrically and hydraulically are to
be shown in table form.
Conditions: - Telescoping is carried out over circuit I and 3 at normal speed
Activated proximity
Step Situation Activated solenoid valves Comments
switches
1. All tele sections pinned and unlocked B14, B15, B16, B17 None LPD near 1st boom section
Move to in front of and behind

B1 and B2 YIII 9.5 bar 3rd tele reduction
2. position for locking T1
B14, B15, B16, B17 Y5106A 10mm/s
Activate locking procedure
2nd tele reduction
3. Locked / pinned YIII- 17.5bar
B13, B14, B15 40mm/s
4. position for pinning
B13, B14, B15 Y5104B 10mm/s
Activation of unpinning procedure
YI- 27bar
5. Locked / unpinned B13, B16, B17 No further reduction
YIII- 17.5bar
Approx. 200mm ahead of pinning
YI- 27bar hole
6. Tele extend B13, B16, B17
YIII- 17.5bar 1st tele reduction (lenght 2)
80-100mm/s , then Y1- 15bar
AC 350 Sucher 3430 1

Activated proximity
switches
B5 2nd tele reduction
Move to in front of position tele1
7. YIII- 17.5bar
Pinning at 45% B13, B16, B17 40mm/s
8. position tele1 pinning at 45%
B13, B16, B17 Y5104A 10mm/s
Activate pinning procedure
2nd tele reduction
9. Pinned / locked YIII- 17.5bar
B13, B14, B15 40mm/s
10. position - locking
B13, B14, B15 Y5106B 10mm/s
Activate unlocking procedure
YI- 27bar
11. Pinned and unlocked B14, B15, B16, B17 No further reduction
YIII- 17.5bar
Move LPD back to end position and
12. position again for the example at 4x B14, B15, B16, B17 Y1, YIII, YIIIB,Y48III No reduction
0%
13. Move to in front of position locking

14. position - locking
15. Locked / pinned

Activated proximity
switches
16. position - pinning
Activate unpinning procedure
17. Locked / unpinned
18. Retract tele
19. Retract tele
Move to in front of position tele1

20.
Pinning at 0%
22. Pinned / locked

23. position locking activate unlocking
procedure
24. Pinned and unlocked

Electrical and hydraulic processes Telescoping system
Based on an example ( of 4x 0% to 1x 45% Tele1, Tele2- Tele4 0% ) all processes which are carried out electrically
and hydraulically are to be shown in table form.
Conditions: - Telescoping is carried out over circuit I at normal speed
Activated proximity Activated solenoid
Step Situation Comments
switches valves
All tele sections pinned and
1. B14, B15, B16, B17 None LPU near BS1
unlocked
Move to in front of position B1 2nd tele reduction
2. YIII- 17.5bar
locking B14, B15, B16, B17 40mm/s
3. position locking
B14, B15, B16, B17 Y5106A 10mm/s
B5 2nd tele reduction
4. Locked / pinned YIII- 17.5bar
B13, B14, B15 40mm/s
5. YIII- 17.5bar
pinning B13, B14, B15 40mm/s
6. position pinning
B13, B14, B15 Y5104B 10mm/s
Activate unpinning procedure
YI- 27bar
7. Locked / unpinned No more reduction
B13, B16, B17 YIII- 17.5bar
YI- 27bar
8. Extend tele No reduction
B13, B16, B17 YIII- 17.5bar
Approx. 200mm in front of
YI- 27bar pinning hole
9. Extend tele
B13, B16, B17 YIII- 17.5bar 1st tele reduction (LT- LPU)
80-100mm/s , then Y1- 15bar
10. YIII- 17.5bar
tele1 pinning at 45% B13, B16, B17 40mm/s
AC 350 Teleskopierablauf Sucher 8331.7 Dec. 2001 1


B13, B16, B17 Y5104A 10mm/s
B1 or B2 2nd tele reduction
12. Pinned / locked YIII- 17.5bar
B13, B14, B15 40mm/s
Move to in front of position B1 YIII- 17.5bar 2nd tele reduction
13.
locking B13, B14, B15 40mm/s
14. position locking
B13, B14, B15 Y5106B 10mm/s
Activate unlocking procedure
YI- 27bar
15. Pinned and unlocked No more reduction
B14, B15, B16, B17 YIII- 17.5bar
Move LPU back to end position
Y1, YIII,
16. or reposition at 4 x 0% for the B14, B15, B16, B17 No reduction
YIIIB,Y48III
example
Move to in front of position B1
17. 2nd tele reduction
locking B14, B15, B16, B17
B1 + B2
18. position locking; activate Y5106A 3rd tele reduction
B14, B15, B16, B17
locking procedure
19. Locked / pinned B13, B14, B15 2nd tele reduction
B5
Move to in front of position
pinning B13, B14, B15
Move to in front of and behind B5 + B6
21. position pinning; activate B13, B14, B15 Y5104B 3rd tele reduction
unpinning procedure

22. Locked / unpinned B13, B16, B17 No reduction
23. Retract tele B13, B16, B17 1st tele reduction
Move to in behind position B6

tele1; pinning at 0% B13, B16, B17
B5 + B6
25. position tele1 pinning at 0% Y5104A 3rd tele reduction
B13, B16, B17
26. Pinned / locked B13, B14, B15 2nd tele reduction
27. Move to in front of position B1

2nd tele reduction
locking B13, B14, B15

B1 + B2
28. position locking; activate Y5106B 3rd tele reduction
B13, B14, B15
unlocking procedure
29. Pinned and unlocked B14, B15, B16, B17 No reduction

Hydraulic System - Superstructure
Marcus Pfeiffer, 05.03.2002 Deckblatt

AC 350
1 Pumps / Output Control
1.1 Main pumps
Unit compl. preassembled by Brueninghaus Hydromatik,

on main output of diesel engine OM906LA
Control oil supply as well as load limit control valve are

integrated in the housing;
Very compact construction

AC 350
1.1.1 Pump 1 1.1.4 Pump 4 in series behind pump 3

Slewing gear in a closed circuit with
Main circuit : luffing gear can be switched over/on integrated feed pump (pump 8)
Telescope : can be switched over/on NEW ! Hydraulic proportional control
Hoist : always on circuit 1 !
1.1.5 Pump 8 integrated in housing of pump 4
1.1.2 Pump 2 Feed pump for pump 4
Main circuit luffing gear: can be switched over/on 1.1.6 Pump 7 Control oil pump
Telescope : can be switched over/on
Hoist 2 : always on circuit 2! NEW ! Pump, control oil pressure relief as well as load
limit valve, are integrated in housing of main pumps!
1.1.3 Pump 3 on auxiliary output of main pumps
auxiliary circuit luffing gear: always, except when tele

Tele : always
Superlift : always
auxiliary f.: always

AC 350
1.2 Auxiliary pumps Auxiliary output 1.2.2 Pump 6 Low pressure pump
OM906LA LPU, cab, pin locking H2,
disc brake H2
Gear wheel pumps tandem unit NEW ! LPU circuit separate from control oil !
Feed supply for anticavitation/flushing as well as cooling

circuit
pu ~ 10 bar
Pressure supply low pressure consumer

pv < 90 bar
NEW ! LPU circuit separate from control oil !
1.2.1 Pump 5 Feed pump for anticavitation and

cooling circuit
a feed supply pump of approx. 10bar is needed for SL
operation

AC 350
1.2.3 Protective filter for gear wheel pumps 1.3 Load limit control
NEW! Pump 5 and pump 6 are each
equipped with a protective filter on the pressure side. with Brueninghaus Hydromatik MC7
There is therefore no danger to the system due to load limit control valve (Y170)
abrasion (spiral chips, etc.) from the pumps. NEW ! Integrated in the housing of the main
pumps !
NEW ! Opposite function to AC500-1

3 - 24 bar
3 bar : no performance reduction
24 bar : pumps 1, 2, 3 are pivoted back to a
corresponding smaller rate of flow!

AC 350
2 Control System NEW ! All pilot control pressures can be checked via
the measuring points in the blocks.
2.1 Pilot control
NEW ! In addition, all pilot control pressures are

NEW ! Control oil supply by pump 7 (40 bar), recorded via integrated pressure contacts in the control
completely decoupled from LPU circuit! blocks. These can be indicated on the display of the PDC!
NEW ! No feeder valve! No pressure impulses B300 : Load limit

control
NEW ! Pressure protection (D28), 40 bar integrated in B301 : Pump 1 / Trimot H1
the housing of the main pumps! B302 : Pump 2 / Trimot H2
B303 : Pump 3
NEW ! Integration of individual valves in pilot control B304 : Lowering brake
blocks. Superstructure left, superstructure right valve telescope
B305 : Lowering brake
valve luffing gear
B306 : Slewing gear left
B307 : Slewing gear right

AC 350
2.1.1 Displaying pilot control pressures
Step 1: Step 2:
Activation of tool level on the display of the PDC Changing to the analogue inputs ANALOG

AC 350
Step 3:
Changing to A121 as well as pump2-YII (B302) and pump3-YIII (B303).
Now the pilot control pressures for the functions can be By activating the NEXT buttons you can switch between
displayed: the pilot control pressures to be displayed.
Load limit control-Y170 (B300), Pump1-YI (B301),

AC 350
2.1.2 Pilot control superstructure left
NEW ! Pressure supply is carried out via pump 7

whereby pressure is limited to 40 bar by a pump-internal
PLV.
NEW ! Load limit control valve (Y170) is integrated in
the housing of the main pumps.
Pilot pressure is limited to 35 bar as
in AC500-1. Pressure reducing valve (SUN)
identical Individual prop. pressure control valves (DRE4)
are identical to AC500-1.
NEW ! Prop. pilot control for pump 1, pump 2, pump

4 and trimot H1, H2 via pilot control block (block 5)
Can be reached via a flap in the side wall to the
counterweight.

AC 350
NEW ! The slewing gear pump, pump 4, is

controlled hydraulically proportionally, as pump 1-3.
2.1.2 Pilot control superstructure right
NEW ! Prop. pilot control for pump 3, lowering brake

valve telescope as well as lowering brake valve luffing
gear via pilot control block (block 6)
.
NEW ! The control oil is supplied via a feed supply
from block 5.
Individual pressure valves, as before. DRE4

AC 350
2.2 Main functions
2.2.1 Main blocks
Circuit diagram of main control blocks circuit 1+2,

comparable to AC500-1 apart from the pressure-free
circuit.
Manufacturer: Bucher Hydraulics AG
2.2.2 Pressure relief
NEW ! Shiftable circuit pressure limitation, realises a
pressure-free circuit when not switched on (Y1.I and/or NEW ! Use of an 8-fold pressure relief valve,
Y1.II)! comparable to the 4-fold variation of the AC650 AC 300,...
All work procedures on the block are equipped with Now from HYDAC, instead of Buchholz Hydraulik.
measuring points.
The connections are created via miniature measuring
Control block for circuit 3, identical to AC500-1 connections and hoses.

AC 350
Advantage: Measuring connections can be used

to check pressures.
These might already exist!
Hoses can be used for measuring.
NEW ! If Y93 breaks down, all functions can continue

to be used after the miniature measuring hoses have been
removed.
= No pressure relief anymore!

AC 350
2.3 Individual functions 2.3.2 Telescope
2.3.1 Luffing gear Tele system is basically identical to AC500-1.

Pump control during lifting, as for AC500-1. Logic/function is the same!
Via YI, YII, YIII
Pump control during telescoping out as for
NEW ! Lowering is carried out via a separate, AC500-1. Via YI, YII, YIII
independent prop. pressure control valve (YIIIC).
Retracting is synchronous to AC500-1, on the

NEU ! OE: Removable main boom one hand via pump control, as well as on the other hand
The rod side can be actively retracted by closing the ball via an independent control signal (YIIIB) on lowering
valve H6, using control block Block13. The protection brake valve.
pressure is limited to max. 80 bar!

AC 350
2.3.3 Hoist 1 2.3.3.1 Preload valve NEW !
NEW ! Hoist gear without idling !

This means that an additional shifting valve
(Y18) is required in lifting direction, in order to open the
disc brake.
Otherwise, pump control during lifting as for AC500-1.
Via circuit 1 (YI)
Lowering is synchronous to AC500-1, on the one hand
via pump control, as well as on the other hand via a
lowering brake valve, which is controlled via the lowering
feed of the variable hydraulic motor. The disc brake is
automatically opened by the lowering pressure.
A preload valve is used to compensate for jerky

movements of a winch during lifting in the fine control
range. This is built into the output side (lowering).

AC 350
Oil is preloaded in the return to maximum values of 2.3.4 Hoist 2

approx. 30 bar. This preloading is decreased as the
volume flow increases. Control analogous to hoist 1.
The whole system functions as a non-return valve during Due to very high reeving in standard operation a preload
lowering. valve is not used. The relative motion (jerks) in the
The modification of a hoist using a preload valve can precision control range is bearable!
almost fully compensate for unpleasant accompanying
phenomena (jerks) in the fine control range! 2.3.4.1 Pin locking hoist 2
NEW ! Hoist 2 is in a separate frame which can be pin

locked to the counterweight basic frame in various height
positions. Pin locking is carried out hydraulically and is fed
via pump 6 with a protection pressure of 90 bar (LPU).

AC 350
2.3.5 Slewing gear
Control is analogous to AC500-1, in a closed circuit.
NEW ! In contrast to AC500-1 (electronic proportional),

the pumps are controlled hydraulically proportionally,
YIV.1 (left), YIV.2 (right).
The system is less aggressive!
NEW ! You can select between the operating mode

closed circuit and a so-called open circuit.
Switching is carried out via a lockable bypass control with

the valves Y70 and Y71.

AC 350
NEW ! A dynamic foot brake has been installed in the 2.3.6 Counterweight
system.
This must always be activated in order to mechanically fix The counterweight is controlled as in the AC500-1. Supply
the position. by pump 3
The disc brake is no longer coupled with the direction
contact of the joystick! NEW ! Hoist shut-down is not defined mechanically
(AC500-1, AC650) and is carried out via an initiator logic.
It is possible to select two different brake characteristics NEW ! Counterweight pin locking is not assigned to the
for different machine configurations! superstructure, but has been placed in the counterweight
Soft : for long sensitive systems basic frame.
Aggressive: for short stiff units Pressure supply is via pump 3.
This limits the used volume flow and sets the pressure to
40 bar!

AC 350
2.3.7 Auxiliary winch 2.3.8 Main boom extension
Control of the auxiliary winch is as in AC500-1. Supply via Activation of individual folding, sliding and pin locking
pump 3. procedures analogous to AC300, AC200.
It is possible to manually pull the winch using mechanical
free-wheeling. NEW ! An additional hand pump has been installed in
the adapter frame for pin locking the adapter without the
NEW ! Prop. valve (Y90) is equipped with emergency support of the superstructure hydraulics. Direction is
control (hand wheel) (compact control block). determined by a lockable hand valve.
Can be operated from the winch directly when the switch
is activated (operation auxiliary winch). Without joystick! High speed can be selected during pin locking by
switching over a ball valve.
NEW ! Control via pilot control sensor, changed
compared to AC500-1.
Joystick - right : reel in
Joystick - left : reel out
Only 1 switch in instrument panel!

AC 350
2.3.9 Main boom pin locking (foot)
Control as in AC500-1. Supply via pump 3.
2.3.10 Float switching (dolly operation)
Switching position of the ball valves analogous to

AC200/AC300.
NEW ! No additional hydraulic free-wheeling is

required for the slewing gear.
It is already standard in the series solution!

AC 350
2.3.11 Emergency control 2.3.12 SSL
Function analogous to all other telescopic cranes. New design !!!! ........ Analogous to AC500-1.
NEW! Compact control block; switching of supply NEW ! Cylinder relief changed
pressures via 3 ball valves
H7 ... Luffing gear, H1, H2 compact lowering brake valves in folding cylinder
H1, H2 ... Slewing gear.

Hydraulics Superstructure
1.0 Contents Hydraulics superstructure
Chapter Subject Page

1.0 Contents 1
2.0 Hydraulic pump characteristics 2
3.0 Function description of the pumps 3
3.1 PI and PII 3
3.2 PIV slew gear right and left 4
3.2.1 Closed circuit 5
3.2.2 Open circuit 5
3.3 PIII 6
3.4 PV 7
3.5 PVI 7
3.6 PVII 7
3.7 Priority list 7
4.0 Pilot control block 5 and block 6 8
5.0 Block 1 and block 2 9
6.0 Function hoist 1 10
6.1 Raising the hoist 1 10
6.2 Lowering the hoist 1 10
7.0 Function hoist 2 11
7.1 Raising the hoist 2 11
7.2 Lowering hoist 2 11
8.0 Function luffing gear 12
8.1 Extending luffing gear 12
8.2 Retracting luffing gear 12
9.0 Function telescopic cylinder 13
9.1 Extending telescopic section 13
9.2 Retracting telescopic section 13
ac 350 hyd Sucher 8331.7 December 2001 Page1 of 15

2.0 Pump characteristics
Axial piston pump, swash plate construction,

variable displacement with charge pump
PI A20VLO190
Open circuit
Load limit control, hydraulic oversteering - positive
LG2H2 Hydraulic hoist limit

PII A20VLO190
Open circuit
Load limit control, hydraulic oversteering - positive
LG2H2 Hydraulic hoist limit
Axial piston pump, swash plate construction, variable

displacement
PIV Closed circuit with auxiliary pump (oil leakage)
A4VG56EP2D1 Electric adjustment with prop. solenoid
Pressure cut-off

A11VO60LG2 Open circuit
PIII DS Load limitation control, hydraulic oversteering, positive
Load sensing control
PV HY/ZGFS11/45 Self-priming BOSCH gear pump with constant volume

flow
PVI ...+16R104 Self-priming BOSCH gear pump with constant volume

flow

3.0 Function description of the pumps

3.1 Pump I (hoist 1, luffing gear circuit 1, telescoping circuit 1,
high speeds luffing cylinder and tele sections)
Pump II (hoist 2, luffing gear circuit 2, telescoping circuit 2,
high speeds luffing cylinder and tele sections)
When the engine is started, pump VII supplies pressure via the accumulator charge valve at
connection Y3 of pumps PI and PII, which pushes back the pump by means of the control
valve. The operating pressure that results for P1 and P2 assumes the task of the auxiliary
pump PVII. When a function is activated, pressure is created at connection X1, the control
valve is actuated against the mechanical control device, the flow to the flow adjuster of the
pumps is interrupted and the pump swings out. The pressure at the rocker is now the same as
the pressure at the load limit control cylinder.
The MC 7 recognises changes in the engine revs and, as a result, the subsequent load limit.
Y170, which is open under normal operating conditions, is used to reduce the through-flow
when the load limit is reached, i.e. p is reduced at connection X3. The mechanical control
device at the rocker changes its position and forces the pump in the direction Qmin, the output
of the pumps is reduced, preventing overloading of the engine. If the revs are increased again,
the pressure at the load limit control cylinder is increased, which displaces the valve on the
rocker and the pumps swings back in direction Qmax. .
Prop. pressure YII

of 5bar to 30bar
Load limit control of

24bar to 3bar
Operating pressure
leads to blocks I and II
Prop. pressure YI
of 5bar to 30bar

3.2 Pump IV Slew gear right and left

When the engine is running and the control lever is not activated, pump IV is in the neutral
position. The auxiliary pump VIII works as a supply and control pump for the suction line
from PIV and compensates oil leakage losses.
When a function is activated the swash plate is displaced through the zero position and the
supply flow changes its direction of flow smoothly. The pump and engine are protected
against overload by 2 PRV (D36 and D37) for each high-pressure side. These valves also act
as shock valves. The maximum feed pressure is safeguarded by the fitted supply pressure
control valve (D39). During operation, an increase in pressure can occur during acceleration
procedures. The valve D38 (pressure cut-off) then automatically swings back the pump. If
360 bar pressure is reached, the PRV opens, the pressure in the supply line falls and the pump
swings back.
The slew gear can be driven with closed or open circuits. This function is preselected using a
switch just as the slew gear brake is opened.
Adjustment of damping slew gear left and right
Protection Feed pressure valve Pressure cut-off

350bar 20- 25bar 350bar

3.2.1 Closed circuit
Y70 and Y71 are activated when selecting the closed circuit. The dynamic and static brake is
released by preselecting Y210, i.e. immediately after the button is activated, the brake is open.
The preselected slewing direction activates the corresponding YIV.1 or YIV.2 and pump IV
starts the slew gear motor. Depending on the lever excursion, the speed and braking can be
affected. During operation with oncoming, the foot brake can be used as a starting aid as well.
3.2.2 Open circuit
This function is selected using button S 211. After the slew gear brake has been
opened via Y210, the slew gear is free. Either Y70 or Y71 is activated, depending
on the slewing direction. Braking is carried out via the foot brake by
proportional closing of Y210.
Legend
Disc brake with sink connection
Superstructure left Superstructure
right
KW: emergency activation
Emergency-B-> page 2
Emergency-A-> page 2
Rocker-X-> page 2
Tele section-X-> page 2
H1-Trimot> page 2
Emergency-L-> page 2
Y210-P-> page 2

3.3 Pump III

Telescoping circuit III
Superlift, main boom extension
Luffing gear circuit III and
auxiliary functions such as:
Auxiliary winch, counterweight lift cylinder, counterweight pinning
Pump III supplies block III (load sensing block) and is equipped with a load sensing control,
which is explained in the appendix.
"X" inlet LS pressure
"Z" of Y170 24bar- 3bar
Load sensing valve
Pressure cut-off
Load limit control
Legend:
Retract
Telescope
Extend
Retract
Superlift
Extend
Extend luffing cylinder
Counterweight/auxiliary functions -> 50l/min
P3
YIII- 5- 17,5bar

3.4 Pump V
Supply pump for feeding, e.g.

for hoists, slew gear and oil cooler
3.5 Pump VI
Pinning H2 on superstructure
Tilt cab
Locking and pinning cylinder
3.6 Pump VII
-Supply prop. valves YIII, YII, YI, Y170,

YIIIB, YIIIC, YIV.1, YIV.2
-Solenoid valves pilot control pressure block I and
block II
-Static and dynamic slew gear brake
-Superstructure locking
3.7 Priority list
Function Circuit I Priority Circuit II Priority Circuit III Priority

Hoist 1 * 1 - - - -
Hoist 2 - - * 1 - -
Luffing cylinder * 2 automatic
* 2 2 *
Normal speed preset for HS or alone
Luffing cylinder 2
* 4 * 4 * automatic for
High speed HS or alone
Telescope NS * 3 * 3 * 1
preset
Telescope NS * 4 * 4 * 1
Superlift - - - - * 1
Aux. functions - - - - * 3
Particular feature: When lowering the luffing gear and retracting the telescope in circuit III,
max. 50% of the maximum value (prop. pressure) is released at YIIIB and YIIIC.

4.0 Pilot control

Block 5 and block 6
40bar von PVII
Test point Function Pressure

M69 Open lowering brake telescopic cylinder 5- 30bar
M68 Open lowering brake luffing cylinder 5- 30bar
M72 Proportional pilot control pressure for block III 5-17.5bar
M76 Pilot control pressure 35bar
M73 Proportional pilot control pressure slew gear right 5- 30bar
M74 Proportional pilot control pressure slew gear left 5- 30bar
M70 Pump control pump II 5- 30bar
M71 Pump control pump I 5- 30bar
M75 Pilot control pressure 35bar
M77 Supply for pilot control 40bar

5.0 Block 1 and 2

remote controlled PRV Luffing gear
DBV
Tele Hoist 1
remote comtrolled
PRV
Luffing gear Tele section Hoist 2

6.0 Function Hoist 1
6.1 Raising the hoist

Y11Ia, YI, YI.I, Y18
6.2 Lowering the hoist
Y11Ib, YI, YI.I, Y18.1
Trimot adjustment
Lowering brake
Preload valve
Pump VII, 40bar
Lower input, max. 160bar

Raise input, 340bar

7.0 Function Hoist 2
7.1 Raising the hoist

Y12IIa, YII, YI.II, Y19
7.2 Lowering the hoist
Y12IIb, YII,YI.II, Y18.1
Trimot adjustment
Safety valve
Lowering brake
Pump VI, 90bar
Raise input, 340bar

Lower input, max. 160bar

8.0 Function luffing gear
(Cylinder Komatsu 430/380-4370, LBV Bucher, Cindy 25K500 )

At normal speed the luffing gear is driven over circuit II / III, it can be switched to circuit I /
III using a switch in the instrument panel. At high speed over circuits I, II and III.
8.1 Extend luffing gear
Y13IIa and Y13IIIa (Y13Ia) lowering brake valve, bottom side luffing cylinder, rod side oil
via retraction line and Y13IIa (Y13I a) back to tank.
8.2 Retract luffing gear
Y13IIb and Y13IIIb (Y13Ib )- feed operating pressure "as if depressurised" to rod side and
back to tank (connection on block)
YIIIC opens LBV, bottom side oil via extension line and Y13IIb and Y13IIIb (Y13Ib) back to
the tank.
Raise blocks II+III
Raise block I
Load pressure
compensation
Lowering line
YIIIC 5- 30bar

9.0 Function description telescopic cylinder

(Cylinder Demag Komatsu, 220/190- 11840
Lowering brake valve Bucher, Cindy 20- K240 and Cindy 25- K500)
At normal speed via circuit I and III, at high speed I, III and circuit II
9.1 Extend telescopic section

Y14Ia, Y14IIIa PRV on bottom side tele cylinder
otherwise connection to Y93 (pressure relief couplings)
Y48.4 (here without function)
rod side oil via retraction line and Y14Ia, Y14IIIa back to the tank
9.2 Retract telescopic section

Y14Ib, Y14IIIb(Y14IIb) connection to Y93 rod side tele cylinder
LBV 20- 240 is opened via YIIIB at control pressure of 5- 15 bar
LBV 25- 500 is opened via YIIIB at control pressure of 15- 30 bar
Bottom side oil via extension line and Y14Ib, Y14IIIb (Y14IIb) or via connected Y48.4 (rapid
decrease in ram pressure) back to the tank
There is no high speed for retraction of the telescopic section
Extension lines of
blocks I-III
YIIIB
Oil leakage
Retraction lines
of blocks I- III
Logic rapid retraction

telescopic cylinder

Hydraulics - Superstructure
Working principle of load sensing block
The purpose of an LS control is to guarantee, with uniform actuation of the main pistons, a
constant flow through the directional valves and, as a result, constant consumer speeds. This
occurs independently of any changes to load and pump pressure in the hydraulic system.
The volume flow of the pump is dependent on the aperture stop ( control block ) connected
between the pump and the consumer, but is unaffected by the load pressure in the overall
range below the desired pressure value. The valve compares the pressure in front of the
aperture with the pressure after the aperture and maintains the fall in pressure which occurs
(differential pressure p) and therefore the volume flow at a constant level.
If the differential pressure increases, the pump is swung back, if the differential pressure p
falls, the pump is swung out until a balanced level is restored in the valve.
p aperture stop = p pump - p consumer
The standby pressure for zero lift operation (aperture stop closed) lies slightly above the p
setting. With electrical activation of the solenoid valves in block III, the corresponding
pressure scale and consequently the LS line are placed under pressure. The resultant pressure,
limited by the pressure control valve of the corresponding movement acts on the LS valve and
causes pump III to swing out in direction Qmax
If, at the same time, an additional function is activated in block III, eg tele and SL, the 2nd
electrically activated solenoid valve also causes the pressure scale to be placed under
pressure. However, as a result of the counterpressure from the LS line, this can only be
displaced by the movement that was activated first to the extent that the operating pressure
reaches the consumer. The 2nd movement only affects the level of the LS pressure insofar as
the operating pressure is below the 1st movement. The pressure scale regulates the required
pump pressure for the higher-output movement; as a result the two functions do not affect one
another. The LS pressure is always controlled by the movement with the higher load.
The proportional pilot control pressure which is supplied ( 6.5- 17.5bar ) is the same for
every function. If the telescope function is driven with 12bar prop. pressure, the SL
function also has only 12 bar and a correspondingly lower quantity of oil is supplied to
the consumers via the s/w valves on block III.
ac 350 hyd Sucher 8331.7 Dezember 2001 1

n= 0 min -1 n= 600 min -1
Load sensing
p= 0 bar p= 25 bar
principle
LS= 0 bar LS= 0 bar
pump III
D31 24bar
D32 350bar
D33 24- 3bar
Picture 1: Rest condition Picture 2: Pump activation Phase

When the pump is activated, the standby pressure, approx. 25 bar, is built up,
In the rest condition, the pump is swung to this acts against the spring pressure of the LS valve and pushes it to the right.
maximum supply, only the spring force acts on the Unless a consumer is connected, LS pressure is not built up.
rod side of the pump displacement unit The pump displacement unit is placed under pressure at the bottom end, which
acts against the spring force.
The pump is therefore set at minimum supply.
AC350 Sucher 8331.7 December 2001

n=1600 min -1 n=1600 min -
Load sensing
p= 55 bar 1
principle
LS= 30 bar p= 100 bar
pump III
Picture 3: Activation phase Picture 4: Working phase

When a consumer is activated the LS valve receives an Through the supply qty. of the pump the system pressure continues to
LS signal and moves towards the output position. The rise, the LS valve is pushed against its spring force into an intermediate
pump displacement unit is relieved of pressure at the position, as a result the pump displacement unit swings the pump into the
bottom end and swings in the direction Q max intermediate position required by the consumer, the aperture stop thus
stabilises the control procedure.
AC 350 Sucher 8331.7 December 2001

n = 1600 min -1
n = 1200 min -1
p = 350 bar Load sensing
Y170 = 20 bar
LS = 325 bar principle
LS = 200 bar
Picture 5: Pressure cut-off Picture 6: Load limit control

When the operating pressure reaches its preset If the engine speed falls more than 200 rpm as a result of
maximum value, the pressure control valve (pressure overloading by the consumers, the prop. pressure of the Y170
cut-off) upstream of the LS valve opens to the bottom falls, the balance in the pump swings in the direction Q min .
end of the pump displacement unit, this adjusts the When the engine has sufficient power again, the prop. pressure
on the Y170 is increased and the pump swings back in the
pump back in the direction of minimum flow.
direction Qmax.
AC350 Sucher 8331.7 December 2001

Hydraulics superstructure
Pump 5 Pump 6 Pump 3 Pump 1+2 Pump 4

HY/ZGFS11/ 45+ 16R104 A11VO60 A8VO200 A4VG40
ac 350 hydr. ow sucher 8331.7 Dezember 2001 1

M46 D29 D30
PV
PVI
D31
24bar Y28
Y170 Block 5
LS
Y27
PIII
D32 PIV
350bar
cut- off
D33
24-3 bar PI + PII
limit
control

M73 M75( rigth side )

YIV.2 Pst
35bar
M74
YIV.1 X3
connection Y170
M70
YII
M71
YI
PI + II
L
D49
35bar
M77

Block III
Block VI
Y93
Block VII
Block I Block II
Block I Block II
Y13IA Y13IB
Y13IIA
Y14IA Y13IIB
Y14IB Y14IIA
Y11IB Y14IIB
Y11IA Y12IIB
Y12IIA
AC350 Sucher 8331.7 Dezember 2001

Hoist 1 Tele Block main relief boom up Tele Hoist 1

raising extend valve 350bar retract lowering
350bar 220bar 340bar D12 270bar 160bar
D16 D14 D11 D13 D15
Y1.I M 25
Y11IB Y14IA Y13IA Y13IB Y14IB Y11IA
Block I
Hoist 2 Tele Blockmain relief m.b. Tele Hoist 2

raising extend valve up retract lowering
350bar 230bar 340bar 350bar 280bar 160bar
D22 D20 D17 D18 D19 D21
M26
M32
Y12IIB Y14IIA Y13IIA Y13IIB Y14IIB Y12IIA
Block II

M35
D50 D27 LS
Y40A Y40B pressure and flow control M35
valve 320bar
D35
320bar D27
Y13IIIB Y14IIIB
Y13IIIA Y14IIIA
D24 M36 D10

D26 D25 320bar P M18
C/W & aux. 320bar SL retract 350bar 90bar
functions SL retract 25l/min D32
270bar 85l/min
Block III
Block VI
M69 M68 M72

M76
M78
YIIIB YIIIC YIII
M1777
test points Y93

connection
D9 60bar pressure relieve
Y44 Y93
Y18
D8 60bar
M78 (A)
M17(B)
ac 350 hydr. ow Sucher 8331.7 Dezember 2001 1

Test point Function p [bar]
M1 Load pressure slew gear motor, connection A 350
M2 Load pressure slew gear motor, connection B 350
M3 Proportional pressure slew gear brake 30
M4 Load pressure (bottom) luffing cylinder 340
M5 Effective control pressure (MX) on the LBV, luffing cylinder 25
M6 LPU (emergency operation), "pinning" (bottom) 90
M7 LPU (emergency operation), "unpinning" (rod side) 90
M8 LPU (emergency operation), "unlocking" (rod side) 90
M9 LPU (emergency operation), "locking" (bottom) 90
M10 Return pressure (T) LPU =5
M11 Supply pressure (P) LPU = 90
M12 Safety pressure rod side tele cylinder 290
M13 Load pressure bottom tele cylinder 230
M14 Proportional pressure (X) on the LBV tele cylinder 30
M15 Lowering pressure-H1 / control pressure disc brake-H1 120
M16 Load pressure raise H1 340
M17 Safety pressure rod side superstructure locking cylinder 40
M18 Safety pressure pressure supply LPU / cab = 90
M19 Operating pressure lower luffing gear, block 1 (circuit 1) 10
M20 Operating pressure raise luffing gear, block 1 (circuit 1) 340
M21 Operating pressure retract tele cylinder, block 1 (circuit 1) 270
M22 Operating pressure extend tele cylinder, block 1 (circuit 1) 220
M23 Operating pressure lower hoist 1, block 1 (circuit 1) 160
M24 Operating pressure raise hoist 1, block 1 (circuit 1) 340
M25 Supply pressure (pump pressure) block 1 (circuit 1) 340
M26 Operating pressure lower luffing gear, block 2 (circuit 2) 10
M27 Operating pressure raise luffing gear, block 2 (circuit 2) 340
M28 Operating pressure retract tele cylinder, block 2 (circuit 2) 280
M29 Operating pressure extend tele cylinder, block 2 (circuit 2) 230
M30 Operating pressure lower hoist 2, block 2 (circuit 2) 160
M31 Operating pressure raise hoist 2, block 2 (circuit 2) 340
M32 Supply pressure (pump pressure P2) block 2 (circuit 2) 340
M33 Preliminary pressure lower luffing gear = 80
M34 Proportional pressure block 3 (circuit 3) 17,5
M35 Load sensing pressure (LS) for pump 3 (circuit 3) -
M36 Supply pressure (pump pressure, P3) block 3 (circuit 3) 340
M39 Pressure relief Y93 connection 3 for extend tele cylinder (M29) =0
M42 Operating pressure retract SL, or operating pressure auxiliary functions 320/270
M40 Pressure relief Y93 connection 4 for Superlift / retract tele (M42) =0
M37 Pressure relief Y93 connection 1 for hoist 2 raise (M31) =0
M38 Pressure relief Y93 connection 2 for LPU pressure supply (M43) =0
M41 Pressure relief Y93 connection 5 for auxiliary functions (M83) =0
M42 Supply pressure Superlift (retract tele) 320 (280)
M43 Supply pressure (P) LPU (stored pressure) = 90
M44 Supply pressure (pump P7) for pilot control block1+2 / funct. low pressure = 40
M45 Pump pressure (pump P7) for pilot control block1+2 / functions low pressure = 40
M46 Proportional pressure (Y170 / B300) for load limit control 30
M47 Pump pressure (P2) for block 2 (circuit 2) 340
M50 Load sensing pressure (LS) for pump 3 (circuit 3) -

Test
Function p [bar]
point
M51 Pump pressure (P4/B) for slew gear right (B) 350
M52 Pump pressure (P4/A) for slew gear left (A) 350
M53 Pump pressure (P5) for feed supply / flushing = 10
M54 Pump pressure (P6) for LPU / cab = 90
M55 Operating pressure counterweight cylinder left extend 270
M56 Operating pressure counterweight cylinder left retract 270
M57 Operating pressure counterweight cylinder right extend 270
M58 Operating pressure counterweight cylinder right retract 270
M59 Supply pressure (from block 3/B3) control block auxiliary winch 270
M60 Load pressure motor auxiliary winch (A) 270
M61 Load pressure motor auxiliary winch (B) 270
M62 Lowering pressure H2 / control pressure disc brake-H2 120
M63 Load pressure raise H2 340
M64 Proportional pressure H2-Trimot 30
M65 Proportional pressure H1-Trimot 30
M66 Supply pressure (emergency control coupling "1") "control block emerg. control" = 210
M67 Supply pressure (emergency control PSt) pilot control block1+2 = 40
M68 Proportional pressure lower luffing gear (YlllC/B305) 26
M69 Proportional pressure retract tele cylinder (YlllB/B304) 30
M70 Proportional pressure pump 2 / Trimot-H2 (Yll) 30
M71 Proportional pressure pump 1 / Trimot-H1(Yl) 30
M72 Proportional pressure block 3 (Ylll) 17.5
M73 Proportional pressure slewing gear pump 4.2 (YlV.2) 30
M74 Proportional pressure slewing gear pump 4.1 (YlV.1) 30
M75 Pilot control pressure 35 bar (pilot control block 1) 35
M76 Pilot control pressure 35 bar (pilot control block 2) 35
M77 Supply pressure (pump P7) pilot control pressure 40
M78 Safety pressure bottom end superstructure locking cylinder 40
M79 Pressure relief Y93 connection 6 for pilot control (M76) =0
M80 Safety pinning H2 120
M81 Safety pinning CWT (bottom) 40
M82 Safety pinning CWT (rod) 40
M83 Supply pressure auxiliary functions 270
M84 Safety pressure preliminary valve 10
M85 Safety cylinder holding brake SSL left 70
M86 Safety cylinder holding brake SSL right 70
M87 Lowering brake valve rope drum SSL left / reel in rope drum SSL left 180
M88 Reel out rope drum SSL left 180
M89 Lowering brake valve SSL right / reel in rope drum SSL right 180
M90 Reel out rope drum SSL right 180
M91 Safety oil leakage SSL 10
M92 SSL folding cylinder left rod side 320
M93 SSL folding cylinder left bottom 320
M94 SSL folding cylinder right rod side 320
M95 SSL folding cylinder right bottom 320
M96 SSL erection cylinder bottom 320

List of solenoid valves with function description and place of installation

Hydraulic diagram 132 199 12, sheets 1- 3 Electrics diagram
131 481 12
Valve Place Description
YI Prop-valve Preassembly Pump I
Y1.I s/w- valve Preassembly Release circuit I
YII Prop-valve Preassembly Pump II
Y1.II s/w- valve Preassembly Release circuit II
YIII Prop-valve Preassembly LS block (III)

YIIIB Prop-valve Preassembly Lowering brake valve retract telescope
YIIIC Prop-valve Preassembly Lowering brake valve lower luffing gear
YIV.1 Prop-valve Directly at pump Pump IV slew gear left
YIV.2 Prop-valve Directly at pump Pump IV slew gear right
Y11I s/w- valve Preassembly a Block I Raise hoist 1
b Block I Lower hoist 1
Y12II s/w- valve Preassembly a Block II Hoist 2
b Block II Hoist 2
Y13I s/w- valve Preassembly a Block I Extend luffing cylinder
b Block I Retract luffing cylinder
Y13II s/w- valve Preassembly a Block II Extend luffing cylinder
b Block II Retract luffing cylinder
Y13III s/w- valve Preassembly a Block III Extend luffing cylinder
b Block III Auxiliary functions
- Retract luffing cylinder
- Counterweight cylinder
- Luffing cylinder support ?
- Main boom pinning ?
- Reeving auxiliary winch
Y14I s/w- valve Preassembly a Block I Extend telescopic cylinder
b Block I Retract telescopic cylinder
Y14II s/w- valve Preassembly a Block II Extend telescopic cylinder
b Block II Retract telescopic cylinder
Y14III s/w- valve Preassembly a Block III Extend telescopic cylinder
b Block III Retract telescopic cylinder
Y18 s/w- valve Preassembly Brake hoist 1
Y18.1 s/w- valve directly at LBV Hoist 1 rapid closing of LBV
H1
Y19 s/w- valve directly at LBV Brake hoist 2
H2
Y19.1 s/w- valve directly at LBV Hoist 2 rapid closing of LBV
H2
Y27 s/w- valve Preassembly Hoist 1 engine adjustment
Y28 s/w- valve Preassembly Hoist 2 engine adjustment

Y37.1 s/w- Valve SL - A-frame Open superlift winch brake, left side
Y37.2 s/w- Valve SL - A-frame Open superlift winch brake, right side
Y40 s/w- Valve Preassembly a Block III Extend superlift winch tele
Luffing cylinder pinning pressure
SL erection cylinder - pressure
b Block III Retract superlift winch tele
Y44 s/w- Valve Preassembly Unlock superstructure lock
Y48.4 s/w- Valve Preassembly Logic rapid retraction telescopic cylinder
Y61 s/w- Valve Counterweight a Extend counterweight cylinder
frame b Retract counterweight cylinder
Y63 s/w- Valve Counterweight a Pin counterweight
frame b Unpin counterweight
Y64 s/w- Valve Preassembly a Pin / extend main boom pinning
b Unpin / retract main boom pinning
Y65 s/w- Valve Main boom a Extend SL erection cylinder
extension b Retract SL erection cylinder
Y69.1 s/w- Valve Superstr. le. Extend cab tilt
preassem.
Y69.2 s/w- Valve Superstr. le. Retract cab tilt
preassem.
Y70 s/w- Valve Slew gear Slew gear, open circuit right turning
Y71 s/w- Valve Slew gear Slew gear, open circuit left turning
Y78 s/w- valve on basic case a Pin/extend luffing cylinder pinning main boom
b Unpin/retract luffing cylinder pinning main
boom
Y79 s/w- valve Preassembly a Extend luffing cylinder support
b Retract luffing cylinder support
Y90 Prop valve Auxiliary winch Reel in/tighten reeving auxiliary winch
Y91 s/w- valve Auxiliary winch Reel out/loosen reeving auxiliary winch
Y93 s/w- valve Preassembly Coupling relief valve
Y94 s/w- valve Chassis Rapid stop of chassis with air inlet
Y170 Prop valve Preassembly left Load limit control pumps I/II/III
Y210 Prop valve Preassembly slew Loosen mech. slew gear brake
gear
Y5106 s/w- valve Main boom a Lock LPU
b Unlock LPU
Y5104 s/w- valve Main boom a Pin LPU
b Unpin LPU
Y7509 s/w- valve SL left wedge box pull wedges
Y7510 s/w- valve SL right wedge box pull wedges
Y7512 s/w- valve SL a Unfold left SL arm
b Fold left SL arm
Y7504 s/w- valve SL a Unfold right SL arm
b Fold right SL arm
Y36B.1 s/w- valve SL Reel in left SL winch
Y36B.2 s/w- valve SL Reel in right SL winch
Y36A.1 s/w- valve SL Reel out left SL winch
Y36A.2 s/w- valve SL Reel out right SL winch
Y59.2 s/w- valve H2 a Pin H2 rear

b Unpin H2 rear
Y59.1 s/w- valve H2 a Pin H2 front

b Unpin H2 front
YIVA s/w- valve Preassembly Emergency unit over left pilot control lever
YIVB s/w- valve Preassembly Emergency unit over right pilot control lever
Y566 s/w- valve Adapter main a Pin main boom extension in work position
boom extension b Unpin main boom extension in work position
Y564 s/w- valve Adapter main a Pin main boom extension on basic case
boom extension b Unpin main boom extension on basic case
Y565 s/w- valve Adapter main a Pin main boom extension in swinging position
boom extension b Unpin main boom extension in swinging
position
Y563 s/w- valve Adapter main a Telescope main boom extension in position
boom extension b Transport main boom extension in position

Valve [bar] Test point Function Setting option
D1 405 M4 Thermal protection - luffing Already set by manufacturer!
cylinder bottom
D2 25 M5 Pressure reduction; proportional Already set by manufacturer!
pressure; lower luffing cylinder
(LBV)
D3 290 M12 Protection rod side; telecylinder Dismantle coupling no. 4 and
telescope out at high speed;
D4 380 M13 Thermal protection; telecylinder Already set by manufacturer!
bottom
D5 180 M15/M1 Pressure cut-off; Trimot H1 Already set by manufacturer!
6
D6 20 M65 Control start; Trimot H1 Already set by manufacturer!
D7 430 M16 Protection; load pressure; LBV Already set by manufacturer!
raise H1
D8 40 M78 Protection SS; lock down SS engine -> set pressure;
D9 40 M17 Protection SS; lock up / Actuate switch "pin up" -> set
emergency control PSt pressure;
D10 90 M18 Pressure protection LPU / cab SS engine on -> set pressure
D11 340 M25 Primary protection block 1 Luffing gear 1 "up" against end
(Circuit 1) stop;
D12 350 M20 Raise luffing gear block 1 Screw in setting screw up to
(Circuit 1) mechanical stop
D13 270 M21 Retract telecylinder block 1 "Retract" tele 1 up to end stop;
(Circuit 1)
D14 220 M22 Extend telecylinder block 1 "Extend" tele 1 up to end stop;
(Circuit 1)
D15 160 M23 Lower hoist 1 block 1 (Circuit1) Remove plug from Y18.1 (LBV
H1);
D16 350 M24 Raise hoist 1 block 1 (Circuit1) Screw in setting screw up to
mechanical stop
D17 340 M32 Primary protection block 2 Luffing gear 2 "up" to end stop;
(Circuit 2)
D18 350 M27 Raise luffing gear block 2 Screw in setting screw up to
(Circuit 2) mechanical stop
D19 280 M28 Retract telecylinder block 2 "Retract" tele 2 up to end stop;
(Circuit 2)
D20 230 M29 Extend telecylinder block 2 "Extend" tele 2 up to end stop;
(Circuit 2)
D21 160 M30 Lower hoist 2 block 2 (Circuit 2) Remove plug from Y19.1 (LBV
H2);
D22 350 M31 Raise hoist 2 block 2 (Circuit 2) Screw in setting screw up to
mechanical stop
D23 80 M33 Preliminary tension; lower Block ball cock (H6) -> lower
luffing gear luffing gear high speed;
D24 320 M36 Extend SL ( 25l / min ) W/o A-frame against coupling;
D25 320 M36 Retract SL ( 85l / min ) W/o A-frame against coupling;
D26 270 M36

Counterweight / auxiliary Activate CW or auxiliary
functions functions;
D27 320 M35 Load sensing protection -
D28 40 M45 Pressure protection control oil Already set by manufacturer!
pump (P7)
D29 5-30 M70 Displacement pump 1 (circuit1) Already set by manufacturer!
D30 5-30 M71 Displacement pump 2 (circuit2) Already set by manufacturer!
D31 24 M50 Load sensing displacement Already set by manufacturer!
pump 3
D32 350 M49 Pressure cut-off pump 3 Already set by manufacturer!
D33 3-24 M46 Load limit control adjustment Already set by manufacturer!
pump 3
D34 5-25 M74/M5 Adjustment slew gear left (pump Already set by manufacturer!
6 4)
D35 5-25 M73/M5 Adjustment slew gear right Already set by manufacturer!
1 (pump 4)
D36 350 M51 Protection slew gear right (pump Already set by manufacturer!
4)
D37 350 M52 Protection slew gear left (pump Already set by manufacturer!
4)
D38 20- M51/M5 Pressure feed pump (P8) Already set by manufacturer!
25 2
D39 350 M51/M5 Pressure protection slew gear Already set by manufacturer!
2 (pump 4)
D40 400 M56 Protection rod side CW cylinder Already set by manufacturer!
left
D41 400 M58 Protection rod side CW cylinder Already set by manufacturer!
right
D42 10 (M56/M Pressure cut-off oil leakage CW Already set by manufacturer!
58) cylinder
D43 315 M60 Protection; load-holding side; Already set by manufacturer!
auxiliary winch
D44 180 M62/M6 Pressure cut-off; Trimot H2 Already set by manufacturer!
3
D45 20 M64 Control start; Trimot H2 Already set by manufacturer!
D46 430 M63 Protection; load pressure LBV; Already set by manufacturer!
raise H2
D47 210 M66 Protection; operating pressure; Already set by manufacturer!
"emergency operation"
D48 40 M67 Pressure connection; "emergency Already set by manufacturer!
operation"
D49 35 M76 Pilot control pressure (35 bar) Already set by manufacturer!
D50 320 M35 Pressure compensator block 3 Already set by manufacturer!
D51 120 M80 Protection; pinning H2 Activate auxiliary winch or
auxiliary functions;
D52 40 M81 Protection; pinning CW (bottom) Extend CW pinning
D53 40 M82 Protection; pinning CW (rod) Retract CW pinning

D54 10 M84 Protection; hoist preload valve Already set by manufacturer!
D55 70 M85 Protection; cylinder retaining Already set by manufacturer!
brake; rope feeder SSL left
D56 70 M86 Protection; cylinder retaining Already set by manufacturer!
brake; rope feeder SSL right
D57 180 M87 Protection; lowering brake valve; Already set by manufacturer!
rope feeder; SSL left
D58 250 M87 Protection; rope feeder; SSL left Already set by manufacturer!
D59 180 M89 Protection; lowering brake valve; Already set by manufacturer!
rope feeder; SSL right
D60 250 M89 Protection; rope feeder; SSL Already set by manufacturer!
right
D61 10 M91 Protection; oil leakage; SSL Already set by manufacturer!
D62 320 M92 SSL folding-down cylinder; left
rod side
D63 320 M93 SSL folding-down cylinder; left
bottom
D64 320 M94 SSL folding-down cylinder; right
rod side
D65 320 M95 SSL folding-down cylinder; right
bottom
D66 320 M96 SSL erection cylinder bottom

Description of the stop valves
Valve NW Tube Function Closed Open

[mm]
[mm]
H1 16 20 "Emergency activation" slew gear left Emergency Standard
activation
H2 16 20 "Emergency activation" slew gear right Emergency Standard
activation
H3 40 38 "Dolly operation" luffing cylinder bottom (circuit 2) Dolly operation Standard
H4 40 28 "Dolly operation" luffing cylinder bottom (circuit 1) Dolly operation Standard
H5 20 22 "Dolly operation" luffing cylinder rod (tank) Standard Dolly operation
H6 40 38 "Preliminary tension" rod side luffing cylinder Prelim. Tension Standard
H7 10 12/16 "Emergency activation" pressure supply circuit 1 Standard Emergency
and 2 activation
Description of the hydraulic blocks
No. Function DEMAG Type designation Manufacturer Comment

1 Luff, tele, H1 132 144 12 RC005037 Bucher Standard
2 Luff, tele, H2 132 144 12 RC005037 Bucher Standard
3 Tele, SSL, luff, EF 131 108 12 M6-M1001 Rexroth Standard
4 Slew gear 132 170 12 AV5377-0-2 Buchholz Standard
5 Pilot control 133 822 12 2 819 042 869 Bosch Standard
6 Pilot control 133 823 12 2 819 042 870 Bosch Standard
7 Tele bypass 001 125 12 Bosch Standard
8 Pressure relief 132 197 12 Hydac Standard
9 Auxil. winch 132 165 12 Bucher Auxiliary winch
10 Emergency activation 132 171 12 Hythos (FSP) Circuits1+2, SG, PSt
11 SSL left 130 655 12 SK 281100 Tries Lateral Superlift
12 SSL right 130 655 12 SK 281100 Tries Lateral Superlift

Service Manual
PAT -
modular PDC
Version 1.4a
Date 17.06.2003
Technical Training AC / CC General
Version 1.4 a PDC - System
1. General instructions on working with computer components
In the following sections the basic components of the modular "Pat Dynamics Control - PDC"
are described which fulfil (or will fulfil in the future) various control, monitoring and visualisation
tasks in the machines AC 100, AC 120, AC 300, AC 500-1, AC 650, CC 2800, and CC 2500.
Some basic rules which are valid for the operation of electronic machines must be followed
during maintenance and repair work to this system. These rules, relating to the relevant com-
ponents, are listed in the following and the terms used are explained.
General Rule
Boards or components may only be plugged in or removed while off circuit! The wires and
coding switches/ jumpers may only be modified and fuses may only be changed while off
circuit!
E-PROM electric programmable read-only memory

Memory chip which can be written electrically using suitable programming units and which can
be read only during normal operation. These chips must be erased by extensive UV radiation in
order to be written again. This is therefore called non-volatile memory.
In order for the UV rays to reach the actual chip, there is a window in the E-PROM. This window
is sealed off after programming using a sticker, sealing off all light, so that nothing is acciden-
tally erased by extensive sunlight, for example.
This sticker may therefore only be removed when erasing the E-PROM.
E-PROMs are electrostatically endangered components. You must make sure you are not
electrostatically charged before touching an E-PROM. Ideally, this is done using special
earthing wristbands, electrostatic mats and tools and similar items. If these aids are not avail-
able, at least equipotential bonding between the PDC and the operator should be established;
this is done by touching a metal component of the PDC (e.g. housing), before touching
the E-PROM.
An E-PROM is removed from its socket by pulling the E-PROM out on both sides at the
same time using a pair of IC pull-out pliers. A small screwdriver may be used as an aid with
which one lifts the E-PROM out of the socket alternatively on both front sides. This is the only
way to avoid bending the E-PROM pins. A removed E-PROM can be used again, and must be
returned to department 8315.1. Department 8315.1 must always be informed when the E-
PROMs have been exchanged!
An E-PROM is inserted into its socket by first setting all pins into the bases. Possibly bent pins
must be straightened carefully (!). When all pins are in the bases, the E-PROM is pressed into
the socket evenly on both sides and without any misalignment. You must check after-
wards if all pins fit into the socket correctly or if any pins were bent outward or inward (hard
to see!).
EEPROM electric erasable programmable read-only memory
In principle an E-PROM; however, it is not erased by UV rays but by electrical means. This is
why an EE-PROM does not have a window. An EE-PROM can be erased and programmed
again in the machine which means that in many cases it is not necessary to exchange these
components.
TECHNICAL TRAINING AC / CC GENERAL

WOLFRAM A. KERTH VERSION 1.4 A
17.06.2003
RAM random access memory

In the general sense: memory with free access to the current contents. During operation, this
memory represents the memory of the crane. All programs and data (e.g. the current crane
configuration) which are required during crane operation are filed in this memory. This memory
loses all data it contained as soon as the power supply is cut off. RAM is therefore a volatile
memory in contrast to the E-PROM and EE-PROM. This is why all data which is to be stored
permanently (e.g. customer settings) are filed in a non-volatile memory.
Ribbon cable
Often ribbon cables are used in computers to connect contact rows with up to 68 strands.
These ribbon cables are either welded directly into a board or are closed off using plugs / cou-
plings. These plugs / couplings are usually fitted with cutting contacts. The ribbon cable is laid
into the contact body and pressed into the cutting contact using a plastic strip. This means that
the plastic strip is locked into the contact body. This type of fitting is relatively highly loadable in
a mechanical sense; however, the ribbon cable may never be pulled in order to loosen a
plugged connection. You may only pull the plastic bodies when loosening a plugged connec-
tion; a possibly stuck plugged connection can be loosened carefully (!) using a small screw-
driver.
In order to avoid a polarity reversal of the ribbon cable at least the strand / contact is marked
with the number "1" at the connecting points of the ribbon cable (i.e. on the board). The ribbon
cable itself has strands of different colours or a marking for the strand with the number "1". It is
normal at this point to see a grey ribbon cable with a red strand as number "1", for example.
Furthermore, the plugs / couplings are coded mechanically using lugs or slots and can only be
inserted easily in the correct direction.
Coding switch
So-called coding switches are used to carry out single settings on a board. They are small ro-
tary switches with 10 or 16 positions, for example. The coding switch is set carefully (!) us-
ing a small screwdriver. The position of the coding switch is indicated, for example, by a small
arrow. The different positions of the coding switch may lock into place only weakly, which
means that the exact setting of the switch position is the responsibility of the operator.

17.06.2003
Coding jumper
Another way of making settings on a board is to use coding jumpers. During this procedure two
contact pins are connected with each other so that they are conductive using a small plug-in
connector. The plug-in connectors (coding jumpers) must be plugged in carefully and only in
the indicated direction. Surplus plug-in connectors may not be plugged into free contact
pins.
Trimming potentiometer
There are small trimming potentiometers on some boards for continuously variable settings.
These trimming potentiometers must be rotated carefully using a suitable screwdriver.
Avoid rotating past the mechanical stop as a defective potentiometer means that the whole
board must be exchanged. The current position of the potentiometer is usually indicated with a
small marking (arrow point, line). If this is not the case, the correct position must be set by first
rotating the potentiometer to both final stops in order to determine the rotating area and then
rotating it into the correct position.

17.06.2003
2. Assignment of the plug-in boards in the computer
The plug-in boards described in the following chapters can exist in various places and in differ-
ent numbers, depending on the type of machine and the technical equipment. You can have the
current configuration of the PDC, i.e. the type and position of the plug-in boards, displayed by
the operating console. The following figure shows the screen display as an example for a CC
crane.
Basic digital
Profibus interface board input boards
Basic analog
LLD board Video board Analog input boards output board
CPU board
State
fields
Piggy digital Piggy analog Mains board

Info menus input boards output boards
Profibus with profibus Piggy digital

participants output boards
Legend:
Status overview ECIS bus participants

17.06.2003
The following figure shows the relevant screen display as an example for an AC crane. The
fundamental layout of plug-in boards remains the same; however, number and labelling
changes. Legend: Status overview ECIS I/O boards
Basic digital
Profibus interface board input board
Basic output
LLD board Video board Analog input boards board
CPU board
Status
fields
Piggy digital Piggy analog Mains board

Info menus input boards output boards
Profibus with Piggy digital

participants output boards

17.06.2003
The CPU, LLD, Profibus and video boards are always in the first four positions (as shown
here).
The digital input and output boards are in the following plug-in positions; the basic board is al-
ways plugged in first and then the piggy boards.
After that are the analog input and output boards. First the basic boards and then the piggy
boards are plugged in here as well.
The plug-in board with mains supply for the entire computer is always in the outer right-hand
position.
The state fields (in this example: ) give information on the status of the basic plug-in boards
and / or bus participants. But in this case "OK" only means that the relevant component group
is functioning and that the connection to the connected piggy boards and / or bus participants is
in order. However, "OK" does not means that all piggy boards are also supplying correct input
and output values or that all input and outputs of a bus participant are functioning correctly!
The indicated symbols are explained by selecting the info menus.

17.06.2003
3.1 Layout of the CPU board
The CPU board is the actual heart of the PDC system. It contains the processor, the memory
chips as well as all peripheral components required for operation. Only the E-PROM compo-
nents are important for a software change. They are arranged as follows:
Data E-PROM 22
System E-PROM
RAM components
System E-PROM 11
Data E-PROM 21
The bottom number on each E-PROM indicates the plug-in station on the board. The E-PROMs
in plug-in stations -11- and -12- contain the operating system software. The E-PROMs in plug-
in stations -21- and -22- contain all control programs (SPS), data components, graphics, appli-
cations and configurations. The EE-PROM is on the bottom layer and cannot be exchanged
without taking the CPU apart. It usually is not necessary to exchange the EE-PROM.
The following descriptions with the following meanings are on the E-PROM.

17.06.2003
ECIS General description for the oper-

TFT1 ating system E-PROM
M2 Not relating to the machine, sys- B1 System E-PROM no. -11-

tem E-PROM B2 System E-PROM no. -12-
03.35 Running index, continuous with

each new program version
2CF3 4-digit HEX number, inspection

sum
-11- Plug-in station number
39 Machine recognition, here e.g. AC C1 Application software,

300 E-PROM no. -21-
C2 Application software,
01.08 Running index, continuous with E-PROM no. -22-
each new program version
AC Machine description in plain Eng-

300 lish
46DD 4-digit HEX number, inspection

sum
-21- Plug-in station number
The 4-digit HEX number represents the last 4 digits of the inspection sum of the entire binary
content of the E-PROM. When creating a new E-PROM or when duplicating make sure the in-
spection sum is correct!

17.06.2003
The following connections and display elements are on the front plate of the CPU board:
Switch and LED "Reset": System reset, cold start
Switch and LED "Abort": Hot start
Switch and LED "F1": Service button "F1" and display "F1"
7-segment display: Status and fault display
Switch and LED "F2": Service button "F2" and display "F2"
Interface "1", RS 232: Download interface for Etool
Interface "2", RS 232: Debug and modem interface
Interface "3", RS 422: Reserved for console control

17.06.2003
3.2 Layout of the LLD board
The LLD board must be viewed as an independent processor board. It is responsible for the
tasks and calculations necessary for the load limit device. Only the E-PROM components are
important for a software change here as well. They are arranged as follows:
Loads E-PROM LC
Data E-PROM DAT
System E-PROM 0
The bottom number on each E-PROM indicates the plug-in station on the board. The System E-
PROM -0- contains the operating system software with all calculations. The Data E-PROM DAT
contains the crane-specific data and benchmark figures. The Loads E-PROM WC contains the
actual loads. The same rules apply for the inspection sums as listed for the CPU.

17.06.2003
The following connections and display elements are on the front plate of the LLD board:
LEDs "RES", "INT",

"1", "2", "3", "4": Service lamps for PAT,
not relevant for servicing
LED "Load": Display for overload
LED "A2B": Hoist limit switch display
Interface "RS 232": Programming and parameterising interface for LLD
"Digital I/O X2": I/O plug X2, see circuit diagram for machine
"Keyswitch X3": I/O plug X3, see circuit diagram for machine

17.06.2003
3.3 Layout of the analog input board

The analog input boards read in the measured values of the different sensors, each board
containing 7 inputs. There are several boards with an identical layout in the system, however,
the computer must be able to differentiate between them. This is why each board has a clear
address, which is set using the address coding switch; see figure. The addresses are counted
up from "0" up to maximum "F", which means there are 16 possible addresses. Each address
for this type of board may be in the system only once!
When exchanging a defective board, the substitute board must be set to the same address
which was set on the defective board. If two boards are exchanged (e.g. for testing), then the
addresses of the boards must be exchanged, too.
The address coding switch must be rotated carefully (!) using a suitable screwdriver.
If the correct address is not known for a board, the details for the address and plug-in station
can be obtained from the documents of the company Terex / Demag.
Address coding switch 0-F

17.06.2003
3.4 Layout of the analog basic output board
The analog basic board creates variable electric control signals, which are distributed via so-
called piggy boards. In the basic board, a maximum of eight signals are created for this pur-
pose, which are then passed on to a maximum of four piggy boards; i.e. each piggy board has
two channels. The analog signals are passed on to the piggy boards via four connecting plugs
and via ribbon cables.
As is the case with the analog input board, each analog basic output board contains an address
coding switch with which each board receives an address, which in turn may be in the system
only once for this type of board. When exchanging a defective board in this unit the same ad-
dress must be set on the substitute board as on the defective board as well. If two boards are
exchanged (e.g. for testing), the addresses of the boards must be exchanged, too.
can be obtained from the documents of the company Dematic. Usually the address is "0", as
there is only one analog basic output board in the system.
Furthermore, there is a coding jumper on the analog basic output board which can be plugged
into six different positions. This jumper sets the ripple frequency which is superimposed over
the control signal of the proportional hydraulic valves. The six positions correspond to the fol-
lowing frequencies, from left to right: 160 Hz, 80 HZ, 40 HZ, 20 Hz, 10 Hz, 5 Hz. The ripple fre-
quency is set to 80 Hz in the following figure.
4 connecting plugs for piggy boards
Coding jumpers, 6 different positions

17.06.2003
3.5 Layout of the analog piggy output board
The analog piggy board receives two input signals from the basic board using a ribbon cable;
the piggy board reinforces the signals and passes them on to two consumers (e.g. proportional
valves). The ribbon cable is connected to a relevant connecting plug. The maximum output cur-
rent is 1 Ampere for each channel.
There is no address coding switch on the analog piggy output board. The address is deter-
mined by the fact that each board receives its signals from the analog basic output board via its
own output or its own ribbon cable. This means that when the ribbon cables of the piggy boards
are exchanged the connecting leads must be exchanged, too.
Furthermore, there is a fuse on the board which protects the output levels against short circuit-
ing. There is also a trimming potentiometer which sets the ripple amplitude of the output board.
This potentiometer always remains in the central position if not expressly fixed otherwise.
Connecting plug for the cable of the basic board
Trimming potentiometer
Fuse

17.06.2003
3.6 Layout of the digital basic input board
The digital basic input board reads in the measured values of 16 binary sensors, i.e. "0" or "1"
values. Furthermore, up to four digital piggy boards are addressed using this board; these can
be either input or output boards. These boards are connected using ribbon cables; a ribbon
cable with connecting coupling is guided from the first piggy board to the basic board and is
plugged into the connecting plug there. There is another connecting plug on the piggy board, to
which the next piggy board can be connected with its ribbon cable, etc.; a maximum of four
piggy boards can be connected one after the other. There is a fuse on the board which protects
all connected piggy boards. If this fuse is defective, none of the piggy boards will work, even if
control indicates differently.
This board also receives a clear address which is set using the address coding switch, see fig-
ure. The addresses are counted up from "0" (via ...8-9-A-B...) up to maximum "F", i.e. there are
16 possible addresses. Each address of this type of board may only be in the system once!
When exchanging a defective board, the substitute board must be set to the same address
which was set on the defective board. If two boards are exchanged (e.g. for testing), then the
addresses of the boards must be exchanged, too.
can be obtained from the documents of the company Terex / Demag. There can be up to three
digital basic input boards in the system.
Connecting plug for ribbon cables

Fuse

17.06.2003
3.7 Layout of the digital piggy input board
The digital piggy input boards also read in the measured values of 16 binary sensors. However,
the boards are not independent but are addressed via the digital basic input board. As previ-
ously described, they are connected to the basic input board using a ribbon cable with con-
necting coupling. The connecting coupling at the end of the ribbon cable is not shown here. The
connecting plug for the next piggy board is next to the ribbon cable.
The digital piggy boards receive their addresses by plugging them into a certain place behind
the basic input board, they do not have a coding switch. In other words, they will automatically
receive the addresses "0" to "3" if there is a maximum of four piggy boards behind the basic in-
put board. This means that the function of the digital piggy input boards is dependent on their
plug-in station. If therefore two boards are exchanged for testing, the connections to their front
plates must also be exchanged. If this is not done, the digital input signals will be on the wrong
channels!
Connecting plug for ribbon cable
Ribbon cable with plug

17.06.2003
3.8 Layout of the digital piggy output board
The digital piggy output boards have 16 potential-free relay outputs with NO contacts. These
boards are not independent either and are addressed via the digital basic input board. They are
connected to the basic input board as described for the digital piggy input boards using a ribbon
cable with connecting coupling.
These boards receive their addresses, too, by plugging them into a certain place behind the
basic input board, they do not have a coding switch, either. This is why the function of the digi-
tal piggy output boards depends on their plug-in station as well. If therefore two boards are ex-
changed for testing, the connections to their front plates must also be exchanged. If this is not
done, the digital output signals will be applied to the wrong consumers!
Each relay output is protected by a time-delayed fine fuse with 2 A. The fuses are plugged in
and are fixed mechanically using two screwed-in plastic strips. In order to change a fuse, the
relevant strip must be removed and then fitted again afterwards. There are two substitute fuses
on the board for emergencies.
16 fuses for output relays
16 output relays 2 substitute fuses
Connecting plug for ribbon cables
Ribbon cables with plug

17.06.2003
4.0 Changing the software
The software in the modular PDC is linked in various memory media.

- E-PROM area
- EE-PROM area
- battery-buffered RAM
- operating RAM (no buffer)
In the E-PROM area there are:

- operating system software (separate E-PROMs)
- control programs (SPS programs)
- control data components (for first operation)
- graphics
- applications (rapid calculations, keyboard entries, optional functions, etc.)
- telescoping help
- system configuration (definition of hoists in the PDC)
- I/O configuration (definition of hoists outside of PDC)
In the EE-PROM area there are:

- control data components (works settings)
- application data (operating modes, state variables, etc.)
In the buffered RAM there are:

- possibly control programs (test and intermediate versions)
- control data components (individual settings)
- application data, retentive flags, etc.
In the operating RAM there are:

- the currently processed control program
- all volatile flags
- all other volatile data
When creating the software setting it was determined that all data required for crane control is
stored in the E-PROM. This means that to change the software only means to change the E-
PROMs. The appendix offers software help for transmitting relevant information from the E-
PROM into the corresponding memory areas.
The software helps are implemented in the PDC-Tool of the operating system software.

17.06.2003
5.0 PDC-Tool
You usually enter the PDC-Tool by pressing buttons "8" and "1" in the console at the same
time.
The following basic menu appears after the some display building time:
This means:
(...continued on the next page)

17.06.2003
(01) Show versions of software:

Display of software versions stored in the system (in all memory areas). As an example,
the display of the AC 300 is shown here:
EE-PROM area,
poss. RAM area
E-PROM area
Very important!
There might be a second page, which can be reached using the "Cursor down" button:

17.06.2003
(02) Show workhours:

This shows the time during which the system is switched on. At the moment, other times
are only used in the AC 120.
(03) Show crane calibration parameter:

The current CCPs are listed here.
(04) Show logged messages:

Any stored fault messages can be indicated here.
(05) Dump memory:

This is where memory contents can be shown in the console by entering the HEX address
in its HEX form and in its ASCII form at the same time.
(06) Activate/deactivate messages:

The output of internal faults in the serial interface is selected here.
These functions must always be switched off so as not to waste computer capacity un-
necessarily.
The functions must be switched off in CC cranes!!

17.06.2003
(10) Edit time:

The system time is set here.
(11) Edit date:

The system date is set here.
(12) Edit crane calibration parameter:

The configuration parameters for adapting the software to the crane design (e.g. if the
customer has special requests) is entered here.
The supervisor menu must be selected first in order to enter the CCP. Otherwise, the fol-
lowing message will appear: "Sorry, no crane calibration parameter available".
(20) Activate modem:

With this function the initialisation sequence for a Siemens M1 radio modem is transmit-
ted to the serial interface 2, activating a connected modem. The modem goes into stand-
by mode and can be addressed.
(30) Reset/show power fail counter:

Indicates the powerfail counter or resets it to 0..
(31) Set screennumber when exit:

You can select here which screen is activated the next time the system is booted. If there
is only one screen, generally the number "0" must be entered.

17.06.2003
(99) Enter supervisor menu:

Further functions can be called up by entering an 8-digit supervisor code. The following
extension of the menu above appears after the code has been entered successfully:
As well as the second half using "Cursor down":

17.06.2003
This means:
(12) Edit crane calibration parameter:

The configuration parameters for adapting the software to the crane design (e.g. if the
customer has special requests) are entered here.
These parameters must always be taken into consideration. They are always cited when
the software is changed!!
First, the CCP number must always be selected in the selection menu using two digits.

17.06.2003
Then you come to the entry mask:
The crane configuration is entered as a decimal number.

Its value is usually indicated in a separate document or must be obtained from the soft-
ware department.
You enter the number using the number key and confirm it with the - key.
(40) Edit workhours:

The PDC operating hours can be changed here.
(45) Erase application data in battery-RAM:

Erases the area in the EE-PROM, in which the application data is stored (e.g. last se-
lected operating mode). In order to erase this area, it is necessary to boot up the system
completely in order to avoid possible fault messages.
(46) Erase user area in battery-RAM:

All SPS programs and data blocks (individual setting) in the battery-buffered RAM are
erased with this function.

17.06.2003
(47) Erase data-blocks in EEPROM:

All data blocks (works setting) in the EE-PROM are erased with this function.
(48) Erase message logram in battery-RAM:
All stored fault messages are erased in the battery-buffered RAM with this function.
(50) Copy system configuration into EEPROM:
This function copies the system configuration from the E-PROM into the EE-PROM.
The system configuration describes the complete layout of the PDC system incl. boards
and BUS configuration.
The recorded version is not valid until the next RESET or cold start.
(51) Copy I/O configuration into EEPROM:

This function copies the input / output configuration from the E-PROM into the EE-PROM.
The input / output configuration describes the parameterisation and calibration of the I/O
components (sensors) in the PDC system.
(52) Copy data-blocks into EEPROM:

This function copies the data blocks from the E-PROM into the EE-PROM.
The data blocks describe the driving behaviour of the crane and should only be changed
or overwritten following consultation with the software department.
(60) Edit modem PIN and PUK:

The PIN number and the PUK (or Super-Pin) number of the Siemens M1 modem are an-
nounced to the system with this function.
The PIN number is needed in order to register the modem in the D2 network.
The PUK or Super-Pin number is needed in order to unlock the modem after the PIN
number has been entered incorrectly three times.

17.06.2003
5.1 Changing the system software

When changing the system software (E-PROMs 11 and 12), you only need to make sure that
the software is compatible with the control software (E-PROMs 21 and 22).
5.2 Changing the control software

When changing the control software (E-PROMs 21 and 22), make sure that the software is
compatible with:
n the system software (E-PROMs 21 and 22)
n the LLD software (E-PROMs "0", "DAT" and "WC" on the LLD board)
n the memory contents in battery RAM
n the memory contents in the EE-PROM.
The following functions must be carried out after the E-PROMs in the PDC-Tool have been
changed:
1.: Function 33: Erase user area in battery-RAM

If not instructed otherwise, this function should always be carried out!
2.: Function 35: Erase data-blocks in EEPROM

Proceed with caution with this function. If there are works settings in the EE-PROM, they
will also be erased. This means that the relevant settings must be noted before the function
is carried out and then set again manually afterwards.
However, this step must be carried out generally whenever operation is starting for the first
time.
3.: Function 36: Copy system configuration into EEPROM

This function should only be carried out if required.
time.
4.: Function 37: Copy I/O configuration into EEPROM

This function should only be carried out if required.
time.

17.06.2003
5.3 Software versions

The menu point (01) in the PDC-Tool reads all software headers in the system.
These headers indicate the software modules.
It is very important to read the header in order to be able to describe the function of the soft-
ware.
The header messages are layouted as follows:
Battery RAM
EE-PROM area
E-PROM area
Very important!!!
The CPU always works through the software in the following sequence:
1. Battery RAM
2. EE-PROM
3. E-PROM
This means that if there is software in several areas, the software which is found first is proc-
essed. All others are ignored.
If there are questions for the software department, the header of the E-PROM as well as the
contents of RAM and the EE-PROM area must always be indicated.

17.06.2003
P. Liefke
Description of PDC Interfaces Dept. 8315.1
Control Component AC 300-1 SSB 0.8_300-
from 31 119 and machines with SSL 1_31119.DOC
Version 0.8 from 05.12.01
1.2 PDC configuration
PDC assembly for AC300-1
Desig. Function PAT order no. Slot Width Ident. number

No. (DU)
0 PDC assy. AC300-1 TL ??? 131 453 12
Rack with back plane and 21 slots 22 000 10 0030 001 517 12
incl.
-A101 CPU 22 020 10 0098 1,(2) 8 131 568 12
-A102 LLD 22 020 10 0011 3,(4) 8 131 569 12
-N100 Mains component 22 020 10 0180 - 8 001 618 12
Back plane with 21 slots 450 16 0121 - - -
-A103 Profibus extension incl. 22 020 10 0006 5 4 000 284 12

-Z100 Aux. Mains supply profibus 22 005 10 0010 - Separate 000 285 12
-A107 BUS distribution board 22 010 30 0002 - Separate 654 986 40
-A104 Video controller 22 020 30 0070 6 4 000 286 12
-A110 Digital input/output basic 1 22 020 30 0052 7 4 000 287 12

-A111 Digital output piggy 1 22 020 30 0066 (8) 4 000 289 12
-A113 Digital input piggy 1 22 020 30 0058 (10) 4 000 288 12
-A114 Digital input/output basic 2 22 020 30 0052 11 4 000 287 12
-A117 Digital input piggy 2 22 020 30 0058 (14) 4 000 288 12
-A120 Analogue input 1 22 020 30 0030 15 4 000 290 12
-A121 Analogue input 2 22 020 30 0030 16 4 000 290 12
-A124 Analogue output basic 2 22 020 30 0022 17,(18) 4 000 291 12
-A125 Analogue output basic 1 22 020 30 0022 19,(20) 6 000 291 12
-A126 Analogue output piggy 1 22 020 30 0025 (2)1 5 000 292 12
-A127 Analogue output piggy 2 22 020 30 0025 - 5 000 292 12
Total width in part units (PU) 102
-K100 Console assy. With control panel

and TFT display 640x480 22 001 06 0050 - Separate 131 500 12
-A371 Multiple sensor board 22 002 10 0035 - Separate 001 378 12
Page 1 of 12
P. Liefke
1.3 Allocation of I/O Boards
-A102 Digital inputs / outputs LLD (load limit device) board 22 020 10 0009
DE 0 X3/5 Key switch S16 Bridging HLS (hoist limit) 1 = HLS bridged
DE 1 X3/6 Key switch S15 Bridging LLD 1 = LLD bridged
DE 2 X3/8 Reserve digital input
AE 0 X2/9 HLS S1 Hoist limit switch input 1k Ohm - 3.2 kOhm HLS not
actuated
DA 0 X2/2 K708 LLD relay 0 = LLD in overload

DA 1 X2/5 K709 HLS relay 0 = HLS actuated
DA 2 X2/8 H... Buzzer LLD 1 = overload, switched off internally
-A110 Digital inputs basic 22 020 30 0052
DE 0 a2 -B216 RY+ Direction contact 1 = Lower actuated

DE 1 a4 Lever sensor H1 RY- Direction contact 1 = Raise actuated
DE 2 a6 -B216 RX+ Direction contact 1 = Lower actuated
DE 3 a8 Lever sensor luffing RX- Direction contact 1 = Raise actuated
cyl. Or H2
DE 4 a10 -B217 RX+ Direction contact 1 = Rotate right actuated
DE 5 a12 Lever sensor slew RX- Direction contact 1 = Rotate left actuated
gear
DE 6 a14 -B217 RY+ Direction contact 1 = Extend actuated
DE 7 a16 Lever sensor tele or RY- Direction contact 1 = Retract actuated
H2
DE 8 a18 Pushbutton in S21 Free 1 = .Trimot on / off (toggle)
control lever
(front right)
DE 9 a20 Pushbutton in S27 Trimot H1 1 = on / off (toggle)
control lever
(front left)
DE 10 a22 Pushbutton in S22 Free-running slew gear 1 = Free-running on / off (toggle)
control lever
(front right)
DE 11 a24 Pushbutton in S28 Trimot H2 1 = Trimot on / off (toggle)
control lever
(front left)
DE 12 a26 Pushbutton in S24 High speed 1 1 = High speed on / off (toggle)
control lever left Telescope
(Luffing fly jib left)
DE 13 a28 Pushbutton in S24 High speed 2 1 = High speed on / off (toggle)
control lever left Telescope
(Luffing fly jib right)
DE 14 a30 Pushbutton in S23 High speed 1 Luffing 1 = High speed on / off (toggle)
control lever right cylinder
(Luffing fly jib left)
DE 15 a32 Pushbutton in S23 High speed 2 Luffing 1 = High speed on / off (toggle)
control lever right cylinder
(Luffing fly jib right)
Page 2 of 12
P. Liefke
-A111 Digital outputs 22 020 30 0066
RE 01 e2 Y11IA Hoist 1 on circuit I lower See separate description

RE 02 e4 Y11IB Hoist 1 on circuit I raise See separate description
RE 03 e6 Y13IB + Y42I Luffing cylinder on circuit I retract See separate description
+ lowering brake
RE 04 e8 Y13IA Luffing cylinder on circuit I extend See separate description
RE 05 e10 S4.../S6... Bridging limit switch luffing FJ See separate description
RE 06 e12 Y48.4 Oil flow compensation tele on For each telescoping out = 1
RE 07 e14 Y14IB Telescopes on circuit 1 retract See separate description
RE 08 e16 Y14IA Telescopes on circuit 1 - extend See separate description
RE 09 e18 Y42III Lowering brake luffing gear See separate description
retract on circuit III
RE 10 e20 Y13IIB + Y42II Luffing cylinder on circuit II retract See separate description
+ lowering brake
RE 11 e22 Y13IIA Luffing cylinder on circuit II See separate description
extend
RE 12 e24 Y12IIA Hoist 2 on circuit II lower See separate description
RE 13 e26 Y12IIB Hoist 2 on circuit II raise See separate description
RE 14 e28 Y14IIB Telescopes on circuit II retract See separate description
RE 15 e30 Y14IIA Telescopes on circuit II extend See separate description
RE 16 e32 Y91 Auxiliary winch - freewheel 1 = auxiliary winch free
RE 01 e2 K30 Switchover pressure

measurement
RE 02 e4 Y18.1 Lowering brake valve H1 See separate description
RE 04 e8
RE 05 e10 Y44 Superstructure lock 1 = withdraw locking pin
RE 06 e12 K37 SL lock 1 = release SL lock
RE 07 e14 Y65A Erection cylinder SL frame 1 = extend cylinder (SL raise)
RE 08 e16 Y65B Erection cylinder SL frame 1 = retract cylinder (SL lower)
RE 09 e18 Y36B Superlift winch 1 = reel in SL winch (tension)
RE 10 e20 Y36A Superlift winch 1 = reel out SL winch
RE 11 e22 Y27 Trimot H1 1= Trimot activated
RE 12 e24 Y28 Trimot H2 1= Trimot activated
RE 13 e26 Y13IIIA Luffing cylinder on circuit III See separate description
extend
RE 14 e28 Y13IIIB Luffing cylinder on circuit III See separate description
retract
+ auxiliary functions
RE 15 e30 Y14IIIA Telescopes on circuit III extend See separate description
RE 16 e32 Y14IIIB + Y48III Telescopes on circuit III retract + See separate description
lowering brake
Page 3 of 12
P. Liefke
-A113 Digital inputs piggy 22 020 30 0058
DE 0 a2 Switch S201/ Dead mans switch plus 1 = switch actuated -> control
S202 zero contacts enabled
DE 1 a4 Ind. proximity switch S25 Lower limit switch H1 0 = switch actuated
DE 2 a6 Ind. proximity switch S26 Lower limit switch H2 0 = switch actuated
DE 3 a8 Ind. proximity switch S6... Limit switch combinat. 0 = S6.1 (luffing fly jib high)
Luffing fly jib high or S6.2 or S7.3 (angle between
luffing fly jib and luffing mast too
large) actuated
DE 4 a10 Ind. proximity switch S4... Limit switch combinat. 0 = S4.1 (luffing fly jib low working
Luffing fly jib low position)
or S4.2 (luffing fly jib low erection
pos.)
or S4.3 (luffing fly jib low
suspended assembly) actuated
DE 5 a12 Mech. limit switch S76.1 Limit switch fixed bridle 0 = Fixed bridle in operation
S76.2 switch off raise H2
DE 6 a14
DE 7 a16 Ind. proximity switch S44.1 Superstr. lock 1 = superstr. not locked
DE 8 a18 Ind. proximity switch S44.2 Superstr. lock 1 = superstr. correctly locked
DE 9 a20 Switch logic S61.1 Position CWT 1 = CWT not at top
S61.2
DE 10 a22 Switch logic S560 Auxiliary function 1 = swing out pump III
actuated
DE 11 a24 Switch logic S85A1 SL folded down 1 = SL folded down
S85A2
DE 12 a26 Switch logic S38.1 SL lock open / enable 0 = lock tele out
S38.2.. tele extend
DE 13 a28
DE 14 a30 Switch logic S85B1 SL folded together 1 = SL folded together
S85B2
DE 15 a32 Ind. proximity switch S39.2 SL frame > 88 0 = reel in SL winch enabled
Page 4 of 12
P. Liefke
-A114 Digital inputs basic 22 020 30 0052

st
DE 0 a2 Ind. proximity switch B1 Prelim. pos. lock 1 or 1 = in front of position
rd
3 boom section
st
DE 1 a4 Ind. proximity switch B2 Follow-on pos. lock 1 or 1 = after position
rd
3 boom section
nd
DE 2 a6 Ind. proximity switch B3 Prelim. pos. lock 2 or 1 = in front of position
th
4 boom section
nd
DE 3 a8 Ind. proximity switch B4 Follow-on pos. lock 2 1 = after position
th
or 4 boom section
DE 4 a10 Ind. proximity switch B13 Limit pos. LPU cylinder 1 = telescope locked
DE 5 a12 Ind. proximity switch B14 Limit pos. LPU cylinder 1 = section pinned right
DE 6 a14 Ind. proximity switch B15 Limit pos. LPU cylinder 1 = section pinned left
DE 7 a16 Ind. proximity switch B5, B7 Prelim. position pin *) see text below
B9,
B10 only in combination with DE 4
DE 8 a18 Ind. proximity switch B6, B8 Follow-on position pin *) see text below
B10,
B12 only in combination with DE 4
DE 9 a20
DE 10 a22 Pressure switch S126 Control pressure 1 = pressure available
available
DE 11 a24 Ind. Proximity switch S29.1 Lower limit switch H3 0 = switch actuated
DE 12 a26 Ind. proximity switch B16 Intermediate position Section unlocked or unpinned
Unpinned or unlocked
DE 13 a28 Ind. proximity switch B17 Intermediate position Section unlocked or unpinned
Unpinned or unlocked
DE 14 a30
DE 15 a32
*) DE4 = 0 AND DE5 = 0 not in pinning area, or not activated

DE4 = 1 AND DE5 = 0 before pinning hole
DE4 = 0 AND DE5 = 1 after pinning hole
DE4 = 1 AND DE5 = 1 middle of pinning hole
Caution: As the position sensors of the pinning function are electromagnetic-shielded initiators, which
are not available as break contacts, but only as make contacts, the logic conditions of the
initiators in this case are inverted by SW, ie if the initiators B5 to B12 are not dampened (signal
at input = 0V), they are displayed in the service diagrams as a black field (logic 1).
Page 5 of 12
P. Liefke
RE 01 e2 Y26 (Y5106A) LPU lock See separate description

RE 02 e4 Y25 (Y5106B) LPU unlock See separate description
RE 03 e6 Y28 (Y5104A) LPU pin See separate description
RE 04 e8 Y27 (Y5104B) LPU unpin See separate description
RE 05 e10 Reserved Speed reduction tele 10mm/s Internal use
RE 06 e12 Y29.2 / Y29.3 Trimot H3 See external description
RE 07 e14 Y7504B Fold together SL
RE 08 e16 Y84.1 / Y84.2 H3 to circuit III 1= H3; 0= LG to circuit III
RE 09 e18 H0 LLD warning superstr. acoustic See separate description

RE 10 e20 H102 Alarm buzzer cab See separate description
RE 11 e22 H1 LLD warning superstr. optical See separate description
RE 12 e24 Y40a -SL winch on + Tele off See separate description
-Luff cyl. pinning enabled
-SL erection cyl. pressure enable
RE 13 e26 Y40b SL winch on + Tele on See separate description
RE 14 e28 Y83A Lower H3 See separate description
RE 15 e30 Y83B Raise H3 See separate description
RE 01 e2 Y1.I Enable circuit 1 See separate description

RE 02 e4 Y1.II Enable circuit 2 See separate description
RE 03 e6 Y70 Open circuit rotate right See separate description
RE 04 e8 Y71 Open circuit rotate left See separate description
RE 05 e10 -K85C Switchover 60 -> 30 1 = 30
RE 06 e12 -H1.1 LLD light Japan design 1 = yellow -> LM between 90% and
100%
RE 07 e14
RE 08 e16
RE 09 e18
RE 10 e20
RE 11 e22
RE 12 e24
RE 13 e26
RE 14 e28
RE 15 e30
RE 16 e32
Page 6 of 12
P. Liefke
-A117 Digital inputs piggy 22 020 30 0058
DE 0 a2
DE 1 a4
DE 2 a6
DE 3 a8
DE 4 a10
DE 5 a12
DE 6 a14
DE 7 a16
DE 8 a18
DE 9 a20
DE 10 a22
DE 11 a24
DE 12 a26
DE 13 a28
DE 14 a30
DE 15 a32
Page 7 of 12
P. Liefke
-A120 Analogue inputs 22 020 30 0012
AE 0 a14 -B216 (right control lever) Y+ (Lower) 12 .. 20mA

Lever sensor hoist 1 Y- (Raise) 12 .. 4mA
AE 1 a16 -B215 (right control lever) X+ (Lower) 12 .. 20mA
Lever sensor hoist 2 or luffing gear X- (Raise 12 .. 4mA
AE 2 a18 -B217 (left control lever) Y+ (Lower/extend) 12 .. 20mA
Lever sensor hoist 2 or telescope Y- (Raise/retract) 12 .. 4mA
AE 3 a20 -B217 (left control lever) X+ (Slew right) 12 .. 20mA
Slew gear X- (Slew left) 12 .. 4mA
AE 4 a22 -B701 0 .. 400bar 4 .. 20mA
Pressure transducer luffing cyl. bottom side
AE 5 a24 4 .. 20mA
AE 6 a26 -B510 0 ... 46.38 m 4 .. 20mA
Length transducer main boom total length
AE 7 e14 -B531 0 ... 18.45 m 4 .. 20mA
Length transducer length tele cylinder
AE 8 e16 -B511 0 .. 90 4 .. 20mA
Angle transducer MB foot section
AE 9 e18 -B550 0 .. 90 4 .. 20mA
Angle transducer MB head section
AE 10 e20 4 .. 20mA
-A121 Analogue inputs 22 020 30 0012
AE 0 a14 -B590 0 .. 140t 4 .. 20mA

Load cell luffing fly jib
AE 1 a16 -B591 0 .. 180 4 .. 20mA
Angle transducer luffing fly jib
AE 2 a18 -B570 0 .. 15t 4 .. 20mA
Load cell MBE for direct load measurement
AE 3 a20 -B720 0 .. 360 4 .. 20mA
Rotation sensor superstructure
AE 4 a22 4 .. 20mA
AE 5 a24 -B560 0 .. 40m/s 4 .. 20mA
Wind sensor
AE 6 a26 -B218 0 .. 127 Incr. 4 .. 20mA
Foot brake superstructure
AE 7 e14 -B300 0 .. 60 bar 4 .. 20mA
Pressure transducer pump 1 / pump 2
(YI/YII)
AE 8 e16 -B301 0 .. 60 bar 4 .. 20mA
Pressure transducer pump 3 (YIII)
AE 9 e18 -B302 0 .. 60 bar 4 .. 20mA
Pressure transducer lowering brake (YIIIB /
YIIIC)
AE 10 e20 -B303 0 .. 60 bar 4 .. 20mA
Pressure transducer load limit control (Y170)
Page 8 of 12
P. Liefke
-A124 Analogue outputs basic board 22 020 30 0022
AA 1 e2 Desired value output emergency unit external 0 ... 10V

AA 2 e6 Desired value output load limit control external 0 ... 10V
AA 3 e10 0 ... 10V
AA 4 e14 0 ... 10V
AA 5 e18 0 ... 10V
AA 6 e22 0 ... 10V
AA 7 e26 0 ... 10V
AA 8 e28 0 ... 10V
-A125 Analogue outputs basic board 22 020 30 0022
AA 1 e2 Displacement lowering brake valve luffing 0 ... 10V

cylinder
AA 2 e6 0 ... 10V
AA 3 e10 Pump displacement P3 -A128 PV1A/B 0 ... 10V
AA 4 e14 Displacement lowering brake valve -A128 PV2A/B 0 ... 10V
telescope
AA 5 e18 Output value slew gear -A127 PV1A/B 0 ... 10V
AA 6 e22 Output value auxiliary winch / foot brake SS -A127 PV1A/B 0 ... 10V
-A126 Analogue outputs 22 020 30 0025
PV1A a2 YI Pump adjustment P1 See separate description of ramps and limits

a4 etc.
PV1B a6 n.c.
a8
PV2A a10 YII Pump adjustment P2 See separate description of the ramps and
a12 limits etc.
a14 n.c.
a16
PV1A a2 YIV1 Slew gear left See separate description of the ramps and
a4 limits, etc.
PV1B a6 YIV2 Slew gear right See separate description of the ramps and
a8 limits, etc.
PV2A a10 Y90 Reel in auxiliary winch (retract) See separate description of ramps and limits,
a12 etc.
PV2B a14 Y210 Foot brake SG SS See separate description of ramps and limits,
a16 etc.
Page 9 of 12
P. Liefke
PV1A a2 YIII Pump adjustment P3 See separate description of ramps and limits
a4 etc.
PV1B a6
a8
PV2A a10 YIIIB Activation of lowering brake valves See separate description of ramps and limits
a12 on block III etc.
PV2B a14
a16
PV1A a2 YIII C Lowering brake valve luffing cylinder See separate description of ramps and limits
a4 etc.
PV1B a6 n.c.
a8
PV2A a10
a12
a14
a16
Page 10 of 12
P. Liefke
-A371 Multiple sensor board 22 002 10 0035 Digital inputs connected in positive
DE 0 39 Illum. pressure switch S82 Switchover priority table 1 = table 2 valid

DE 1 40 Key switch S8 Bridging LLD: Enable 1 = cut-off bridged
load-moment-reducing
movements
DE 2 41 Illum. pressure switch S29 Select H3 1 = H3 selected
DE 3 42 Illum. pressure switch S84 H3 to P2 1 = H3 to P2 selected
DE 4 43 Illum. pressure switch S211 Switchover open circuit / 1 = open circuit
closed circuit
DE 5 44 Illum. pressure switch S212 Switchover brake 1 = characteristic curve 2
characteristic curve SG
SS
DE 6 45
DE 7 46 Illum. pressure switch S90 Enable auxiliary winch 1 = Enable auxiliary winch,
switch over slew gear brake
(see separate description)
DE 8 47 Illum. pressure switch S91 Auxiliary winch free-run 1 = Free-running on
DE 9 48 Illum. pressure switch S210 Slew gear brake 1 = Open slew gear brake
DE 10 49 Illum. pressure switch S44.1 Superstr. lock pin 1 = Withdraw locking pin
DE 11 50 Illum. pressure switch S92 Bridge slew superstr. 1 = Lower luffing gear and rotate
right left enabled
DE 12 51 Illum. pressure switch S17 Bridge lower limit switch 1 = Cut-off bridged
H 1 and H 2
DE 13 52 Illum. pressure switch S3 Bridge limit switch luffing 1 = Working limit switch bridged
fly jib
DE 14 53 Illum. pressure switch S80(1) Lever switchover H2 1 = H2 active on left lever
st
1 half of the luffing (telescope movement
fly jib switched off)
DE 15 54 Illum. pressure switch S80(2) Lever switchover H2 1 = H2 active on right lever
nd
2 half of the luffing fl (luffing gear switched off)
jib
-A371 Multiple sensor board 22 002 10 0035 Digital inputs potential-free
DE 16 55+ Illum. pressure switch S65.1 Erection cylinder SL 1 = extend cylinder (SL raise)
69 - frame
DE 17 56 + Illum. pressure switch S65.2 Erection cylinder SL 1 = retract cylinder (SL lower)
70 - frame
DE 18 57 + Illum. pressure switch S36.2 Superlift winch 1 = reel in SL winch (tension)
71 -
DE 19 58 + Illum. pressure switch S36.1 Superlift winch 1 = reel out SL winch
72 -
DE 20 59 + Illum. pressure switch S85A Fold-down cylinder 1 = fold down SL frame
73 - Superlift
DE 21 60 + Illum. pressure switch S85B Fold-down cylinder 1 = fold up SL frame
74 - Superlift
DE 22 61 +
75 -
DE 23 62 +
76 -
Page 11 of 12
P. Liefke
-A371 Multiple sensor board 22 002 10 0035 Analogue inputs
AE 0 63 -R14 Desired value reduction hoist 1 20 ... 100 % 0 - 5V

AE 2 65 -R15 Desired value reduction luffing gear 20 ... 100 % 0 - 5V
AE 3 66 -R11 Desired value reduction slew gear 20 ... 100 % 0 - 5V
AE 4 67 -R13 Desired value reduction telescope 20 ... 100 % 0 - 5V
-A371 Multiple sensor board 22 002 10 0035 Digital outputs
DA 0 1,2,3 -H27 Indicator lamp Trimot H1 1= Trimot activated

DA 1 4,5,6 -H28 Indicator lamp Trimot H2 1= Trimot activated
DA 2 7,8,9 -H24 Indicator lamp high speed tele 1= High speed activated
DA 3 10,11,12 -H23 Indicator lamp high speed luffing gear 1= High speed activated
DA 4 13,14,15 -H45 Indicator lamp superstr. locking error 1= error in superstructure locking
DA 5 16,17,18 -H61 Indicator lamp CWT not at top 1= CWT not at top
DA 6 19,20,21 -H36.3 Indicator lamp reel in SL winch 1= reel in SL winch
DA 7 22,23,24 -H84 Indicator lamp SG H3 (to P2) 1= H3 to circuit II
Page 12 of 12
Teleskopieranzeige
LK 94: Teleskopierfolge von 0/0/0/0 nach 100/100/100/100
T001.bmp T002.bmp
T003.bmp T003a.bmp
T004.bmp T005.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 21 von 31

T006.bmp T006a.bmp
T007.bmp T008.bmp
T009.bmp T009a.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 22 von 31

T010.bmp T011.bmp
T011a.bmp T012.bmp
T013.bmp T013a.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 23 von 31

T014.bmp T015.bmp
T015a.bmp T016.bmp
T017.bmp T017a.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 24 von 31

T018.bmp T019.bmp
T019a.bmp T019b.bmp
T019c.bmp T020.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 25 von 31

LK 00: Teleskopierfolge von 100/100/100/100 nach 0/0/0/0
T021.bmp T022.bmp
T022a.bmp T023.bmp
T024.bmp T024a.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 26 von 31

T025.bmp T025a.bmp
T025b.bmp T026.bmp
T027.bmp T027a.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 27 von 31

T028.bmp T029.bmp
T029a.bmp T030.bmp
T031.bmp T031a.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 28 von 31

T032.bmp T033.bmp
T033a.bmp T034.bmp
T035.bmp T035a.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 29 von 31

T035b.bmp T001.bmp
30390001-010 B-ASW 30 von 31

Bedeutung der Symbole
Austeleskopieren um n %, und T4 sichern
Einteleskopieren um n %, und T3 sichern
Langsam austeleskopieren, und T4 sichern
Teleskop durch hin- und herfahren positionieren und

T4 sichern
Langsam einteleskopieren, und T1 verbolzen
Teleskop durch hin- und herfahren positionieren und

T1 verbolzen
austeleskopieren um n %
einteleskopieren um n %
30390001-010 B-ASW 31 von 31

PDC- Anlage

PAT GmbH Postfach 652 D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik
Error Code Table (PDC-LMI)
DEMAG AC 100, AC 300, AC 500 and AC 650
Date: Feb. 14, 2003
System programs: LEDC V1.017 (19.12.2000) Part No.: 71 400 84 0302

LEDC V1.1V (21.11.2002) Part No.: 71 400 84 0362
LEDC V1.2K (24.01.2003) Part No.: 71 400 84 0363
LEDW V1.0M (29.01.2003) Part No.: 71 400 84 0364
LEDW V1.1 (17.08.2001) Part No.: 71 400 84 0319
Error Code Error Cause Remedy

O Overload cutoff due to overload reduce load moment
P prewarning
H A2B switch the A2B switch is activated lower the hook block
E01 Fallen below radius fallen below the minimum luff up the boom to a radius
range or angle radius or gone past the or angle specified in the load
range exceeded maximum angle specified in chart
the respective load chart
due to luffing up the boom
too far
E02 Radius range gone past the maximum luff down the boom to a
exceeded or fallen radius or fallen below the radius or angle specified in
below angle range minimum angle specified in the load chart
the respective load chart
due to luffing up the boom
too far
E04 Operating mode not A non existing operating Correctly enter the operating
acknowledged or mode has been selected mode according to the
not existing attribution of the operating
state
The selected operating Check programming of the
mode is not available in the data EPROM
data EPROM or blocked.
2000 PAT GmbH D-76275 Ettlingen Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 1 von 8
E- Fehler display engl. 11-2003.doc / 19.02.2003 Rev. 07
E05 Forbidden length Boom has been extended Extend/retract boom to

range of the main too far or not far enough, correct length
boom e.g. if it is prohibited to go
beyond a certain maximum
boom length or with load
curves for jibs where the
main boom has to be
extended to a certain length.
Length sensor adjustment Retract boom. Check the

has changed, e.g. the cable prestress of the cable reel
slid off the length sensor (cable must be taut). Open
reel. the length sensors and
carefully turn the length
sensor pot counterclockwise
until the detent by use of a
screwdriver.
Clutch between length Replace complete clutch
sensor pot and drive is including drive wheel and
defective adjust length sensor pot as
described above.
Length potentiometer Replace length
defective potentiometer
Cable between the central Check cable and plug,
unit to the length sensor is replace, if need be
either defective or
disconnected.
Electronic component in the Replace analog board
measuring channel is
defective
E06 Radius range Gone past the maximum Luff up the luffing jib to a
exceeded or fallen radius or fallen below the radius or angle indicated in
below angle range minimum specified in the the load chart.
during luffing jib respective load chart due to
operation. luffing down the jib too far.
E07 Faulty Overload relay defective Replace LMI board
acknowledgment by
the overload relay LMI board defective
of the connection
board.
Relay should be
energized but 2nd
contact is indicated
off, or the 2nd
contact is indicated
on while the relay
should be
deenergized.
E08 No refer to E07 refer to E07

acknowledgment
from the anti-two-
block relay
E21 Upper limit value for Bus error Check bus cable and plug
measuring channel
"length telescopic length sensor is not correctly Correctly connect length
boom" exceeded. connected. sensor

defective
Length sensor is defective. Exchange length sensor

E22 Upper limit value in Bus error Check bus cable as well as
measuring channel plug
"pressure piston
side " exceeded Pressure transducer not Correctly connect sensor.
correctly connected

defective
Pressure transducer is Replace pressure

defective transducer
E23 Upper limit value in as E22 as E22
measuring channel
"pressure rod side"
exceeded
"force luffing jib"
exceeded Force transducer not Correctly connect sensor
correctly connected

defective
Force transducer defective Replace force transducer
"angle main boom"
exceeded Angle sensor not correctly Correctly connect sensor
connected

defective
Angle sensor defective Replace angle sensor

E26 Lower limit value in as E25 as E25
measuring channel
"angle luffing jib"
exceeded
E27 Lower limit value in as E21 as E21
measuring channel
"length tele I + II"
exceeded
E2A Upper limit value in as E25 as E25
measuring channel
"angle of rotation"
exceeded
E2B Upper limit value in as E25 as E25
measuring channel
"angle boom head"
exceeded
E2C Upper limit value in as E21 as E21
measuring channel
"length front
outrigger left"
exceeded
E2D Upper limit value in as E21 as E21
measuring channel
"length front
outrigger right"
exceeded
E2E Upper limit value in as E21 as E21
measuring channel
"length rear
outrigger left"
exceeded
E2F Upper limit value in as E21 as E21
measuring channel
"length rear
outrigger right"
exceeded
E31 Error in the system The system program PROM Replace system program
program is defective. PROM (PROM No. 0)
E37 Error in the logic The system program PROM Replace system program
program course is defective. PROM (PROM No. 0)
Computer module 80C537 Replace computer module

defective. 80C537.
LMI board defective Replace LMI board

E38 System program The system program in the Replace system program
and data EPROM LMI does not match to the PROM or data EPROM
do not match. programming in the data (PROM No. 1).
EPROM.
E39 System program The system program in the Replace system program
and RLC EPROM LMI does not match to the PROM or data EPROM
do not match. programming in the RLC (PROM No. 2).
EPROM.
E41 Error in the internal Computer module 80C537 is Replace computer module
write/read memory defective. 80C537.
(RAM) of computer
module 80C537 LMI board defective Replace LMI board
E42 Error in the external Write/read memory (CMOS- Exchange LMI board.
write/read memory RAM) or LMI board
1st. part (RAM) defective
E43 Error in the external During on-line programming Replace external working
write/read memory an error has been detected RAM.
(RAM) of the main when writing on the external Replace LMI board.
board during on-line working RAM
programming
Plausibility check: The programming or number
more than 24 sub operating of sub-operating modes and
modes load points.
number of load points per
length step > 30.
E48 Cyclic RAM test. Computer module 80C537 Replace computer module
Error in the internal defective. 80C537.
write/read memory
(RAM) of the LMI board defective Replace LMI board
computer module
80C537
E49 Faulty data in on- No valid data in the Exchange LMI board.
line operation write/read memory of the
memory extension upon
data loading during on-line
programming
E51 Error in the crane No valid data in the crane Load crane data EEPROM
data EPROM or data EEPROM. containing valid data.
EEPROM.
Memory module wrongly Bridge memory module acc.
bridged. to memory type
Crane data EPROM Replace crane data EPROM

defective
E52 Error in load chart Memory module wrongly Bridge memory module acc.
PROM. bridged. to memory type.
Load chart EPROM Replace load chart EPROM

defective.
E56 Error in crane data Memory module wrongly Bridge memory module acc.
EEPROM. bridged. to memory type
Crane data EEPROM Replace crane data

defective EEPROM
E57 Error in serial crane Serial crane data EEPROM Write data on the serial
data EEPROM. does not contain valid data. crane data EEPROM (by
means of test program or
on-line function), then restart
the LMI
Memory module defective Replace memory module.
E61 The number of the Load chart EPROM Replace load chart EPROM
selected EPROM defective
base and the
programmed value
are not identical
Base number not Program the correct base
programmed number (1 for base 1, 2 for
base 2)
Load chart EPROM wrongly Check base programming in
programmed the load chart EPROM.
E6C Error in outrigger Length measurement of the Sttzenlngen berprfen
monitoring (Japan outrigger length: At least 1
version only) outrigger length is below the
limit of the small outrigger
length.

Outrigger monitoring by Check the digital inputs of
digital inputs: At least 1 the outrigger monitoring: At
outrigger has a invalid least 1 input should be on.
combination (both inputs
are off).
E81 Too large difference The angle as to the Check angle sensor on the
of the boom angles horizontal on the boom head boom head.
at tip and base exceeds the main boom Check angle sensor on the
boom. angle by more than 5 base boom.
degrees.
E82 More than 1 teles- Only unbolt one telescope at
cope is unbolted a time
(exception: 3rd. and
4th telescope)
E84 Wrong rigging The selected rigging Select another rigging

condition. condition is not contained in condition
the data EPROM.
Check the programming in
the data EPROM.
E85 Error in the radius The computed radius is too Check the programming in
determination small (negative deflection) the data EPROM.
E86 Faulty percentage Telescope has a percentage Read out the percentages
for at least one < - 2% or > 106 %. on the console. If a
telescope telescope has to be
extended too far: retract tele
Length measurement Tele I Check length measurement
defective Tele I (see E17)
Measurement of overall Check length measurement
length defective (see E11)
E87 Faulty length Error in the length memory. If wrong percentages are
measurement. displayed: retract and bolt all
telescopes. The error is
The determined reset if the measured tele-
tele-combination length corresponds to the
base boom length.
does not
correspond to the
Length measurement Tele I Check length measurement
length + II defective Tele I (see E27)
measurement.
Overall length measurement Check measurement of
defective. overall length (see E21)
E88 Faulty main boom During luffing jib operation Luff boom to the permitted
position during the main boom is not in the range
luffing jib operation prescribed angle range
Check angle measurement
Angle measurement of main of the main boom.
boom defective.
E89 Faulty jib position During luffing jib operation Luff jib to the permitted
during luffing jib the difference main boom range
operation jib angle is below the min.
limit (DGB 6.42)
Angle measurement of the Check angle measurement

luffing jib is defective. of the luffing jib.
E91 No data LMI board defective Replace LMI board

transmission from
the PDC-CPU to the Dual Port RAM defective Replace Dual Port RAM
PDC-LMI
Backplane board defective Replace Backplane board.
E92 Error in the data LMI board defective Replace LMI board
transmission from
the PDC_CPU to PDC-CPU defective Replace PDC-CPU board
the PDC-LMI
Backplane board defective Replace Backplane board
E93 Error in the data as E92 as E92
transmission from
the PDC - LMI to
the PDC- CPU
E94 No data trans- as E91 as E91
mission from the
PDC- LMI to the
PDC- CPU
E97 Semaphore in the as E91 as E91
dual-port RAM
cannot be read.
After several
readings the
content is not twice
identical.
E98 Semaphore in the as E92 as E92
dual port RAM
cannot be written.
After several
writings and
readings the
content is not
identical.
Remark
If an error message is displayed that does not figure in this list, please immediately contact the
competent PAT service department.
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults Control Faults P. Liefke
AC300 / AC350 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Important:
Only one C fault is ever shown in the display, even if several have occurred; once a fault has been rectified, the next one
will be shown.
If a C fault that is not contained in this table is displayed, please contact our service department.
To check a board function, please switch to the sub-menu in which the corresponding board functions are displayed; to
check an analog signal, switch to the sub-menu in which the corresponding lever and potentiometer functions and the
analog input board are displayed.
Available signals are displayed inverted.
S 00nn Fault codes: General control faults
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
S 0001 Input list unavailable - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0002 Definition fault in input list - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
- Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

S 0003 No space available for input table
- Check CPU - Check CPU
Variable from input list in PDB not avail-
S 0004 - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
able
S 0009 Undefined fault in input list - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
TECHNICAL TRAINING PAGE 1 of 16

Dept. 8315.1
C Faults Control Faults P. Liefke
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
S 0011 Output list not available - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0012 Definition fault in output list - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

S 0013 No space available for output table
Variable from output list in PDB not avail-
able
S 0019 Undefined fault in output list - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0020 No control program available - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0020 No control program available - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
No memory space available for modules

(cold start)
S 0022 Check sum fault with cold start - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

S 0023 No data modules in the EEPROM - Copy data modules from EPROM to - Copy data modules from EPROM to
EEPROM EEPROM
Check sum fault in operation, controls at
standstill
WatchCopyLLDData: CopyLLDData re-
started
ERRORCODE PAGE 2 of 19
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1

S 0095 WatchIO: I/O restarted
- Carry out a restart - Carry out restart
Fault in control cycle, controls at a stand-
still
S 0097 WatchPROWAY: Polling restarted - Examine PROWAY connections - Check PROWAY connections
- Check PROWAY participants - Check PROWAY participants
S 0098 CRC fault in EPROM
- Replace EPROMs - Replace EPROMs
S 0099 Fatal error, controls at a standstill - Carry out a restart - Carry out restart
- Adapt data modules to the control - Adapt data modules to control
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
S 01nn Fault codes: Input signal of the control invalid
- Check software status - Check software status

S 0100 Incorrect status report from LLD to control - Check LLD - Check LLD
Fault code transfer from the LLD to the
S 0102 - Check LLD - Check LLD
control implausible (Variable: $LMIEF)
Enable byte of the LLD to the control im-
S 0104 - Check LLD - Check LLD
plausible
Slew gear cutout Japan version with asym- - Check software status Not used here
metrical outrigger support area - Check CPU
S 0105
Operating mode transfer to the control in- - Check software status
Not used here
correct (Variable: BATEXT) - Check CPU
S 0106 Incorrect configuration of the control (vari- - Check software status

Not used here
able: STCONF) - Check CPU
Setpoint attenuation H3: Setpoint attenuation H3:

Invalid signal at analog input
AI 3 of board -A122 AI 5 of the board -A371
S 0108 (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...) - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board - Check board
- Check potentiometer - Check potentiometer
S 010A Incorrect signal for recognition of system - Check software status - Check software status
shutdown (memory error) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
S 010C Incorrect operating mode transfer to the - Check software status - Check software status
control (Variable: RUESTB) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Footbrake pedal slew gear superst.: Footbrake pedal slew gear superstr
AI 6 of board -A122 AI 6 of board -A121
S 010E (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...) - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check potentiometer - Check potentiometer
Slewing angle transducer superstr:

AI 4 of board -A122
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...)
S 0110 - Check board
- Check potentiometer
Status byte of the LLD to the control in re- - Check software status
lation to the luffing fly jib implausible - Check LLD
- Check CPU
Not used here

S 0111 - Check software status
Incorrect transfer value of the SSL bracing
angle to the control (variable: ASLWIN) - Check LLD
- Check CPU
Not used here

S 0112 - Check software status
Incorrect transfer value of the LPU fault
code to the control (variable: ZERSVE) - Check LLD
- Check CPU
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
Values from the specified digital input -A110 input 0 to 7 -A110 input 0 to 7
S 0114 board are invalid - Check board - Check board
-Check board addresses -Check board addresses
-Check board addresses - Check board addresses
Values from the specified digital input -A117 input 0 to 7
S 0118 board are invalid Not used here - Check board
-Check board addresses
Not used here -A117 input 8 to 15
- Check board
S 0119 -Check board addresses
Status byte of the LLD to the control in re- - Check software status
lation to the luffing fly jib implausible - Check LLD Not used here
- Check CPU
S 011A Error in operating mode transfer to the con- - Check software status Not used here
trol (Variable: BATEXT) - Check CPU

S 011B board are invalid - Check board Not used here
S 011C board are invalid - Check board - Check board
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1

S 011D board are invalid Not used here - Check board
board are invalid - Check board
- Check bus connection
S 011E Lever transducer hoist 1:

Signal at the analog input invalid
AI 0 of board -A120
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
- Check lever transducer

S 011F board are invalid Not used here - Check board
- Check bus connection
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1

board are invalid - Check board
S 0120 - Check bus connection
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
(Variable: SLIMIA) - Check CPU
S 0121 Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status

Not used here
(Variable: TELERE) - Check CPU
(Variable: @OANGM) - Check CPU
S 0122 - Check LLD
(Variable: BA0115) - Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 0124 (Variable: @OHEIG) - Check CPU - Check CPU
- Check LLD - Check LLD
S 0126 Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
(Variable: SDRERE) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Lever transducer luffing gear / hoist 2:

AI 1 of the board -A120
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...) Not used here
S 0128 - Check board
Internal transfer parameters are invalid Not used here - Check software status
(Variable: NEXT) - Check CPU
S 012A Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
(Variable: SDRELI) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
S 012C Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
(Variable: SWIPWO) - Check CPU - Check CPU
S 012E Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
(Variable: SWIPWU) - Check CPU - Check CPU
(Variable: SHOEHO) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Lever transducer telescopic sections /

Invalid signal at the analog input
hoist 2:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
S 0132 AI 2 of board -A120
Not used here
- Check board
(Variable: SRADMI) - Check CPU - Check CPU
(Variable: SRADMA) - Check CPU - Check CPU

Not used here
(Variable: SLIMIA) - Check CPU
S 013A (Variable: @OANGM) Not used here - Check CPU
- Check LLD
Lever transducer slew gear:
Invalid signal at the analog input
S 013C (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...) Not used here
- Check board
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
Lever transducer hoist 1:

S 0140 (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
Lever transducer luffing gear/ hoist 2:

S 0142 (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
Lever transducer telescopic sections /

hoist 2:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
S 0144 AI 2 of the board -A120
Not used here
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
Setpoint attenuation hoist 1:

(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
S 0146
Lever transducer slew gear:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1

S 0150 (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
Setpoint attenuation luffing gear:

(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
S 015A
AI 0 of the board A371
(< 0V or > 5V)
- Check board

S 015C (< 0V or > 5V)
- Check board
Setpoint attenuation luffing gear:

S 015E (< 0V or > 5V)
- Check board
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
Setpoint attenuation slew gear:

S 0160 (< 0V or > 5V)
- Check board
Setpoint attenuation telescopic sec-

tions:
(< 0V or > 5V)
S 0162 AI 4 of the board A371
Not used here
- Check board
Setpoint attenuation slew gear:

S 0164 (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...) Not used here
- Check board

Not used here
(Variable: GESLEN) - Check CPU
Pressure sensor luffing cyl. pressure at

bottom:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
S 0168 AI 4 of the board -A120
Not used here
- Check board
- Check pressure sensors
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
Angle transducer MB foot:

S 016A (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
- Check angle transducer
Angle transducer MB head:

S 016C (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
- Check angle transducer
Setpoint attenuation telescopic sec-

tions:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
AI 1 of board -A121
S 016E - Check board

(Variable: @OLOAD) - Check CPU
- Check LLD
Slewing angle transducer superstr.:
S 0170 (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
- Check slewing angle transducer
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
Length transducer tele cylinder:

S 0172 (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check board
- Check length transducer

Not used here
(Variable: TELEMM) - Check CPU
S 0176 (Variable: @IMODE) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Length transducer main boom assy. Length transducer MB assy.:
AI 3 of board -A121 AI 6 of the board -A120
S 0178 (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...) - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check length transducer - Check length transducer
Length transducer angle transducer fly Length transducer angle transducer fly
jib: jib:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA)
S 017A AI 1 of the board -A122 AI 1 of the board -A121
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...) - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check angle transducer - Check angle transducer
S 017C (Variable: @ORADI) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
Currently only AC350:

Defective control lever or fault in cable to
S 01A0 Not available here Lower H1:
control lever
Lever signal, but no direction contact
S 01A1 Not available here Raise H1:
control lever
S 01A2 Not available here Lower H1:
control lever
Direction contact, but invalid signal
S 01A3 Not available here Raise H1:
control lever
S 01A4 Not available here Retract luffing cylinder / lower H2:
control lever
S 01A5 Not available here Extend luffing cylinder / raise H2:
control lever
Defective control lever or fault in cable to Currently only AC350:
S 01A6 Not available here Retract luffing cylinder / lower H2:
control lever
S 01A7 Not available here Extend luffing cylinder / raise H2:
control lever
S 01A8 Not available here Extend telescopic section / lower H2:
control lever
S 01A9 Not available here Retract telescopic section / raise H2:
control lever
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1

S 01AA Not available here Extend telescopic section / lower H2:
control lever
S 01AB Not available here Retract telescopic section / raise H2:
control lever
S 01AC Not available here Slew gear; rotate right:
control lever
S 01AD Not available here Slew gear; rotate left:
control lever
S 01AE Not available here Slew gear; rotate right:
control lever
S 01AF Not available here Slew gear; rotate left:
control lever
S 01B0 Not available here At least 1 direction contact actuated, but no
control lever
dead man's contact
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
S 02nn Fault codes: not used
S 03nn Fault codes: fault in pilot system SSL
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1
All fault codes can only appear after a moni-

toring time of 60 s has passed for tensioning - check signal path
the lateral superlift - Check board - A113
S 0300 - Not available here
- Retension, i.e.telecope in (at least 1m),
no signal " Superlift tensioned"
telescope out and pin
Signal - A113 DE 13 (a28) # 1
toring time of 60 s has passed for tensioning
the lateral superlift
- Check signal paths; signals must now be
S 0301 Signal " Superlift folded down" and - Not available here different
"Superlift folded together" not correct - Check board - A113
Signal - A113 DE 11 (a24)
Signal - A113 DE 14 (a30)
Dept. 8315.1
AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:

Version: 1.2
Fault Cause Remedy

AC 300 / AC 650 AC 350 / AC 500-1

the lateral superlift - Check signal path
- Check board -A113
No signal "Superlift > 88
Signal - A113 DE 15(a32) # 1
the lateral superlift - Check signal path
- Check board -A113
Check signal "Superlift" - latch open # 0
Signal - A113 DE 12 (a26) # 0
toring time of 60 s has passed for tensioning - Move back locking and pinning unit
S 0304 the lateral superlift - Not available here - Check signal path incl. lenth transducer
Signal " Locking and pinning unit not - Check board -A120 AE 7 (e14)
retracted"
Messages displayed on the seven-segment display
February, 14, 1997

February, 26, 1998
October, 27, 1998
November, 15, 1999
May, 30, 2000
Note: 1. Following list will be extended if necessary.

2. If you have the programs ETERM or ETOOL or any terminal program on
a PC or laptop, you don't need the following list because all
messages in this list are sent as plain text via one of the serial
interfaces of the ECIS-CPU. Connect your PC or laptop to one of the
serial interfaces of the ECIS-CPU (normally serial interface 1)
and press at the same time the keys [Control] [A]. The character *
should appear. If it appears type in msg x and press return.
This command will direct the plain text messages to the serial
interface to which your computer or laptop is connected to.
If you connect your PC or laptop to another serial interface of the
ECIS-CPU, you type in [Contol][A] msg x again to direct the
messages to that serial interface. Otherwise the messages will still
be sent to the serial interface you have selected before.
If the character * doesn't appear after [Control][A] try it again
with another baudrate and another setting.
Standard settings are:

19200 Baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.
9600 Baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.
In case the modbus driver for communication with the visualization

software intouch is active, setting is
9600 Baud, 7 data bits, 1 stop bit, even parity.
Note: Because the modbus driver is active on the
serial interface your PC or laptop is
connected to, there will be a conflict between
the modbus driver and the driver for the
plain text messages. Thus you have to press
return to get the character *.
The format of most of the plain text messages sent out to the serial
interface can be configured. The formats contain various
informations. The command msg x sets a format which contains
information that is usually sufficient. If you want to get more
information type
[Contol][A] msg x [return]
[Contol][A] msg 4 [return]
To reset it to the normal format type

[Contol][A] msg x [return]
3. Lots of the codes in the table below will almost never be seen on
crane. So please don't care about codes in the list that are not
actually displayed.
Errormessages are displayed in the sequence "E" "=" and then 6 digits.
Non-Errormessages are displayed in the sequence "A" "=" and then 6 digits.
The 6 digits are logically devided into 3 groups. In the tables below
the meaning of these groups is shown.
Example 1:
E = 0 6 0 1 0 2 is displayed
Decoding it:
error / message E: it's an error message
Group 1 06: something with a Local IO Digital output card is wrong
Group 2 01: device malfunction or device is missing
Group 3 02: card number 2
That means, card 2 in the configuration - a digital output card - doesn't

work or is missing.
Example 2:
E = 0 D 0 1 0 1 is displayed
Decoding it:
Group 1 0D: something with a Keyboard / Display is wrong
Group 2 01: device malfunction or device is missing
Group 3 01: Keyboard / Display number 1
That means, a keyboard or a display doesn't work or is missing. Normally

device 1 is the number pad with the indication leds and device 7 is the
display with the function keys below the display.
Example 3:
E = 0 E 1 5 0 0 is displayed
Decoding it:
Group 1 0E: something happen during system start up
Group 2 15: wrong table of operating modes found
Group 3 00: void or zero
That means, while system started up, a wrong table of operating modes was
found. Probably a malfunction of the eproms. For this error message only
group 1 and a group 2 code is necessary. Because messages displayed on the
seven segment display have a fixed size, in this message group 3 code is
just a filler, that means it has no meaning.
Example 4:
E = 1 2 0 3 0 0 is displayed
Decoding it:
Group 1 12: something happen during cyclic crc test
Group 2 03: crc error
Group 3 00: void or zero
That means, during cyclic crc test a crc error occured. The cyclic crc test
checks if the data in the eproms (that means the program) is still ok or
distroyed. As in example 3, here group 3 code is just a filler.
Note, that up to 10 Messages are displayed. That means, that after one
message is displayed the next message will be displayed. If more than 10
errors occure, only the 10 most important error message will be displayed.
All others will be ignored.
The error messages will be diplayed one after the other. If all messages have
been displayed, the first message is displayed, after that the second and so
on.
Example: 4 errors occured.
E = 0 6 0 1 0 2
E = 0 D 0 1 0 1
E = 0 E 1 5 0 0
E = 1 2 0 3 0 0
If you regard the display you will see sequence of these characters. Because
they are displayed one after the other round and round, best thing is for you
to wait until you see E and after that =. Now you now that you are at the
beginning of a message:
1 0 2 E = 0 D 0 1 0 1 E = 0 E 1 5 0 0 E = 1 2 0 3 0 0 E = 0 6 and so on
^
here starts a message
Now read this message. If you are interested, if there is only one error
message or more, read the next messages until you see the first message
again. Normally only one message occures at a time, so that is no problem.
But in this exaple we have 4 messages so we continue watching:
here starts our first message

|
v
102E=0D0101E=0E1500E=120300E=060102E=0D0101E=0E1500E=120300 and so on
^
here starts our first message again
Group 1 -- Source or creator of the message:
00 Control (S5) in general

01 Control (S5) Input invalid
02 CPU-Card
03 Operatingsystem RTOS-UH
04 Profibus
05 Local IO in general
06 Local IO Digital output card
07 Local IO Digital input card
08 Local IO Analogue output card
09 Local IO Analogue input card
0A Local IO Winch counter card
0C LMI
0D Keyboard / Display
0E Systemstart after booting of Operatingsystem RTOS-UH
0F Softwareinterface LMB/LMB-Display
10 CraneCalibrationParameter
11 window administration and handling
12 cyclic crc test
13 task APPLICATION
14 ECIS-Tool-Editor
15 ECIS-Tool for date set / time set
16 display itself
17 crc tests
18 modem
19 test program for PPBus
1A error handling
1B ECIS-Tool for Telkon
1C PDC-Tool
1D Load chart display
1E ECIS-Tool for Profi2
1F Selection of operatingmode
20 PDB-Tool
21 Routines for Time and Date
22 Graphic routines and handling
23 Routines for the process data base (PDB)
24 Routines for data logging
FF Unknown Messagesource
Group 2 -- Message group
general
01 Device malfunction / device missing
02 Error in configuration
03 CRC-error
04 Memory corrupted
05 Not enough / too many interrupts
06 Device missing to the configurated port
07 port doubbly configurated
08 wrong portnumber
09 calibration failed
0A EEPROM defective / wrong data in EEPROM
0B parametererror in program
0C error in general PPBUS-parameters in configuration
0D no application found
0E error while loading an application
0F no PEARL-interface found (= error in DATA-EPROMs)
10 wrong versionnumber of the PEARL-interface
11 wrong identifier for hardware-version of the PEARL-interface
12 no C-interface found
13 wrong versionnumber of the C-interface
14 wrong identifier for hardware-version of the C-interface
15 operatingmode table found of the wrong type
16 error in DPRAM
17 wrong version
18 device reports an error
19 corrupted report from a device
1A task in timeout ("watchdog"task started to clear the problem)
1B module not found
1C out of memory
1D timeout
1E problems with a dation
1F reserve word has unknown value
20 device is ok
21 wrong type
22 EEPROM deleted / made invalid
23 Default data will be used
24 wrong date
25 wrong call
26 overflow
27 start of task
28 function not implemented
29 wrong generated program code
2A Test
2B Voltage too big
2C Voltage too small
2D Temperature
2E Error during initialization
2F Procedure reports error
30 tolerance of slewingangle exceeded
31 value was changed
32 identifier is wrong
FF unknown messagegroup
Group 3 -- Message number
The meaning of the message number depends on the codes of group 1 and 2
and gives only further information about the message. So the main information
is kept in the codes of group 1 and 2.
If a code for group 3 is not given here, it usually does not have any
important meaning.
For group 1 codes 05 to 0A (local I/O) message number has the following
meaning:
Group 2 Codes 01,02,05-07,09,0A: message number is the number of the local
I/O card. Attention: Counting starts with 0 (an not with 1)!!
Group 2 code 08: message number is the invaid port number or invalid
number of ports in the configuration.
Group 2 code 0C: message number specifies what's wrong in the general
parameters for the PPBus
16: Address spezification in configuration doesn't
fit to the A16-mode
24: Address spezification in configuration doesn't
fit to the A24-mode
FE: Invalid interruptvector in configuration
FF: access mode in configuration is wrong (not A16 and
not A24)
For group 1 code 0D and group 2 code 01, group 3 code ist the number of
the defective device, where 7 is the display and 1 is the separated keyboard.
PDC
Messages from the self test of the CPU board of the modular ECIS
----------------------------------------------------------
The self test of the CPU board is made up of 2 parts:

- Initial tests
- Main tests
Initial tests
During initialisation of the CPU only the seven segment screen is directly
controllable. Therefore test and error messages are only output via the seven
segment display and not via the serial interface,
which is not yet initialised at the time of the test.
The tests are carried out in the following sequence:

1. The first command carried out by the CPU shows a sample, which is made up
of 2 vertical lines and the decimal point.
2. Next follows the test of the seven segment display. The segments of the display
are then switched on and off again, creating a running light.
3. Test of the internal RAM of the CPU. If the RAM is defective, E01 is displayed
permanently on the seven segment display.
4. At this point, the initial tests are completed. In the case of a fatal system error,
E02 is displayed permanently.
Main tests
Once the initial tests have been completed, the main tests are carried out.
Before each test section, a pattern is displayed on the seven segment screen,
which is not an alphanumerical character. Normally these patterns have no
meaning for the user. If, however, the CPU should crash as a result of a serious
error, the pattern can be used to determine at which point of the program the
error has occurred.
As a test pattern, non-alphanumerical characters have been selected, in order to
clearly differentiate them from error messages.
Error messages are always output in the sequence "E", 1st error number, 2nd
error number, "P", 1st test number, 2nd test number.
E.g.: E = E57P22
As soon as the serial interfaces have been initialised, all messages are also
output there.

PDC
Error messages
Error number Error message via serial interfaces

10 error number underflow!
11 ABORT
12* BUSERROR
13* ADDRESSERROR
14 SPURIOUS INTERRUPT
15* AUTO INTERRUPT
16* TRAP
17* Coprocessor-INTERRUPT
18* reserved INTERRUPT
19* SYSTEM INTERRUPT
20* vacant TPU-INTERRUPT
21* vacant INTERRUPT 0x40
24* vacant INTERRUPT 0x48-0x4D
25* vacant INTERRUPT 0xC0-0xDF
26 SRAM shadow error
27* unfouded SRAM-Irpt while Shadow-SRAM off
28* unfouded SRAM-Irpt while Shadow-SRAM on
29* SRAM-Irpt while writing into Shadow-SRAM
30* SRAM-Irpt while reading SRAM
31* too few SRAM-Irpts while Shadow-SRAM off
32* too few SRAM-Irpts while Shadow-SRAM on
33* too many SRAM-Irpts while Shadow-SRAM off
34* too many SRAM-Irpts while Shadow-SRAM on
35 SIO receiver error
36 TPU TxD2 spurious irpt
37 TPU TxD2 wrong irpt
38 TPU RxD2 spurious irpt
39 TPU RxD2 parity/framing error
40 TPU TxD3 spurious irpt
41 TPU TxD3 wrong irpt
46 TPU F1 spurious irpt
47 TPU F2 spurious irpt
48* unexpected (watchdog) RESET
49* watchdog not working
50* last RESET not by internal watchdog
51* last RESET not by external watchdog
52* wrong RESET
53* PRG_CS
54* SRAM defect
PDC
55* SRAM shadow defect

56* logram defect
57(*) wrong CRC in configuration-EEPROM
58* configuration-EEPROM defect
59* configuration-EEPROM GAL1
64* control-EEPROM GAL1
69* control-EEPROM defect
70* not enough timer ticks
71* too many timer ticks
72 data sent not received
73* format
74* SRAM byte test
75* no DPRAM access
76 no key switch
77 key malfunction
78* LMI-DP-RAM malfunction
79* buserror logic malfunction
80 error number overflow!
Error messages marked with an asterix (*) are displayed permanently.

All other error messages are displayed five times. After this the next test is
carried out.
Test messages
Test number Test message via serial interfaces

10 test number underflow!
11 internal RAM ok
12 testing internal watchdog
13 testing external watchdog
14 watchdog tests done
15 ending selftest
16 test if ABORT
17 test if exit
18 aborting, info 'start ECIS'
19 aborting, info 'don't start ECIS'
20 waiting for RESET to quit selftest
21 testing logram
PDC
22 eepromcrc done
23 testing EEPROM_RWCONF
24 testing EEPROM_RWCONFGAL
25 testing EEPROM_RWSTEU
26 testing EEPROM_RWSTEUGAL
27 installing exception routines
28 initialising TPU
29 initialising SIO
30 testing GALPAT1W
31 testing SRAM error-logic
32 estimating SRAM size
33 SRAM write-read test
34 testing timer
35 ENDLOS
36 menu start
37 menu evaluation
38 menu end
39 testing serial interface 1
43 testing buserror-logic
44 buserror-logic tested
45 testing SRAM bytewise
46 testing LMI-DPRAM
47 testing key switch
48 LMI not configured
49 key switch not configured
50 test number overflow!

Error messages on the display of the PDC for faults on the optical fibres
7-segment display
Indicator lamps in
Error message in
Black error bar in
LEDs in the CPU
LEDs in the LLD

Right LED in the
Left LED in the
the status line
the black bar
Display type
video board
video board
the console
in the CPU
Display
Value
Faults in operation
Wraparound
No fault Crane screen no none n/a normal off flickers off normal
bar
Optical fibre with plug colour
4 Crane screen yes COMM. flashes all static on off off E= 0d 01 07 off normal
orange
3 Crane screen yes DISPLAY flashes all flashing off off E= 0d 01 07 off normal
blue
Optical fibre with plug colour Wraparound
2 Crane screen yes DISPLAY flashes all flashing off flickers off normal
none bar
1 Crane screen yes DISPLAY flashes all flashing off flickers off normal
yellow bar
2 or more cores have a fault Displays are determined by the faulty optical fibre with the highest value
Defective computer power
Crane screen yes COMM. flashes all static on off off off off off
supply
all on
Computer power supply < RESET
Crane screen yes COMM. flashes all static on off off 0 except INT
19.5V F1
except LOAD
7-segment display
Indicator lamps in
Error message in
Black error bar in
LEDs in the CPU
LEDs in the LLD

Right LED in the
Left LED in the
Display type
video board
video board
the console
in the CPU
Fault when starting up
status line
black bar
Display
Value

4 Line pattern yes COMM. flashes all static on off static on E= 0d 01 00 off normal
orange
Optical fibre with plug colour RESET
3 Line pattern yes static all static on off static on E= 0d 01 00 off normal
blue DISPLAY
2 Line pattern yes DISPLAY flashes all flashing off flickers off normal
none bar
________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________
LWL-Fehler e.xls Peter Liefke 8315.1 11.03.02 Seite 1 / 2
1 Line pattern yes DISPLAY flashes all flashing off flickers off normal
yellow bar
2 or more cores faulty Displays are determined by the faulty optical fibre with the highest value
Defective computer power
Line pattern yes COMM. flashes all static on off off off off off
supply
all on
Computer power supply < RESET
Line pattern yes COMM. flashes all static on on off 8. except INT
19.5V F1
except LOAD
Note: The specifications refer to a waiting time of 2-3 mins after an event has occurred or after the boot-up procedure!
________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________
LWL-Fehler e.xls Peter Liefke 8315.1 11.03.02 Seite 2 / 2
Hoist 1 function
Raise H1 Lower H1
Tri- Tri-
Function Desig. Page In-/output Board Value Ct. I Ct. I
mot mot
Digital outputs
Raise hoist 1
Y11IB RE02/e4 A111 24-27V 1
CIRCUIT I
Lower hoist 1
Y11IA RE01/e2 A111 24-27V 1
CIRCUIT I
Lowering brake valve
Y18.1 RE02/e4 A112 24-27V 1
H1
Trimot Y27 RE11/e22 A112 24-27V 1 1
Release circuit I Y 1.I RE 01/e2 A116 24-27V 1 1
Open brake Y18 K11 24-27V 1
Analog outputs
300mA-
Pump displacement P1 Yl PV1A /a2 A126 x x
1A
With the + direction of the lever transducer, there is a flow of 12 ... 20mA; -direction a flow of 12 ... 4mA
Comments:
AC 350 Sucher 8331.7 16.02.02 1

Technical Training AC 500-1
Hoist 2 function
Raise H2 Lower H2
Function Desig. Page In-/output Board Value TrimotCII TrimotCII
Digital outputs
Raise hoist 2
Y12IIB RE13/e26 A111 24-27V 1
Circuit II
Lower hoist 2
Y12IIA RE12/e24 A111 24-27V 1
Circuit II
Lowering brake valve
Y19.1 RE03/e06 A112 24-27V 1
H2
Trimot Y28 RE12/e24 A112 24-27V 1 1
Open brake Y19 K12 24-27V 1 1
Release circuit 2 Y1.II RE 02/e4 A116 24-27V 1 1 1 1
Analog outputs
300mA-
Pump displacement P2 YlI PV2A /a10 A126 x x
1A
Comments:
AC 500-1 Sucher 8331.7 17.02.00 1

Luffing gear function
Circ. III Priority I Priority 2

LG LG LG LG LG
r l r L
C C C C C C C C
Function Desig. Page In- /output Board Value r l
I II I II I II I II
Digital outputs
Retract luffing
cylinder Y13IB RE03/e6 A111 24-27V 1 1
Circuit 1
Extend luffing
cylinder Y13IA RE04/e8 A111 24-27V 1 1
Circuit 1
Retract luffing
cylinder Y13IIB RE10/e20 A111 24-27V 1 1
Circuit 2
Extend luffing
cylinder Y13IIA RE11/e22 A111 24-27V 1 1
Circuit 2
Retract luffing
cylinder Y13IIIB RE14/e28 A112 24-27V x
Circuit 3
Extend luffing
cylinder Y13IIIA RE13/e26 A112 24-27V x
Circuit 3
Enable circuit I Y1.I RE 01/e2 A 116 24-27V 1/0 1/0 1 1 1 1
Enable circuit II Y1.II RE 02/e4 A 116 24-27V 1/0 1/0 1 1 1 1
Analog outputs
Pump displacement 300mA-
Yl PV1A /a2 A126 x x x x
P1 1A
YlI PV2A /a10 A126 x x x x
P2 1A
300mA-
Lowering brake YIIIC PV2A/a10 A128 x x x x x
900 mA
YIII PV1A/a2 A128 x x
PIII 900mA
Comments:
AC 350 Sucher 8331.7 17.02.02 1

Tele function
Tele Tele
Circ. III
ext. retr.
Function Desig. Page In- /output Board Value Ext. Ret. CI CII CI CII
Digital outputs
Extend tele circuit 1 Y14IA RE08/e16 A111 24-27V 1
Retract tele circuit 1 Y14IB RE07/e14 A111 24-27V 1
Extend tele circuit 2 Y14IIA RE15/e30 A111 24-27V 1
Retract tele circuit 2 Y14IIB RE14/e28 A111 24-27V 1
Oil qty. compensation;
Y48.4 RE06/e12 A111 24-27V 1 0
retract tele
Extend tele circuit 3 Y14IIIA RE15/e30 A112 24-27V 1
Retract tele circuit 3
Y14IIIB RE16/e32 A112 24-27V 1
Enable circuit I Y1.I RE01/e2 A116 24- 27V 1/0 1/0 1 1
Enable circuit II Y1.II RE02/e4 A116 24- 27V 1/0 1/0 1 1
Analog outputs
300mA-
Pump displacement P1 Yl PV1A /a2 A126 x x
1A
300mA-
Pump displacement P2 YlI PV2A /a10 A126 x x
1A
560-
Pump displacement P3 YIII PV1A/a2 A128 x x x x x x
900mA
300-
Lowering brake valve YIIIB PV2A/a10 A128 x x x
1000mA
Comments:
AC 350 Sucher 8331.7 16.02.00 1

Slew gear and auxiliary winch
function
Designat In- and Slew Slew Aux. Aux.

Function Page Board Value gear gear winch winch
ion outputs
Digital outputs right left reel in reel out
Open circuit slew right Y70 e6 A116 24-27V 1(1) 1(0)

Open circuit slew left Y71 e4 A116 24-27V 1(0) 1(1)
Open slew gear brake Y210 e8 A112 24-27V x x
Lock superstr. Y44 e10 A112 24-27V 1 1
Aux. winch slewing
Y91 e32 A111 24-27V 0 1
direction
Analog outputs
200-600
Slew gear left YlV.1 PV1A /a2 A127 x
mA
200-600
Slew gear right YlV.2 PV1B /a6 A127 x
mA
300mA-
Auxiliary winch Y90 PV2A /a10 A127 x x
1A
Comments: Figures in brackets refer to the open system!
AC 350 Sucher 8331.7 14.02.02 1

AC 350 HAV bis 31141
m.b.e. up to 31141
Function superlift brake
Slewing point for

both catches
top cylinder
(spring accumulator)
Steering point
interior catch
Pressure connection
Leak oil connection Carrier pin for

inn exterior catch
Cams interior
bottom cylinder catch
Cams exterior
catch
Steering point
exterior catch
The superlift brake consists of an interior and exterior safety catch, which are
both designed so that only one at a time locks into the exterior toothing of the
superlift drum.
The catches are constantly pressed against the toothing of the superlift drum by
two hydraulic cylinders which are spring-loaded on the bottom.
They are unlocked by the pressurization of the top cylinder on the rod-side. The
bottom cylinder is guided over the carrier pins attached to the interior catch, i.e.
this cylinder is not actively hydraulically pressurized; its hydraulic connections
only serve to protect from corrossion.
The interior catch is unlocked directly over the top cylinder. If required, the
exterior catch is unlocked indirectly over the carrier pins on the interior catch
which moves the exterior catch against the spring force of the bottom cylinder.
AC 350 Sucher 8534 July 2002

SSL functions
E diagram 131 481 12 Pages 59- 65
Extend Retract Reel in SL Unreel SL Tighten Unfold Fold

erec. cyl. erec. cyl. winch winch SSL rope superlift superlift
Component Function
(automatic if latch is
S65.1 S65.2 S36.2 S36.1 closed after
telescoping)
S75A S75B
K39.2 SL frame 90 1 1
K85A.1 SL arm le + ri 60 0
K85A.3 SL arm left 30 0
K85A.4 SL arm right 30 0
K85C Preselection 30/60 30 = 1, 60 = 0
K85B.1 SL arm left pos. 0 1 1 1
K85B SL arm ri.+ le. pos. 0 1 1 1
K75A Unfold SL arms 1
K75B Fold in SL arms 1
K38A Safety catches open 1 1 0
K38 Safety catches open 1 1 0
K36.2 Time relays, r. in winch 1
K38T Safety catch closed 1 1
AC 350 Sucher 8534 Juli 2002 1

SSL functions
E diagram 131 481 12 Pages 59- 65
Extend Retract Reel in SL Unreel SL Tighten Unfold Fold in

Component Function
telescoping)
S75A S75B
K7511 Tension SL 1
Winch running, release

K37 1 1
brake open
K36A Unreel winch 1

Unfold and block SSL
K38U 1 0
release during tensioning
Lock unfolding during
K38B 1 0
tensioning
K38T Safety catches closed 1 1

Unfold and block SSL
K38F 1 0
release during tensioning
K7509A Release SSL 1 0
K7509 Release SSL 1 0
K7510 Release SSL 1 0

SSL functions
E diagram 131 481 12 Pages 59- 65

Component Function
telescoping)
S75A S75B
Y 65A Extend SL erection cyl. 1
Y65B Retract SL erection cyl. 1
Y40B Pull in SL winch, retract + retr. tele.

85l tele 1
Pull in SL winch, extend

Y40A tele, extend erection
1 1
25l cylinder, pin luffing
cylinder
Open safety catch and

Y37.1 1 1
release SSL
Open safety catch and

Y37.2 1 1
release SSL
Activate tensioning
Y 7509 1
cylinder left
Activate tensioning
Y7510 1
cylinder right
Y7512.A Unfold SL arm le. 1

SSL functions
E diagram 131 481 12 Pages 59- 65

Component Function
telescoping)
S75A S75B
Y7504.A Unfold SL arm right 1
Y7512.B Fold in SL arm left 1
Y7504.B Fold in SL arm right 1
Y36B.1+2 Reel in winch le. + ri. 1
Y36A.1+2 Unreel winch le. + ri. 1

SSL functions
E diagram 131 481 12 Pages 59- 65

Component Function
telescoping)
S75A S75B
B39.2 SL frame 90 1 1
B85A.1 Position 60 left 0
B85C.1 Position 30 left 0
B85A.2 Position 60 right 0
B85C.2 Position 30 right 0
B85B.1 SL arm left 0 1 1 1
B85B.2 SL arm right 0 1 1 1
B38.1 + 2 Safety catch open le. + ri. 1 1 0 0
Saftey catch closed le. + 1

B38.3 + 4 0 0 1
ri.
Enable "extend tele" SL
B39.1
frame betw. 10- 30
B7509A Tensioning cyl. retracted 1
B7510A Tensioning cyl. retracted 1

SSL
Function Conditions State at entry
Extend erection cylinder

S65.1 None
Retract erection cylinder S65.2 - Latch open DE12 / e26 A113
- Possible in position SSL < 88 DE15 / e32 A113 0

- Only in position SSL > 88 when: DE15 / e32 A113 1
Reel in SL winch S36.2 -SSL arms are folded and DE14 / e30 A113 1
-state locked / pinned or unpinned internal
-not when pinned / unlocked or locked internal
- Possible in position SSL 0- 90 when:

- SSL arms are folded DE14 / e30 A113 1
Unreel SL winch S36.1 - Press button at least 2 sec. DA 9 / e20 A112 1
(the latch is mechanically locked with attached
load; it is not possible to open the hydraulics)
- End of extension sequence internal

- Pinned / unlocked internal
Tension SSL - SSL 90 DE15 / e32 A113 1
- Latch closed K38T X38 1
- Folded SSL arms DE14 / e30 A113 1
- Possible when pinned / unlocked internal
- When locked / unpinned only if: internal
Retract telescopic section
- SSL arms are folded DE14 / e30 A113 1
- Latch is open DE12 / e26 A113 1
- Possible with open latch when: DE12 / e26 A113 1
- SSL folded DE14 / e30 A113 1
Extend telescopic section
- not possible with closed latch , K38T X38 1
exception is pinned / unlocked
- SSL in > 88 - position DE15 / e32 A113 1
Extend folding cylinder - Latch closed K38T X38 1
- State pinned / unlocked internal
Retract folding cylinder - No limitations
- Press button S36.2 (reel in)
Cancellation of self-hold reel in
- State pinned / unlocked or locked internal
SSL winch
- Ignition off
- State pin./unlock. + SSL program internal

- LPU retracted length 2= 0
Release loads
- SSL latch closed K38T X38
SSL operation
- SSL folded DE14 / e30 A113 1
SSL folded
- SSL frame > 88 DE15 / e32 A113 1
- Enable SSL tensioned DE13 / e28 A113 1
- State pin./unlock. + SSL program internal

Enable loads - LPU retracted internal
SSL operation - SSL latch closed K38T X38 0
SSL folded down (30 or 60) - SSL folded down (30 or 60 ) DE 11 / e24 A 113 1
- SSL frame > 88 DE 15 / e32 A 113 1
- Enable SSL tensioned DE 13 / e28 A 113 1
AC 350 8502 Sucher 18.11.02

Function superlift brake
Slewing point for

both catches
top cylinder
Steering point
interior catch
Pressure connection
Leak oil connection Carrier pin for

inn exterior catch
Cams interior
bottom cylinder catch
Cams exterior
catch
Steering point
exterior catch
The superlift brake consists of an interior and exterior safety catch, which are
both designed so that only one at a time locks into the exterior toothing of the
superlift drum.
The catches are constantly pressed against the toothing of the superlift drum by
two hydraulic cylinders which are spring-loaded on the bottom.
They are unlocked by the pressurization of the top cylinder on the rod-side. The
bottom cylinder is guided over the carrier pins attached to the interior catch, i.e.
this cylinder is not actively hydraulically pressurized; its hydraulic connections
only serve to protect from corrossion.
The interior catch is unlocked directly over the top cylinder. If required, the
exterior catch is unlocked indirectly over the carrier pins on the interior catch
which moves the exterior catch against the spring force of the bottom cylinder.
AC 350 Sucher 8534 July 2002

Both catches unlocked, brake released
Rotational point of
interior and exterior
catch
Top cylinder is connected

to interior catch
Carrier pins for
exterior catch
lower cylinder is connected to

exterior catch Interior catch with carrier pins (pins not shown
Exterior catch with forced control by here) for forced control of the exterior catch
interior catch winch
Exterior catch locked, brake closed Interior catch locked, brake closed
Rotational point of interior and exterior catch
Remarks
- Both cylinders are extended, controlled by spring-force; they are retracted using the hydraulic pressure connection on the rod-side of the top cylinder.
- The bottom cylinder (hydraulic connections only with leak oil connection for cleaning) is necessarily guided over the carrier pins attached to the interior catch.
- Depending on the position of the drum, the exterior or interior catch locks, i.e. the drum is braked in every position; it is not required for it to run further for the individual catch to lock.
Technical Training AC 350 SSL
SSL- Bremse geffnet
SSL- brake open

SSL- Bremse geffnet
SSL- Bremse geschlossen - innere Klinke eingerastet
SSL- Bremse closed -

interiorcatch
SSL- Bremse locked
geschlossen - innere
Klinke eingerastet
SSL Bremse geschlossen uere Klinke eingerastet
SSL- Bremse closed-

extzerior catch locked
SSL- Bremse
geschlossen- uere
Klinke eingerastet
Technical Training AC 350 SSL
SSL- Bremse geffnet
SSL- brake open
SSL- Bremse geschlossen - innere Klinke eingerastet
SSL - brake closed -

interiorcatch locked
SSL Bremse geschlossen uere Klinke eingerastet
SSL- Bremse closed-

extzerior catch locked
AC 350 Rsten SSL
AC 350 Rigging SSL
m.b.- 14,6m
jib - 45
Main boom extension
main boom extension (MBE) drawing 149 965 12 page 4
Setting the transport position for the main boom extension (MBE) with folding
top piece
1. To achieve exact positioning with repeated folding of the MBE up to the

basic case, the sections must be retracted together up to the stop. The
twisting stops of the individual boom sections should not display any play
in this condition.
2. The MBE with folding top piece is in the pinned operating position. MB
position 0 degrees.
The 4 pins D=45 of the top piece to the MBE are withdrawn and the top
piece folded around the pins D30 (view G) on the MBE lattice mast.
3. By adjusting the hook in combination with the stop pin, the K-tip on the
MBE lattice mast is held (detail M).
4. Then the hydraulically actuated pins, marked with no. 4, are withdrawn
on the adapter.
5. The MBE is swung around the pin locking point no. "2", until the hook of
the extended swing cylinder no. "1" (position 1) locks into place in the
MBE. First remove pin D22 and reinsert to secure the hook once locked in
place.
6. The roller is positioned in front of the guide rail item 2.
7. Guide rails nos. 2, 101, 102 must first be screwed on at the lower level.
8. Fold the MBE up further so that the brackets are positioned in the pinning
console no. 1 (position 2).
9. Position the guide rail item 2 so that the sagging of the MBE from its own
weight is compensated and the pinning point "2" is more or less relieved of
load.
10. Push pinning console no. 1 up until the forks are lying up against the
brackets of the main boom extension. The flush position of the bores of the
forks to the brackets can, if necessary, be adjusted by fitting plates nos. 22-
25 behind or by adjusting the twisting stops of the boom sections.
11. If the MBE is pinned at pinning point "3", point "2" can be unpinned.
12. Now the MBE is folded up further until the second roller is up against the
diagonal of the guide rail item 2. This must be adjusted in height so that
the pinning point "3" is not tensioned when the equipment is fully folded
up and positioned against the rail.
13. Before fully folding up, the guide rail item 102 and the screw-in bracket
item 103 must be roughly aligned and unpinned, to avoid collision of the
top section.
14. Adjust the stop screw on the guide angle piece to align the MBE lattice
mast parallel to the basic case (outer machine width!)
15. Now the guide rail items 101 and 102 and the corresponding rollers are
placed ready. The top piece should be raised slightly in this case.
Main boom extension
16. By raising further guide rail item 101, the pins of the folding point of the
box top piece can be relieved of load. This is possible through the opposite
longitudinal holes of the box top piece. (View K and L)
17. The screw-on bracket item 103 must be pinned to the box top piece and
aligned.
18. The attachment screws on the basic case item 121 and on the lattice mast
to the box top piece must be adjusted.
19. The longitudinal stop of the box top piece is set using the threaded pins
item. 117 (make sure that the pins at the folding point move freely).
20. When the MBE is folded down and up again, the same position must be
reached.

AC 350
31123, 31126 und ab 31142
31123, 31126 and from 31142
main boom extension (MBE) drawing 149 965 12 page 4
Setting the transport position for the main boom extension (MBE) with folding top piece
1.To achieve exact positioning with repeated folding of the MBE up to the basic case, the sections must be retracted together up
to the stop. The twisting stops of the individual boom sections should not display any play in this condition.
2.The MBE with folding top piece is in the pinned operating position. MB position 0 degrees.
The 4 pins D=45 of the top piece to the MBE are withdrawn and the top piece folded around the pins D30 (view G) on the MBE
lattice mast.
3.By adjusting the hook in combination with the stop pin, the K-tip on the MBE lattice mast is held (detail W).
4.Then the hydraulically actuated pins, marked with no. 4, are withdrawn on the adapter.
5.The MBE is swung around the pin locking point no. "2", until the hook of the extended swing cylinder no. "1" (position 1) locks
into place in the MBE. First remove pin D22 and reinsert to secure the hook once locked in place.
6.The roller is positioned in front of the guide rail item 2.
7.Guide rails nos. 2, 101, 102 must first be screwed on at the lower level.
8.Fold the MBE up further so that the brackets are positioned in the pinning console no. 1 (position 2).
9.Position the guide rail item 2 so that the sagging of the MBE from its own weight is compensated and the pinning point "2" is
more or less relieved of load.
10.Push pinning console no. 1 up until the forks are lying up against the brackets of the main boom extension. The flush position
of the bores of the forks to the brackets can, if necessary, be adjusted by fitting plates nos. 22-25 behind or by adjusting the
twisting stops of the boom sections.
11.If the MBE is pinned at pinning point "3", point "2" can be unpinned.
12.Now the MBE is folded up further until the second roller is up against the diagonal of the guide rail item 2. This must be
adjusted in height so that the pinning point "3" is not tensioned when the equipment is fully folded up and positioned against
the rail.
13.Before fully folding up, the guide rail item 102 and the screw-in bracket item 103 must be roughly aligned and unpinned, to
avoid collision of the top section.
14.Adjust the stop screw on the guide angle piece to align the MBE lattice mast parallel to the basic case (outer machine width!)
15.Now the guide rail items 101 and 102 and the corresponding rollers are placed ready. The top piece should be raised slightly
in this case.
16.By raising further guide rail item 101, the pins of the folding point of the box top piece can be relieved of load. This is possible
through the opposite longitudinal holes of the box top piece. (View K and L)
17.The screw-on bracket item 103 must be pinned to the box top piece and aligned.
18.The attachment screws on the basic case item 121 and on the lattice mast to the box top piece must be adjusted.
19.The longitudinal stop of the box top piece is set using the threaded pins item. 117 (make sure that the pins at the folding point
move freely).
20.When the MBE is folded down and up again, the same position must be reached.
Translation luffing fly jib
Drawing 146 000 12 page 2, 4, 7 and 8
Page 2
Bracing rods for transportation placed on intermediate sections and secured.

Depending on the road conditions, the bracing rods must be lashed to the
individual components.
Pins (item 25) fitted from left to right to prevent pin lock (item 27) being
damaged by the hoist rope.
Installation of the idler (item 33) when the MBE is being used as the top piece of
the luffing fly jib.
Secured using coupling pins.
Page 4
Legend to configuration table:

HA = main boom
HiA = fly jib length in metres
ADL = length of the adapter on the main boom head in metres
WAA = main boom angle for lifting the fly jib
DW = angle between the main boom and fly jib when lifting the fly jib
AL = extension length of the different telescopic stages dependent on the main
boom operating length in %
RL = extension length of the different telescopic stages dependent on the main
boom configuration length in %
LK = length code of the extension sequence
DSR = code no. (DS) for configuration (configuration program)
GGW = required (minimum) counterweight for configuration dependent on
outrigger support base and fly jib length in tons
Configuration Table for Luffing Fly Jib AC 350
** minimum counterweight [t] for outrigger support area 8.5m x 8.5m

* permitted counterweight [t] for outrigger support area 8.5m x 5.54m

Drawing 146 000 12 page 2, 4, 7 and 8
page 7
Drawing forward the flying bridle:
1. Fit the luffing fly jib on the main boom (with a suitable auxiliary crane)
Coupling pin as rope protection
Over rope idler in bracing bracket

Rope idler can be folded up for reeving
2. Attach the auxiliary crane to the attachment eyes of the rear luffing mast and
raise the rear luffing mast. The support rod between the luffing masts slides over
the console and is set down in the corresponding holder when the luffing mast is
subsequently lowered.
3. Connect the hoist rope H I to the flying bridle following the procedure outlined
in a to f.
4. Draw forward the flying bridle up to the pinning position on the rear luffing
mast by actuating H I and H II at the same time.
Caution:
The front luffing mast must not lift off the foot section due to the risk of falling
backwards.
The angle between the rear luffing mast and the horizontal must not exceed 45
degrees.
It must be ensured that the support rod between the luffing masts is set down
correctly in its holder via the slide console.
5. Pin the flying bridle to the connecting brackets. Unpin the hoist rope on the
flying bridle, unreeve and reeve for luffing operation over the rope idlers provided
(cf. laying of hoist rope on sheet 5 and 6).
Unreeve the hoist rope from the deflection roller.
6. Tension the flying bridle using the luffing rope until the rear luffing mast can
hold itself. The rear luffing mast must be positioned so that it can be raised by H
II alone.
It must be ensured that the luffing mast cannot fall downwards.
Risk of accidents!
7. Raise the rear luffing mast until the front luffing mast lifts off the foot section
slightly, as shown in the diagram.

Drawing 146 000 12 page 2, 4, 7 and 8
Caution:
This only applies when the bracing strand is closed. Otherwise there is a risk of
the luffing masts falling backwards!
After this, draw the hoist rope forwards up to the top of the luffing fly jib and
reeve over the rope idlers.
Caution:
You must always make sure that the support rod between the luffing masts is set
down correctly via the slide console in its holder.
Otherwise there is a risk of accidents!
When operating the luffing fly jib with the SSL, the flying bridle must first be
moved forwards (with the SSL lying flat on the main boom). After this raise the
rear luffing mast (by drawing in hoist 2), until it is standing approximately
vertical to the main boom.
Now place the SSL bracing frame in the operating position.
c) Over rear rope idler in rear luffing mast

d) Over front rope idler in rear luffing mast
Close the rope idler guard beneath the rope idler
b) Below deflection roller in the head connecting piece
f) On the attachment point of the flying bridle (lying on H II)
a) From H I

Drawing 146 000 12 page 2, 4, 7 and 8
page 8
Procedure for configuring the luffing fly jib based on the example of the 25m jib:
1. Raise the main boom using the luffing cylinder (in the fully retracted
condition) until the 90 degrees limit switch shuts down the movement between
the main boom and luffing fly jib.
After this move the luffing fly jib approx. 4 degrees out of the limit switch using
H II, luff up the main boom until the 90 degrees limit switch shuts down the
movement again.
2. Repeat the movement in the 4 degree window as often as required until the
main boom is in the high position.
3. Draw the luffing fly jib into the high position using H II (70 degrees for a 25 m
luffing fly jib or 75 degrees for a 37 m fly jib or longer).
4. When the luffing fly jib is in the high position, telescope out the main boom to
the operating length. Hold the 25 m luffing fly jib in a window of 65 to 70 degrees
or the 37 m or longer fly jib in a window of 70 to 75 degrees to the horizontal.
Fitting the luffing fly jib and drawing forward the flying bridle, see sheet 7
The equipment is lowered in the same way as it is raised, only in the reverse
order.

Luffing Fly Jib
Proximity switches on the luffing fly jib
( 0 = actuated or triggered = electrical = 0V)

( 1 = not triggered = electrical = 24V)
Actuated / H2 m.b. Tele H2 m.b. Tele

Designation Function raise lower extend lower raise retra.
Not actuated
Low position 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
S4.11
Angle hor. 15
inclination
Angle diff. 113 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
indicator
Angle MB 82
Assembly position 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
S4.2 Angle hor. 8
Opener Angle diff. 90 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Angle MB 82
High position 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
S6.1 Angle hor. 75
Opener Angle diff. 173 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Angle MB 82
Cyl. luff 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
S6.2
Support
Opener 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4215mm
Clearance 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
S76.1 Flying bridle to fixed
Opener bridle
in transport position 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
AC 350 Sucher 8331.7 09.02.02 1

Table of Contents Electrical
Diagram
Page Contents
1 Cover sheet
2 Position of operational equipment superstructure side view right
3 Position of operational equipment superstructure top view
4 Position of operational equipment main boom side view
5 Section through the main boom top view
6 LPU sensors locking and pinning
7 LPU sensors prelim. and follow-up positions
8 Position of operating equipment MB runner/Superlift
9 Position of operating equipment fixed fly jib
10 Luffing fly jib MB extension
11 Position of operating equipment counterweight, hoist 2
12 Heating, air conditioning
13 Heating, air conditioning
14 Foot pedal sensor, CAN distributor
15 FR-SKN
16 Load limit control, CAN distributor
17 Load limit control, manual throttle
18 FMR, ADM, FMR diagnosis
19 Indicator lights, quick stop
20 Ignition, battery, starter
21 Charge indicator, test units
22 Warning lights engine, oil filter
23 Instrument panel lighting
24 Radio, socket
25 Lights
26 Lights
27 Lights
28 Windscreen wiper, horn
29 Windscreen wiper, washer
30 Voltage supply PDC rack, screen
31 Slewing angle, pressure luffing cylinder
32 ProWAY bus aux. power supply:
33 Multiple sensor board diagnosis plug PAT
34 Control diesel pump
35 CGM basic, tilt sensor
36 Length transducer MB, angle transducer MB
37 Force transducer, angle transducer FJ
38 Angle transducer FJ, KMD FJ
39 Hoist limit switch MB, bridging plug
40 Bridging LLD, HLS
41 Limit switch luffing fly jib bridging
42 Luffing jib high, low
43 Empty page
44 LLD warning buzzer potential quick stop
45 Control lever analog outputs zero contacts, dead man
46 Left control lever, switch, rotation indicator
47 Right control lever switch, rotation indicator
48 Setpoint attenuator
49 Slew gear emergency unit
Diagram
Page Contents
50 Preselect H 2 preferred circuit luffing cylinder indicator lights high
speed
51 H circuits I, II, III
52 Luffing cylinder, hoist 1 telescope to H circuit I
53 Luffing cylinder, hoist 1 telescope to H circuit II
54 Lowering brake valve H 1 lowering brake valve tele, luffing gear
telescope to H circuit III
55 Luffing cylinder to H circuit I,II,III telescope to H circuit III
56 Pressure measurements
57 LPU sensors pinning and locking
58 LPU locking prelim. and follow-on position
59 LPU pinning prelim. and follow-on position
60 LPU activation
61 SL erection cylinder aux. functions
62 SL control
63 SL control
64 SL control
65 SL control
66 SL control
67 SL control
68 SL control
69 Earth connection boom
70 Superstr. Pinning
71 Cab movement Trimot
72 Slew gear brake, free-running
73 Auxiliary winch ground CWT, H2
74 Lowering limit switch, H2 frame
75 Control console counterweight, main boom
76 Counterweight monitoring of pinning
79 Air conditioning hydraulic oil cooler
80 Double obstacle lighting air speed indicator auxil. head lighting
81 ADM-AR, PLD (MR), CAN-STERN
82 FR-SKN
83 Plug position 1
84 Plug position 2
85 Plug position 3
86 Plug position 4 slip ring body
87 PDC Slot 1/2 CPU PDC Slot 3/4 LLD
88 PDC Slot 5 ProWAY bus PDC Slot 6 Video PDC screen
89 PDC Slot 7 DI basic 1 PDC Slot 8 DO 1 resistive suppressors
90 PDC Slot 9 DO 2 PDC Slot 10 DI 1 resistive suppressors
91 PDC Slot 11 DI basic 2 PDC Slot 12 DO 3 resistive suppressors
92 PDC Slot 13 DO 4 PDC Slot 14 DI 2 resistive suppressors
93 PDC Slot 15 AI 1 PDC Slot 16 AI 2
94 PDC Slot 17 AO basic 2 PDC Slot 18 AO basic 1
95 PDC Slot 19/20 AO Piggy 1 PDC Slot 20/21 AO Piggy 2
96 PDC Slot 22 AO Piggy 3 PDC Slot 23 AO Piggy 4
Diagram
Page Contents
97 Auxil. power supply
98 PAT length angle transducer
99 MC7/21 load limit control CGM support pressure display
100 PAT multiple sensor board
101 Pilot control lever overview
102 Cable position 1
113 Electronic position diode module, heater
114 Electronic position resistor module

Cable list
Cable No. of wires from to Explanation

A 65 X2 X1 Cable to cab
C 65 X2 XS501 Cable to main boom
CGM 5 X210 CGM CAN Bus to auxiliary display
D 25+SHLD X2 XS500 Cable to MB sensors
F1 14 X565 XS5F From luffing fly jib foot section to drum
F2 14 XS5G XS5H From drum to luffing fly jib head
FSGL 4+SHLD A217 X2 Left pilot control lever, analog signal
FSGR 4+SHLD A216 X2 Right pilot control lever, analog signal
G 3+SHLD X566 B590 To KMD luffing fly jib
GW1 35 X2 XS18 Cable to counterweight (up to plug)
GW2 35 XS18 X18 Cable to counterweight (after plug)
GW3 18 X2 XS19 Cable to H2 and auxiliary reeving winch (up to plug)
GW4 18 XS19 X19 Cable to H2 and auxiliary reeving winch (after plug)
H 3+SHLD X566 B591 To angle transducer luffing fly jib
L1 18 XS501 E550 To slip ring output/binary signal
L2 18 E550 X550 From slip ring to main boom head
M 50 X2 ADM, MC7 In X2 to engine load limit control
ME 14 X2 PLD To superstructure engine
N 35 XS501 X510 Cable on basic case from the plug to the DB
O 14 XS60 S560 Cable on pendant station
OB 14 X2 XS60B On control box CWT and H2
OC 14 X2 XS60C On control box MB foot section pinning and luffing cylinder pinning
R 14 B500 X552 From cable drum angle-length transducer to X552
S 14 X2 XS304 To the slip ring in the chassis
T 5 X2 S300.1/.2 To the floating switch superstructure tank
U 4+SHLD XS2A/X552 XS2C/X566 From the MB head on the luffing fly jib foot section, analog signal
V 25 XS501 X5100 Cable to LPU
VL 18 +SHLD A217 X2 Left pilot control lever, binary signal

Cable list
VR 18+SHLD A216 X2 Right pilot control lever, binary signal

W 18 XS5C/X550 XS5D/X565 From the MB head to the LUFJ foot section, output/binary signal
W2 14 XS5 XS5L Connecting cable LF and SF
WK 3+SHLD X552 B550 Connecting cable angle transducer MB head

Fuse list
Page/circuit System Lo BMK Value Potential Installation Function

c.
30.3 +0 F1 10 30 X2 PDC screen multiple sensor board chassis supply
71.3 +0 F10 7,5 15 X1 Tilt cab move platform
20.10 +0 F100 2*50 30 Batt+ OW Term. 15 Term. 30 superstructure assy.
6.10 =ADM2_from +0 F100 2*50 30 Batt+ OW Term. 15 Term. 30 superstructure assy.
_31122
20.2 +0 F101 5 30 X1 Ignition
6.2 =ADM2_from +0 F101 5 30 X1 Ignition
_31122
18.14 +0 F102 5 15 X2 ISO diagnosis plug
4.14 =ADM2_from +0 F102 5 15 X2 ISO diagnosis plug
_31122
25.5 +0 F103 7,5 15 X1 Outside lighting front/rear
26.2 +0 F104 10 15 X1 Lighting superstructure adjustable headlamp basic case
26.12 +0 F105 10 15 X1 Side lighting to chassis
27.3 +0 F106 7,5 15 X1 Rotaflare light road travel position lighting superstucture
28.3 +0 F107 7,5 15 X1 Horn wiper roof
29.12 +0 F108 7,5 15 X1 Washer wiper front
25.8 +0 F109 7,5 15 X1 Cigarette lighter
22.6 +0 F11 5 15 X1 24V for front/seat panels and roof console
8.6 =ADM2_from +0 F11 5 15 X1 24V for front/seat panels and roof console
_31122
79.12 +0 F110 15 15 X2 Hydraulic oil cooler
25.13 +0 F111 7,5 15 X2 Socket X2
80.4 +0 F115 10 30 X2 Double obstacle light pendant light additional
Overhead lighting (marking)
20.12 +0 F120 25 15 X2 Term. 15 to cab
6.12 =ADM2_from +0 F120 25 15 X2 Term. 15 to cab

Fuse list
_31122
41.11 +0 F2 5 15 X2 Luffing sensors superst. locking coupling pressure relief lowering limit
switch CWT position
31.3 +0 F3 5 15 X2 Slewing angle transducer luffing cylinder pressure telescopic length LMB
8xpressure sensor
34.2 +0 F300 10 15 X2 Control diesel pump
35.2 +0 F301 5 15 X1 CGM tilt sensor
52.4 +0 F4 10 15 X2 A111 A112 A116 A127 A129 (all over dead man's switch)
22.13 +0 F5 5 15 X2 Hydraulic oil filter
8.13 =ADM2_from +0 F5 5 15 X2 Hydraulic oil filter
_31122
44.9 +0 F50 10 15 X2 Pilot control lever analog outputs via dead man's switch
44.10 +0 F51 10 K94 X2 Pilot control lever A116 without dead man's switch (H circuits I/II)
A112 without dead man's
(SL functions aux. functions superst.pinning brake pedal)
A115 without dead man's (LPU valves) A128 assy.
44.12 +0 F52 10 K94/K200 X2 *** free ***
57.2 +0 F6 5 15 X2 LPU sensors telescopic sensors
12.3 +0 F601 25 30 X1 Heating unit
12.5 +0 F602 15 30 X1 Heating fan mixer valve
12.2 +0 F603 5 30 X1 Heating timer
79.4 +0 F610 15 15 X1 Control unit air conditioning
49.13 +0 F611 5 15 X2 Power supply auxiliary unit
4.2 =EQUIPMENT +0 F7 10 15 X2 SL electrics MBE sensors/pinning
62.4 +0 F7 10 15 X2 SL electrics MBE sensors/pinning
24.3 +0 F75 7,5 30 X1 Radio heater timer terminal 75 light cab
Switch double obstacle light
23.2 +0 F76 5 15 X1 Switch lighting lighting round instruments
Lighting heater timer
75.2 +0 F9 5 15 X2 Control console CWT MB pinning

Fuse list
18.2 +0 F98 5 30 X2 FMR ADM or ADM2

4.2 =ADM2_from +0 F98 5 30 X2 FMR ADM or ADM2
_31122
20.8 +0 F99 25 30 Batt+ X2 MR
6.8 =ADM2_from +0 F99 25 30 Batt+ X2 MR
_31122

Hydraulics - superstructure
Page.Circuit System Lo BMK Function

c.
1.2 ADM2 from 31122 +0 B101 Foot pedal sensor
14.2 +0 B101 Foot pedal sensor
19.2 +0 B105 Engine oil pressure
19.3 +0 B106 Engine oil temperature
21.11 +0 B107 Engine speed
21.6 +0 B103 Operating hour counter
21.8 +0 B108 Hydraulic oil temperature
28.12 +0 B200 Wiper relay roof
29.12 +0 B201 Wiper relay front
31.3 +0 B720 Slewing angle sensor
31.8 +0 B701 Pressure sensor luffing cylinder
35.2 +0 B210 Tilt sensor
36.12 +0 B550 Angle transducer MB foot
36.6 +0 B531 Length transducer tele cylinder
38.10 +0 B590 Load cell luffing FJ
38.6 +0 B591 Angle transducer luffing FJ
4.10 EQUIPMENT +0 B565.2
4.6 EQUIPMENT +0 B564
4.8 EQUIPMENT +0 B565.1
42.11 +0 B4.2 **********
42.13 +0 B7.2 ( Aux. luffing mast in use )
42.15 +0 B7.1 ( Aux. luffing mast in use )
42.2 +0 B6.1 Luffing jib too high
42.2 +0 B7.3 Angle luffing jib-luffing mast too high
42.7 +0 B4.11 Luffing jib below 17 to horizontal
42.7 +0 B4.3 **********
42.9 +0 B4.4 **********
46.14 +0 B96 Rotation sensor H2
47.13 +0 B95 Rotation sensor H1
5.2 ADM2_from_31122 +0 B105 Engine oil pressure
5.3 ADM2_from_31122 +0 B106 Engine oil temperature
56.10 +0 B304 Pressure measurement YIIIB
56.11 +0 B305 Pressure measurement YIIIC
56.12 +0 B306 Pressure measurement YIV.I
56.14 +0 B307 Pressure measurement YIV.II
56.4 +0 B300 Pressure measurement Y170
56.5 +0 B301 Pressure measurement YI
56.6 +0 B302 Pressure measurement YII
56.8 +0 B303 Pressure measurement YIII
57.11 +0 B16 LPU unpinned or unlocked on right
57.13 +0 B17 LPU unpinned or unlocked on left
57.5 +0 B13 LPU locked
57.7 +0 B14 LPU pinned on right
57.9 +0 B15 LPU pinned on left
58.10 +0 B3 in front of locking position tele 2 or tele 4
58.12 +0 B4 after locking position tele 2 or tele 4

58.5 +0 B1 in front of locking position tele 1 or tele 3
58.7 +0 B2 after locking position tele 1 or tele 3
59.10 +0 B9 in front of pinning position tele 3
59.11 +0 B10 after pinning position tele 3
62.7 +0 B39.2 SL frame 90
63.10 +0 B85B.1 SL arm folded together left
63.11 +0 B85B.2 SL arm folded together right
63.2 +0 B85A.1 SL arm folded down left 60
63.3 +0 B85C. SL arm folded down left 30
1
63.5 +0 B85A.2 SL arm folded down right 60
63.6 +0 B85C. SL arm folded down right 30
2
65.14 +0 B39.1 SL frame up 10-30
65.2 +0 B38.11 wedge pulled out left
65.2 +0 B38.21 wedge pulled out right
7.11 ADM2_ab_31122 +0 B107 engine speed
7.6 ADM2_ab_31122 +0 B103 operating hour counter
7.8 ADM2_ab_31122 +0 B108 hydraulic oil temperature
70.10 +0 B44.2 superstructure locked correctly
70.9 +0 B44.1 superstructure not locked
72.10 +0 B218 slewing gear pedal foot brake
74.10 +0 B61.2 counterweight not up right
74.11 +0 B26 lowering limit switch H2
74.5 +0 B25 lowering limit switch H1
74.9 +0 B61.1 counterweight not up left
76.10 +0 B63C2 counterweight right raised
76.2 +0 B63B1 counterweight left unpinned
76.4 +0 B63A2 counterweight right pinned
76.5 +0 B63B2 counterweight right unpinned
76.6 +0 B63A1 counterweight left pinned

76.8 +0 B63C1 counterweight left raised
80.10 +0 B70 air speed indicator
97.3 +0 B100 auxiliary power supply
98.1 +0 B500 length-angle transducer

AC 350 Training Manual 1.6

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AC 350 Training Manual 1.6

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AC 350 All Terrain Crane 350 t Lifting Capacity

ALL TERRAIN CRANE

Enorme Traglaststeigerungen durch Seitlichen

Augmentations normes de la capacit de

Page Seite Page:

62 t - 142 t counterweight (optional)

* with additional counterweight

WORKING SPEEDS (INFINITELY VARIABLE) ARBEITSGESCHWINDIGKEITEN (STUFENLOS

Hoist I 60 m / min 145 m / min 115 kN 23 mm / 375 m

Hoist II 60 m / min 155 m / min 115 kN 23 mm / 566 m

Slewing Drehwerk Orientation max. 1,1 1/min

Telescoping speed Ausleger-Teleskopieren Vitesse de tlescopage 14,2 56,0 m: 420 s

Boom elevation Ausleger-Winkelverstellung Relevage de flche 1,6 +82: 85 s

CARRIER PERFORMANCE FAHRLEISTUNGEN PERFORMANCE DU PORTEUR

Travel speed Fahrgeschwindigkeit Vitesse sur route 0 . . 85 km / h

HOOK BLOCK / HEAVY-LIFT ATTACHMENT UNTERFLASCHE / SCHWERLASTEINRICHTUNG

250 244,3 t 11 2000 kg 3,00 m 23 6 addl sheaves / Zusatzrollen / poulies suppl.

122 t 360 DIN/ISO

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

122 t 360 DIN/ISO

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

51,9 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

* Counterweight Gegengewicht Contrepoids

56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

* Counterweight Gegengewicht Contrepoids

51,9 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

* Counterweight Gegengewicht Contrepoids

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

* Counterweight Gegengewicht Contrepoids

102 t 360 DIN/ISO

122 t 360 DIN/ISO

56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

56,0 m Main boom Hauptausleger Flche principale

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques

59,5 m 61 m 65,5 m 71,5 m

Remarks Bemerkungen Remarques